Skip to main content

Full text of "Essays on life, art, and science"

See other formats


ESSAYS  ON  LIFE- 
ART  AND  SCENCE 


UU-NKLh 


$B    1st.    54^ 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 

MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


ESSAYS   ON   LIFE,   ART 
AND   SCIENCE 


Re-issue  of  the  Works  of  the  late 
Samuel  Butler 

Author  of  «  Erewhon,"  «  The  Way  of  All  Flc«h,"  etc. 

Mr,  FiriKLD  has  pleasure  in  announcing  he  has  taken  over  the  publication 
of  the  entire  works  (save  one)  of  the  late  Samuel  Butler,  novelist,  philosopher, 
scientist,  satirist  and  classicist ;  "  in  his  own  department,"  says  Mr.  Bernard 
Shaw,  "the  greatest  English  writer  of  the  latter  half  of  the  19th  century.*' 
**  The  Way  of  All  Flesh"  and  "Erewhon  '*  which  have  been  out  of  print  for 
some  time  are  now  reprinted,  and  all  the  other  works  with  one  exception  are 
now  offered  at  more  popular  prices. 

The  Way  of  All  Flesh.     A  Novel.    New  Edition.  6s. 

Erewhon.    i  ith,  Revised  Edition.    3rd  Impression.     2S.  6d.  nett. 

Erewhon  Revisited.    2nd  Impression,  340  pages.     2s.  6d.  nett. 

(A  few  copies  of  the  original  edition,  gilt  top,  6s.) 
Essays  on  Life,  Art  and  Science.     340  pages.       2s.  6d.  nett. 

(A  few  copies  of  the  original  edition,  gilt  top,  6s.) 
The  Alps  and   Sanctuaries  of  Piedmont  and  the 

Canton    Ticino.       Profusely    illustrated    by    Charles 

Gogin,   H.   F.  Jones  and  the  Author.      Pott  4to, 

cloth  gilt.  I  OS.  6d. 

The  Fair  Haven.  5s.  nett. 

Life  and  Habit.     An  essay  after  a  completer  view 

of  Evolution.     2nd  edition.  5s.  nett. 

Evolution  Old  and   New.      A  comparison  of  the 

theories  of  Buffon,  Erasmus  Darwin  and   Lamarck, 

with  that  of  Charles  Darwin. 

Luck  or  Cunning,  as  the  main  means  of  organic 

modification. 
The    Authoress   of  the  Odyssey,  who  and  what 

she  was,  when  and  where  she  wrote,  etc. 
The  Iliad  of  Homer,  rendered  into  English  prose. 
The  Odyssey,  rendered  into  English  prose. 
Shakespeare's  Sonnets,  with  notes  and  original  text. 

Ex  Voto.     An  account  of  the  Sacro  Monte  or  New 

Jerusalem  at  Varallo-Sesia.  5s.  nett. 

Selections  from  Butler's  Works.  5  s.  nett. 

London  :  A.  C.  Fifield,  44  Fleet  Street,  E.C. 


5s. 

nett. 

5s. 

nett. 

5s. 

nett. 

5s. 

nett. 

5s. 

nett. 

5s. 

nett. 

ESSAYS   ON   LIFE 
ART  AND  SCIENCE 


BY 

SAMUEL   BUTLER 

AUTHOR  OF    "eREWHON,"    **  EREWHON   RE-VISITED," 

"the  way  of  all  flesh,"  etc. 


EDITED    BY 

R.  A.  STREATFEILD 


LONDON 
A.    C.   FIFIELD 

1908 


Printed  by  Ballantyne,  Hanson  <5r»  Co 
At  the  Ballantyne  Press,  Edinburgh. 


CONTENTS 


INTRODUCTION 

QUIS   DESIDERIO  .  .  .  ? 

RAMBLINGS    IN    CHEAPSIDE      . 

THE   AUNT,   THE  NIECES   AND   THE   DOG 

HOW  TO  MAKE   THE   BEST  OF   LIFE  . 

THE   SANCTUARY   OF   MONTRIGONE      . 

A   MEDIEVAL   GIRL   SCHOOL    . 

ART  IN  THE  VALLEY  OF  SAAS      . 

THOUGHT  AND  LANGUAGE       . 

THE  DEADLOCK  IN  DARWINISM  . 


PAOB 

vii 

1 

18 

45 
(59 
87 
108 
143 
176 
234 


ivi368l41 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/essaysonlifeartsOObutlrich 


INTRODUCTION 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  apologise  for  the 
miscellaneous  character  of  the  following  col- 
lection of  essays.  Samuel  Butler  was  a  man 
of  such  unusual  versatility,  and  his  interests 
were  so  many  and  so  various  that  his  literary 
remains  were  bound  to  cover  a  wide  field. 
Nevertheless  it  will  be  found  that  several  of  the 
subjects  to  which  he  devoted  much  time  and 
labour  are  not  represented  in  these  pages.  I 
have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  reprint  any  of 
the  numerous  pamphlets  and  articles  which  he 
wrote  upon  the  Iliad  and  Odyssey,  since  these 
were  all  merged  in  "  The  Authoress  of  the 
Odyssey,"  which  gives  his  matured  views  upon 
everything  relating  to  the  Homeric  poems. 
For  a  similar  reason  I  have  not  included  an 
essay  on  the  evidence  for  the  Resurrection  of 
Jesus  Christ,  which  he  printed  in  1865  for 
private  circulation,  since  he  subsequently  made 
extensive  use  of  it  in  "  The  Fair  Haven." 

vU 


Introduction 


Two  of  the  essays  in  this  collection  were 
originally  delivered  as  lectures ;  the  remainder 
were  published  in  The  Universal  Review  dur- 
ing 1888,  1889,  and  1890. 

I  should  perhaps  explain  why  two  other 
essays  of  his,  which  also  appeared  in  The 
Universal  Review,  have  been  omitted. 

The  first  of  these,  entitled  "L'AfFaire 
Holbein  -  Rippel,"  relates  to  a  drawing  of 
Holbein's  "Danse  des  Paysans,"  in  the 
Basle  Museum,  which  is  usually  described  as 
a  copy,  but  which  Butler  believed  to  be  the 
work  of  Holbein  himself.  This  essay  requires 
to  be  illustrated  in  so  elaborate  a  manner  that 
it  was  impossible  to  include  it  in  a  book  of 
this  size. 

The  second  essay,  which  is  a  sketch  of  the 
career  of  the  sculptor  Tabachetti,  was  pub- 
lished as  the  first  section  of  an  article  entitled 
"A  Sculptor  and  a  Shrine,"  of  which  the 
second  section  is  here  given  under  the  title, 
"  The  Sanctuary  of  Montrigone."  The  sec- 
tion devoted  to  the  sculptor  represents  all 
that  Butler  then  knew  about  Tabachetti,  but 
since  it  was  written  various  documents  have 


Introduction 


come  to  light,  principally  owing  to  the  inves- 
tigations of  Cavaliere  Francesco  Negri,  of 
Casale  Monferrato,  which  negative  some  of 
Butler's  most  cherished  conclusions.  Had 
Butler  lived  he  would  either  have  rewritten 
his  essay  in  accordance  with  Cavaliere  Negri's 
discoveries,  of  which  he  fully  recognised  the 
value,  or  incorporated  them  into  the  revised 
edition  of  "  Ex  Voto,"  which  he  intended  to 
publish.  As  it  stands,  the  essay  requires  so 
much  revision  that  I  have  decided  to  omit  it 
altogether,  and  to  postpone  giving  English 
readers  a  full  account  of  Tabachetti's  career 
until  a  second  edition  of  "  Ex  Voto "  is  re- 
quired. Meanwhile  I  have  given  a  brief 
summary  of  the  main  facts  of  Tabachetti's 
life  in  a  note  (page  154)  to  the  essay  on  '*  Art 
in  the  Valley  of  Saas."  Any  one  who  wishes 
for  further  details  of  the  sculptor  and  his  work 
will  find  them  in  Cavaliere  Negri's  pamphlet, 
"  II  Santuario  di  Crea  "  (Alessandria,  1902). 

The  three  essays  grouped  together  under 
the  title  of  "The  Deadlock  in  Darwinism" 
may  be  regarded  as  a  postscript  to  Butler's 
four   books    on    evolution,    viz.,    ''Life    and 


Introduction 


Habit/'  ^^ Evolution,  Old  and  New,"  "Un- 
conscious Memory  "  and  "  Luck  or  Cunning." 
An  occasion  for  the  publication  of  these  essays 
seemed  to  be  afforded  by  the  appearance  in 
1889  of  Mr.  Alfred  Russel  Wallace's  "Dar- 
winism " ;  and  although  nearly  fourteen  years 
have  elapsed  since  they  were  published  in  the 
Universal  Review,  I  have  no  fear  that  they 
will  be  found  to  be  out  of  date.  How  far, 
indeed,  the  problem  embodied  in  the  deadlock 
of  which  Butler  speaks  is  from  solution  was 
conclusively  shown  by  the  correspondence 
which  appeared  in  the  Times  in  May  1903, 
occasioned  by  some  remarks  made  at  Univer- 
sity College  by  Lord  Kelvin  in  moving  a 
vote  of  thanks  to  Professor  Henslow  after  his 
lecture  on  "  Present  Day  Rationalism."  Lord 
Kelvin's  claim  for  a  recognition  of  the  fact 
that  in  organic  nature  scientific  thought  is 
compelled  to  accept  the  idea  of  some  kind 
of  directive  power,  and  his  statement  that 
biologists  are  coming  once  more  to  a  firm 
acceptance  of  a  vital  principle,  drew  from 
several  distinguished  men  of  science  retorts 
heated  enough  to  prove  beyond  a  doubt  that 


Introduction 


the  gulf  between  the  two  main  divisions  of 
evolutionists  is  as  wide  to-day  as  it  was  when 
Butler  wrote.  It  will  be  well,  perhaps,  for 
the  benefit  of  readers  who  have  not  followed 
the  history  of  the  theory  of  evolution  during 
its  later  developments,  to  state  in  a  few  words 
what  these  two  main  divisions  are.  All  evolu- 
tionists agree  that  the  differences  between 
species  are  caused  by  the  accumulation  and 
transmission  of  variations,  but  they  do  not 
agree  as  to  the  causes  to  which  the  varia- 
tions are  due.  The  view  held  by  the  older 
evolutionists,  Buffon,  Erasmus  Darwin  and 
Lamarck,  who  have  been  followed  by  many 
modern  thinkers,  including  Herbert  Spencer 
and  Butler,  is  that  the  variations  occur  mainly 
as  the  result  of  effort  and  design ;  the  oppo- 
site view,  which  is  that  advocated  by  Mr. 
Wallace  in  ''Darwinism,"  is  that  the  varia- 
tions occur  merely  as  the  result  of  chance. 
The  former  is  sometimes  called  the  teleo- 
logical  view,  because  it  recognises  the  presence 
in  organic  nature  of  design,  whether  it  be 
called  creative  power,  directive  force,  direc- 
tivity, or  vital  principle ;   the  latter  view,  in 


Introduction 


which  the  existence  of  design  is  absolutely 
negatived,  is  now  usually  described  as  Weis- 
mannism,  from  the  name  of  the  writer  who 
has  been  its  principal  advocate  in  recent 
years. 

In  conclusion,  I  must  thank  my  friend  Mr. 
Henry  Festing  Jones  most  warmly  for  the 
invaluable  assistance  which  he  has  given  me 
in  preparing  these  essays  for  publication,  in 
correcting  the  proofs,  and  in  compiling  the 
introduction  and  notes. 

R.  A.  STREATFEILD. 


ESSAYS    ON    LIFE,    ART 
AND    SCIENCE 

QUIS  DESIDERIO  .  .  .  ?  ^ 

Like  Mr.  Wilkie  Collins,  I,  too,  have  been 
asked  to  lay  some  of  my  literary  experiences 
before  the  readers  of  the  Universal  Review. 
It  occurred  to  me  that  the  Review  must  be 
indeed  universal  before  it  could  open  its  pages 
to  one  so  obscure  as  myself;  but,  nothing 
daunted  by  the  distinguished  company  among 
which  I  was  for  the  first  time  asked  to  move, 
I  resolved  to  do  as  I  was  told,  and  went  to 
the  British  Museum  to  see  what  books  I  had 
written.  Having  refreshed  my  memory  by  a 
glance  at  the  catalogue,  I  was  about  to  try 
and  diminish  the  large  and  ever -increasing 
circle  of  my  non-readers  when  I  became 
aware  of  a  calamity  that  brought  me  to  a 
standstill,  and  indeed  bids  fair,  so  far  as  I  can 

^  Published  in  the  Universal  Review,  July  1888. 

A 


Essays  on  Life 

see  at  present,  to  put  an  end  to  my  literary 
existence  altogether. 

I  should  explain  that  I  cannot  write  unless 
I  have  a  sloping  desk,  and  the  reading-room 
of  the  British  Museum,  where  alone  I  can 
compose  freely,  is  unprovided  with  sloping 
desks.  Like  every  other  organism,  if  I  can- 
not get  exactly  what  I  want  I  make  shift  with 
the  next  thing  to  it ;  true,  there  are  no  desks 
in  the  reading-room,  but,  as  I  once  heard  a 
visitor  from  the  country  say,  "it  contains  a 
large  number  of  very  interesting  works."  I 
know  it  was  not  right,  and  hope  the  Museum 
authorities  will  not  be  severe  upon  me  if  any 
of  them  reads  this  confession ;  but  I  wanted  a 
desk,  and  set  myself  to  consider  which  of  the 
many  very  interesting  works  which  a  grateful 
nation  places  at  the  disposal  of  its  would-be 
authors  was  best  suited  for  my  purpose. 

For  mere  reading  I  suppose  one  book  is 
pretty  much  as  good  as  another;  but  the  choice 
of  a  desk-book  is  a  more  serious  matter.  It 
must  be  neither  too  thick  nor  too  thin;  it 
must  be  large  enough  to  make  a  substantial 
support ;  it  must  be  strongly  bound  so  as  not 


Art  and  Science 


to  yield  or  give ;  it  must  not  be  too  trouble- 
some to  carry  backwards  and  forwards ;  and  it 
must  live  on  shelf  C,  D,  or  E,  so  that  there 
need  be  no  stooping  or  reaching  too  high. 
These  are  the  conditions  which  a  really  good 
book  must  fulfil ;  simple,  however,  as  they  are, 
it  is  surprising  how  few  volumes  comply  with 
them  satisfactorily;  moreover,  being  perhaps 
too  sensitively  conscientious,  I  allowed  another 
consideration  to  influence  me,  and  was  sincerely 
anxious  not  to  take  a  book  which  would  be  in 
constant  use  for  reference  by  readers,  more 
especially  as,  if  1  did  this,  I  might  find  myself 
disturbed  by  the  officials. 

For  weeks  I  made  experiments  upon  sundry 
poetical  and  philosophical  works,  whose  names 
I  have  forgotten,  but  could  not  succeed  in 
finding  my  ideal  desk,  until  at  length,  more  by 
luck  than  cunning,  I  happened  to  Ught  upon 
Frost's  "  Lives  of  Eminent  Christians,"  which 
I  had  no  sooner  tried  than  I  discovered  it  to 
be  the  very  perfection  and  ne  plus  ultra  of 
everything  that  a  book  should  be.  It  lived 
in   Case  No.    2008,   and   I    accordingly  took 

at    once   to    sitting    in    Row    B,   where    for 

3 


Essays  on   Life 


the   last  dozen  years  or  so  I   have  sat  ever 
since. 

The  first  thing  I  have  done  whenever  I  went 
to  the  Museum  has  been  to  take  down  Frost's 
"  Lives  of  Eminent  Christians  "  and  carry  it 
to  my  seat.  It  is  not  the  custom  of  modern 
writers  to  refer  to  the  works  to  which  they  are 
most  deeply  indebted,  and  I  have  never,  that 
I  remember,  mentioned  it  by  name  before; 
but  it  is  to  this  book  alone  that  I  have  looked 
for  support  during  many  years  of  literary 
labour,  and  it  is  round  this  to  me  invaluable 
volume  that  all  my  own  have  page  by  page 
grown  up.  There  is  none  in  the  Museum  to 
which  I  have  been  under  anything  hke  such 
constant  obligation,  none  which  I  can  so  ill 
spare,  and  none  which  I  would  choose  so 
readily  if  I  were  allowed  to  select  one  single 
volume  and  keep  it  for  my  own. 

On  finding  myself  asked  for  a  contribution 
to  the  Universal  Review,  I  went,  as  I  have 
explained,  to  the  Museum,  and  presently  re- 
paired to  bookcase  No.  2008  to  get  my  favourite 
volume.  Alas  !  it  was  in  the  room  no  longer. 
It  was  not  in  use,  for  its  place  was  fiUed  up 


Art  and  Science 


already ;  besides,  no  one  ever  used  it  but  my- 
self. Whether  the  ghost  of  the  late  Mr.  Frost 
has  been  so  eminently  unchristian  as  to  inter- 
fere, or  whether  the  authorities  have  removed 
the  book  in  ignorance  of  the  steady  demand 
which  there  has  been  for  it  on  the  part  of  at 
least  one  reader,  are  points  I  cannot  determine. 
All  I  know  is  that  the  book  is  gone,  and  I  feel 
as  Wordsworth  is  generally  supposed  to  have 
felt  when  he  became  aware  that  Lucy  was  in 
her  grave,  and  exclaimed  so  emphatically  that 
this  would  make  a  considerable  difference  to 
him,  or  words  to  that  effect. 

Now  I  think  of  it.  Frost's  "Lives  of 
Eminent  Christians"  was  very  like  Lucy. 
The  one  resided  at  Dovedale  in  Derbyshire, 
the  other  in  Great  Russell  Street,  Blooms- 
bury.  I  admit  that  I  do  not  see  the  resem- 
blance here  at  this  moment,  but  if  I  try  to 
develop  my  perception  I  shall  doubtless  ere 
long  find  a  marvellously  striking  one.  In 
other  respects,  however,  than  mere  local 
habitat  the  likeness  is  obvious.  Lucy  was 
not  particularly  attractive  either  inside  or  out 
— no   more  was  Frost's  "Lives  of  Eminent 

5 


Essays  on  Life 

Christians " ;  there  were  few  to  praise  her, 
and  of  those  few  still  fewer  could  bring 
themselves  to  like  her;  indeed,  Wordsworth 
himself  seems  to  have  been  the  only  person 
who  thought  much  about  her  one  way  or  the 
other.  In  like  manner,  I  believe  I  was  the 
only  reader  who  thought  much  one  way  or 
the  other  about  Frost's  "Lives  of  Eminent 
Christians,"  but  this  in  itself  was  one  of  the 
attractions  of  the  book ;  and  as  for  the  grief 
we  respectively  felt  and  feel,  I  believe  my 
own  to  be  as  deep  as  Wordsworth's,  if  not 
more  so. 

I  said  above,  "  as  Wordsworth  is  generally 
supposed  to  have  felt " ;  for  any  one  imbued 
with  the  spirit  of  modern  science  will  read 
Wordsworth's  poem  with  different  eyes  from 
those  of  a  mere  literary  critic.  He  will  note 
that  Wordsworth  is  most  careful  not  to 
explain  the  nature  of  the  difference  which 
the  death  of  Lucy  will  occasion  to  him.  He 
tells  us  that  there  will  be  a  difference;  but 
there  the  matter  ends.  The  superficial  reader 
takes  it  that  he  was  very  sorry  she  was  dead ; 
it   is,  of  course,  possible  that  he  may  have 


Art  and  Science 


actually  been  so,  but  he  has  not  said  this. 
On  the  contrary,  he  has  hinted  plainly  that 
she  was  ugly,  and  generally  disliked ;  she  was 
only  like  a  violet  when  she  was  half-hidden 
from  the  view,  and  only  fair  as  a  star  when 
there  were  so  few  stars  out  that  it  was  prac- 
tically impossible  to  make  an  invidious  com- 
parison. If  there  were  as  many  as  even  two 
stars  the  likeness  was  felt  to  be  at  an  end.  If 
Wordsworth  had  imprudently  promised  to 
marry  this  young  person  during  a  time  when 
he  had  been  unusually  long  in  keeping  to 
good  resolutions,  and  had  afterwards  seen 
some  one  whom  he  liked  better,  then  Lucy's 
death  would  undoubtedly  have  made  a  con- 
siderable difference  to  him,  and  this  is  all 
that  he  has  ever  said  that  it  would  do. 
What  right  have  we  to  put  glosses  upon  the 
masterly  reticence  of  a  poet,  and  credit  him 
with  feelings  possibly  the  very  reverse  of 
those  he  actually  entertained  ? 

Sometimes,  indeed,  I  have  been  inclined  to 
think  that  a  mystery  is  being  hinted  at  more 
dark  than  any  critic  has  suspected.  I  do  not 
happen  to  possess  a  copy  of  the  poem,  but 


Essays  on  Life 


the  writer,  if  I  am  not  mistaken,  says  that 
"few  could  know  when  Lucy  ceased  to 
be."  "Ceased  to  be"  is  a  suspiciously  eu- 
phemistic expression,  and  the  words  "few 
could  know "  are  not  applicable  to  the  ordi- 
nary peaceful  death  of  a  domestic  servant 
such  as  Lucy  appears  to  have  been.  No 
matter  how  obscure  the  deceased,  any  number 
of  people  commonly  can  know  the  day  and 
hour  of  his  or  her  demise,  whereas  in  this  case 
we  are  expressly  told  it  would  be  impossible 
for  them  to  do  so.  Wordsworth  was  nothing 
if  not  accurate,  and  would  not  have  said  that 
few  could  know,  but  that  few  actually  did 
know,  unless  he  was  aware  of  circumstances 
that  precluded  all  but  those  implicated  in  the 
crime  of  her  death  from  knowing  the  precise 
moment  of  its  occurrence.  If  Lucy  was  the 
kind  of  person  not  obscurely  pourtrayed  in 
the  poem ;  if  Wordsworth  had  murdered  her, 
either  by  cutting  her  throat  or  smothering 
her,  in  concert,  perhaps,  with  his  friends 
Southey  and  Coleridge;  and  if  he  had  thus 
found  himself  released  from  an  engagement 
which  had  become  irksome  to  him,  or  pos- 


Art  and   Science 


sibly  from  the  threat  of  an  action  for  breach 
of  promise,  then  there  is  not  a  syllable  in 
the  poem  with  which  he  crowns  his  crime 
that  is  not  alive  with  meaning.  On  any 
other  supposition  to  the  general  reader  it  is 
unintelligible. 

We  cannot  be  too  guarded  in  the  inter- 
pretations we  put  upon  the  words  of  great 
poets.  Take  the  young  lady  who  never  loved 
the  dear  gazelle — and  I  don't  believe  she  did ; 
we  are  apt  to  think  that  Moore  intended  us 
to  see  in  this  creation  of  his  fancy  a  sweet, 
amiable,  but  most  unfortunate  young  woman, 
whereas  all  he  has  told  us  about  her  points 
to  an  exactly  opposite  conclusion.  In  reality, 
he  wished  us  to  see  a  young  lady  who  had 
been  an  habitual  complainer  from  her  earliest 
childhood ;  whose  plants  had  always  died  as 
soon  as  she  bought  them,  while  those  belong- 
ing to  her  neighbours  had  flourished.  The 
inference  is  obvious,  nor  can  we  reasonably 
doubt  that  Moore  intended  us  to  draw  it ;  if 
her  plants  were  the  very  first  to  fade  away, 
she  was  evidently  the  very  first  to  neglect  or 
otherwise  maltreat  them.     She  did  not  give 

9 


Essays  on   Life 

them  enough  water,  or  left  the  door  of  her 
fern-case  open  when  she  was  cooking  her 
dinner  at  the  gas  stove,  or  kept  them  too  near 
the  paraffin  oil,  or  other  like  folly ;  and  as  for 
her  temper,  see  what  the  gazelles  did ;  as  long 
as  they  did  not  know  her  "  well,"  they  could 
just  manage  to  exist,  but  when  they  got 
to  understand  her  real  character,  one  after 
another  felt  that  death  was  the  only  course 
open  to  it,  and  accordingly  died  rather  than 
live  with  such  a  mistress.  True,  the  young 
lady  herself  said  the  gazelles  loved  her ;  but 
disagreeable  people  are  apt  to  think  them- 
selves amiable,  and  in  view  of  the  course 
invariably  taken  by  the  gazelles  themselves 
any  one  accustomed  to  weigh  evidence  will 
hold  that  she  was  probably  mistaken. 

I  must,  however,  return  to  Frost's  "  Lives 
of  Eminent  Christians."  I  will  leave  none  of 
the  ambiguity  about  my  words  in  which 
Moore  and  Wordsworth  seem  to  have  de- 
lighted. I  am  very  sorry  the  book  is  gone, 
and  know  not  where  to  turn  for  its  successor. 
Till  I  have  found  a  substitute  I  can  write  no 
more,  and  I  do  not  know  how  to  find  even 


Art  and   Science 


a  tolerable   one.     1    should   try  a  volume  of 
Migne's    "  Complete   Course   of    Patrology," 
but  I  do  not  like  books  in  more  than  one 
volume,  for  the   volumes   vary   in  thickness, 
and   one   never    can    remember    which    one 
took ;  the  four  volumes,  however,  of  Bede  in 
Giles's  "  Anglican  Fathers "  are  not  open  to 
this   objection,    and    I    have    reserved    them 
for  favourable  consideration.    Mather's  "  Mag- 
nalia "  might   do,  but   the  binding  does  not 
please  me  ;  Cureton's  "  Corpus  Ignatianum " 
might  also  do  if  it  were  not  too  thin.     I  do 
not  like  taking  Norton's  "  Genuineness  of  the 
Gospels,"  as  it  is  just  possible  some  one  may 
be  wanting  to  know  whether  the  Gospels  are 
genuine   or  not,  and  be  unable  to  find  out 
because    I    have    got    Mr.    Norton's    book. 
Baxter's    "  Church  History  of  England,"  Lin- 
gard's  "  Anglo  -  Saxon    Church,"    and   Card- 
well's  "  Documentary  Annals,"  though  none 
of  them  as  good  as  Frost,  are  works  of  con- 
siderable merit  ;    but  on  the  whole   I  think 
Arvine's    "  Cyclopedia    of    Moral   and    Reli- 
gious Anecdote"  is  perhaps  the  one  book  in 
the  room    which    comes   within    measurable 


Essays  on  Life 


distance  of  Frost.  I  should  probably  try  this 
book  first,  but  it  has  a  fatal  objection  in  its 
too  seductive  title.  "  I  am  not  curious,"  as 
Miss  Lottie  Venne  says  in  one  of  her  parts, 
''  but  I  like  to  know,"  and  I  might  be  tempted 
to  pervert  the  book  from  its  natural  uses  and 
open  it,  so  as  to  find  out  what  kind  of  a  thing 
a  moral  and  religious  anecdote  is.  I  know,  of 
course,  that  there  are  a  great  many  anecdotes 
in  the  Bible,  but  no  one  thinks  of  calling  them 
either  moral  or  religious,  though  some  of  them 
certainly  seem  as  if  they  might  fairly  find  a 
place  in  Mr.  Arvine's  work.  There  are  some 
things,  however,  which  it  is  better  not  to 
know,  and  take  it  all  round  I  do  not  think  I 
should  be  wise  in  putting  myself  in  the  way 
of  temptation,  and  adopting  Arvine  as  the 
successor  to  my  beloved  and  lamented  Frost. 

Some  successor  I  must  find,  or  I  must  give 
up  writing  altogether,  and  this  I  should  be 
sorry  to  do.  I  have  only  as  yet  written  about 
a  third,  or  from  that — counting  works  written 
but  not  published  —  to  a  half,  of  the  books 
which  I  have  set  myself  to  write.  It  would 
not  so  much  matter  if  old  age  was  not  staring 


Art  and   Science 

me  in  the  face.  Dr.  Parr  said  it  was  "  a  beastly 
shame  for  an  old  man  not  to  have  laid  down 
a  good  cellar  of  port  in  his  youth";  I,  like 
the  greater  number,  I  suppose,  of  those  who 
write  books  at  all,  write  in  order  that  I  may 
have  something  to  read  in  my  old  age  when 
I  can  write  no  longer.  I  know  what  I  shall 
like  better  than  any  one  can  tell  me,  and 
write  accordingly ;  if  my  career  is  nipped  in 
the  bud,  as  seems  only  too  likely,  I  really  do 
not  know  where  else  I  can  turn  for  present 
agreeable  occupation,  nor  yet  how  to  make 
suitable  provision  for  my  later  years.  Other 
writers  can,  of  course,  make  excellent  pro- 
vision for  their  own  old  ages,  but  they  cannot 
do  so  for  mine,  any  more  than  I  should  suc- 
ceed if  I  were  to  try  to  cater  for  theirs.  It 
is  one  of  those  cases  in  which  no  man  can 
make  agreement  for  his  brother. 

I  have  no  heart  for  continuing  this  article, 
and  if  I  had,  I  have  nothing  of  interest  to 
say.  No  one's  literary  career  can  have  been 
smoother  or  more  unchequered  than  mine. 
I  have  published  all  my  books  at  my  own 
expense,  and  paid  for  them   in   due   course. 

13 


Essays  on  Life 


What  can  be  conceivably  more  unromantic? 
For  some  years  I  had  a  httle  hterary  grievance 
against  the  authorities  of  the  British  Museum 
because  they  would  insist  on  saying  in  their 
catalogue  that  I  had  published  three  sermons 
on  Infidelity  in  the  year  1820.  I  thought  I 
had  not,  and  got  them  out  to  see.  They  were 
rather  funny,  but  they  were  not  mine.  Now, 
however,  this  grievance  has  been  removed.  I 
had  another  little  quarrel  with  them  because 
they  would  describe  me  as  "of  St.  John's 
College,  Cambridge,"  an  establishment  for 
which  I  have  the  most  profound  veneration, 
but  with  which  I  have  not  had  the  honour  to 
be  connected  for  some  quarter  of  a  century. 
At  last  they  said  they  would  change  this 
description  if  I  would  only  tell  them  what  I 
was,  for,  though  they  had  done  their  best  to 
find  out,  they  had  themselves  failed.  I  replied 
with  modest  pride  that  I  was  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts.  I  keep  all  my  other  letters  inside  my 
name,  not  outside.  They  mused  and  said  it 
was  unfortunate  that  I  was  not  a  Master  of 
Arts.  Could  I  not  get  myself  made  a 
Master  ?     I  said  I  understood  that  a  Master- 


Art  and   Science 


ship  was  an  article  the  University  could  not 
do  under  about  five  pounds,  and  that  I  was 
not  disposed  to  go  sixpence  higher  than  three 
ten.  They  again  said  it  was  a  pity,  for  it 
would  be  very  inconvenient  to  them  if  I  did 
not  keep  to  something  between  a  bishop  and 
a  poet.  I  might  be  anything  I  liked  in 
reason,  provided  I  showed  proper  respect  for 
the  alphabet;  but  they  had  got  me  between 
"  Samuel  Butler,  bishop,"  and  "  Samuel 
Butler,  poet."  It  would  be  very  trouble- 
some to  shift  me,  and  bachelor  came  before 
bishop.  This  was  reasonable,  so  I  replied  that, 
under  those  circumstances,  if  they  pleased,  I 
thought  I  would  like  to  be  a  philosophical 
writer.  They  embraced  the  solution,  and,  no 
matter  what  I  write  now,  I  must  remain  a 
philosophical  writer  as  long  as  I  live,  for  the 
alphabet  will  hardly  be  altered  in  my  time, 
and  I  must  be  something  between  "  Bis  "  and 
"  Poe."  If  I  could  get  a  volume  of  my  ex- 
cellent namesake's  "  Hudibras  "  out  of  the  list 
of  my  works,  I  should  be  robbed  of  my  last 
shred  of  literary  grievance,  so  I  say  nothing 

about   this,   but    keep    it    secret,   lest    some 

15 


Essays  on   Life 


worse  thing  should  happen  to  me.  Besides,  I 
have  a  great  respect  for  my  namesake,  and 
always  say  that  if  "Erewhon"  had  been  a 
racehorse  it  would  have  been  got  by  "  Hudi- 
bras  "  out  of  "  Analogy."  Some  one  said  this 
to  me  many  years  ago,  and  I  felt  so  much 
flattered  that  I  have  been  repeating  the  re- 
mark as  my  own  ever  since. 

But  how  small  are  these  grievances  as  com- 
pared with  those  endured  without  a  murmur 
by  hundreds  of  writers  far  more  deserving 
than  myself.  When  I  see  the  scores  and 
hundreds  of  workers  in  the  reading-room  who 
have  done  so  much  more  than  I  have,  but 
whose  work  is  absolutely  fruitless  to  them- 
selves, and  when  I  think  of  the  prompt  recog- 
nition obtained  by  my  own  work,  I  ask 
myself  what  I  have  done  to  be  thus  rewarded. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  feeling  that  I  have 
succeeded  far  beyond  my  deserts  hitherto, 
makes  it  all  the  harder  for  me  to  acquiesce 
without  complaint  in  the  extinction  of  a 
career  which  I  honestly  believe  to  be  a  pro- 
mising one ;  and  once  more  I  repeat  that, 
unless  the  Museum  authorities  give  me  back 

I6 


Art  and  Science 

my  Frost,  or  put  a  locked  clasp  on  Arvine, 
my  career  must  be  extinguished.  Give  me 
back  Frost,  and,  if  life  and  health  are  spared, 
I  will  write  another  dozen  of  volumes  yet 
before  I  hang  up  my  fiddle — if  so  serious  a 
confusion  of  metaphors  may  be  pardoned.  I 
know  from  long  experience  how  kind  and 
considerate  both  the  late  and  present  super- 
intendents of  the  reading-room  were  and  are, 
but  I  doubt  how  far  either  of  them  would  be 
disposed  to  help  me  on  this  occasion;  con- 
tinue, however,  to  rob  me  of  my  Frost,  and, 
whatever  else  I  may  do,  I  will  write  no  more 
books. 

Note  hy  Dr.  Garnett,  British  Museum. — 
The  frost  has  broken  up.  Mr.  Butler  is 
restored  to  literature.  Mr.  Mudie  may  make 
himself  easy.  England  will  still  boast  a 
humourist  ;  and  the  late  Mr.  Darwin  (to 
whose  posthumous  machinations  the  removal 
of  the  book  was  owing)  will  continue  to  be 
confounded. — R.  Garnett. 


17 


RAMBLINGS   IN   CHEAPSIDE^ 

Walking  the  other  day  in  Cheapside  I  saw 
some  turtles  in  Mr.  Sweeting's  window,  and 
was  tempted  to  stay  and  look  at  them.  As  I 
did  so  I  was  struck  not  more  by  the  defences 
with  which  they  were  hedged  about,  than  by 
the  fatuousness  of  trying  to  hedge  that  in  at 
all  which,  if  hedged  thoroughly,  must  die  of  its 
own  defencefulness.  The  holes  for  the  head 
and  feet  through  which  the  turtle  leaks  out, 
as  it  were,  on  to  the  exterior  world,  and 
through  which  it  again  absorbs  the  exterior 
world  into  itself — "catching  on"  through 
them  to  things  that  are  thus  both  turtle  and 
not  turtle  at  one  and  the  same  time — these 
holes  stultify  the  armour,  and  show  it  to  have 
been  designed  by  a  creature  with  more  of 
faithfulness  to  a  fixed  idea,  and  hence  one- 
sidedness,  than  of  that  quick  sense  of  relative 
importances  and  their  changes,  which  is  the 
main  factor  of  good  living. 

^  Published  in  the  Universal  Review,  December  1890. 

i8 


Art  and  Science 

The  turtle  obviously  had  no  sense  of  pro- 
portion ;  it  differed  so  widely  from  myself  that 
I  could  not  comprehend  it ;  and  as  this  word 
occurred  to  me,  it  occurred  also  that  until  my 
body  comprehended  its  body  in  a  pliysical 
material  sense,  neither  would  my  mind  be 
able  to  comprehend  its  mind  with  any 
thoroughness.  For  unity  of  mind  can  only 
be  consummated  by  unity  of  body ;  every- 
thing, therefore,  must  be  in  some  respects 
both  knave  and  fool  to  all  that  which  has  not 
eaten  it,  or  by  which  it  has  not  been  eaten. 
As  long  as  the  turtle  was  in  the  window  and  I 
in  the  street  outside,  there  was  no  chance  of 
our  comprehending  one  another. 

Nevertheless  I  knew  that  I  could  get  it  to 
agree  with  me  if  I  could  so  effectually  button- 
hole and  fasten  on  to  it  as  to  eat  it.  Most 
men  have  an  easy  method  with  turtle  soup, 
and  I  had  no  misgiving  but  that  if  I  could 
bring  my  first  premise  to  bear  I  should  prove 
the  better  reasoner.  My  difficulty  lay  in  this 
initial  process,  for  I  had  not  with  me  the 
argument  that  would  alone  compel  Mr.  Sweet- 
ing to  think  that  I  ought  to  be  allowed  to 

19 


Essays  on   Life 

convert  the  turtles — I  mean  I  had  no  money 
in  my  pocket.  No  missionary  enterprise  can 
be  carried  on  without  any  money  at  all,  but 
even  so  small  a  sum  as  half-a-crown  vi^ould,  I 
suppose,  have  enabled  me  to  bring  the  turtle 
partly  round,  and  with  many  half-crowns  I 
could  in  time  no  doubt  convert  the  lot,  for  the 
turtle  needs  must  go  where  the  money  drives. 
If,  as  is  alleged,  the  world  stands  on  a  turtle, 
the  turtle  stands  on  money.  No  money  no 
turtle.  As  for  money,  that  stands  on  opinion, 
credit,  trust,  faith — things  that,  though  highly 
material  in  connection  with  money,  are  still 
of  immaterial  essence. 

The  steps  are  perfectly  plain.  The  men 
who  caught  the  turtles  brought  a  fairly  strong 
and  definite  opinion  to  bear  upon  them,  that 
passed  into  action,  and  later  on  into  money. 
They  thought  the  turtles  would  come  that 
way,  and  verified  their  opinion ;  on  this,  will 
and  action  were  generated,  with  the  result  that 
the  men  turned  the  turtles  on  their  backs  and 
carried  them  off.  Mr.  Sweeting  touched  these 
men  with  money,  which  is  the  outward  and 
visible  sign  of  verified  opinion.     The  customer 


Art  and  Science 


touches  Mr.  Sweeting  with  money,  Mr.  Sweet- 
ing touches  the  waiter  and  the  cook  with 
money.  They  touch  the  turtle  with  skill  and 
verified  opinion.  Finally,  the  customer  applies 
the  clinching  argument  that  brushes  all  soph- 
isms aside,  and  bids  the  turtle  stand  proto- 
plasm to  protoplasm  with  himself,  to  know 
even  as  it  is  known. 

But  it  must  be  all  touch,  touch,  touch ; 
skill,  opinion,  power,  and  money,  passing  in 
and  out  with  one  another  in  any  order  we 
like,  but  still  link  to  link  and  touch  to  touch. 
If  there  is  failure  anywhere  in  respect  of 
opinion,  skill,  power,  or  money,  either  as  re- 
gards quantity  or  quality,  the  chain  can  be  no 
stronger  than  its  weakest  link,  and  the  turtle 
and  the  clinching  argument  will  fly  asunder. 
Of  course,  if  there  is  an  initial  failure  in  con- 
nection, through  defect  in  any  member  of  the 
chain,  or  of  connection  between  the  links,  it 
will  no  more  be  attempted  to  bring  the  turtle 
and  the  clinching  argument  together,  than  it 
will  to  chain  up  a  dog  with  two  pieces  of 
broken  chain  that  are  disconnected.  The 
contact   throughout    must    be    conceived    as 

21 


Essays  on  Life 


absolute ;  and  yet  perfect  contact  is  inconceiv- 
able by  us,  for  on  becoming  perfect  it  ceases 
to  be  contact,  and  becomes  essential,  once  for 
all  inseverable,  identity.  The  most  absolute 
contact  short  of  this  is  still  contact  by  courtesy 
only.  So  here,  as  everywhere  else,  Eurydice 
glides  off  as  we  are  about  to  grasp  her.  We 
can  see  nothing  face  to  face ;  our  utmost  see- 
ing is  but  a  fumbling  of  blind  finger-ends  in 
an  overcrowded  pocket. 

Presently  my  own  blind  finger-ends  fished 
up  the  conclusion,  that  as  I  had  neither  time 
nor  money  to  spend  on  perfecting  the  chain 
that  would  put  me  in  full  spiritual  contact 
with  Mr.  Sweeting's  turtles,  I  had  better  leave 
them  to  complete  their  education  at  some  one 
else's  expense  rather  than  mine,  so  I  walked 
on  towards  the  Bank.  As  I  did  so  it  struck 
me  how  continually  we  are  met  by  this  melt- 
ing of  one  existence  into  another.  The  limits 
of  the  body  seem  well  defined  enough  as 
definitions  go,  but  definitions  seldom  go  far. 
What,  for  example,  can  seem  more  distinct 
from  a  man  than  his  banker  or  his  solicitor  ? 
Yet  these  are  commonly  so  much  parts  of  him 


Art  and   Science 


that  he  can  no  more  cut  them  off  and  grow 
new  ones,  than  he  can  grow  new  legs  or 
arms ;  neither  must  he  wound  his  sohcitor ;  a 
wound  in  the  sohcitor  is  a  very  serious  thing. 
As  for  his  bank— failure  of  his  bank's  action 
may  be  as  fatal  to  a  man  as  failure  of  his 
heart.  I  have  said  nothing  about  the  medical 
or  spiritual  adviser,  but  most  men  grow  into 
the  society  that  surrounds  them  by  the  help 
of  these  four  main  tap-roots,  and  not  only 
into  the  world  of  humanity,  but  into  the 
universe  at  large.  We  can,  indeed,  grow 
butchers,  bakers,  and  greengrocers,  almost  ad 
libitum,  but  these  are  low  developments,  and 
correspond  to  skin,  hair,  or  finger-nails.  Those 
of  us  again  who  are  not  highly  enough  organ- 
ised to  have  grown  a  solicitor  or  banker  can 
generally  repair  the  loss  of  whatever  social  or- 
ganisation they  may  possess  as  freely  as  lizards 
are  said  to  grow  new  tails ;  but  this  with  the 
higher  social,  as  well  as  organic,  developments 
is  only  possible  to  a  very  limited  extent. 

The  doctrine  of  metempsychosis,  or  trans- 
migration of  souls — a  doctrine  to  which  the 

foregoing  considerations  are  for  the  most  part 

23 


Essays  on  Life 

easy  corollaries — crops  up  no  matter  in  what 
direction  we  allow  our  thoughts  to  wander. 
And  we  meet  instances  of  transmigration  of 
body  as  well  as  of  soul.  I  do  not  mean  that 
both  body  and  soul  have  transmigrated  to- 
gether, far  from  it ;  but  that,  as  we  can  often 
recognise  a  transmigrated  mind  in  an  alien 
body,  so  we  not  less  often  see  a  body  that  is 
clearly  only  a  transmigration,  linked  on  to 
some  one  else's  new  and  alien  soul.  We  meet 
people  every  day  whose  bodies  are  evidently 
those  of  men  and  women  long  dead,  but 
whose  appearance  we  know  through  their  por- 
traits. We  see  them  going  about  in  omnibuses, 
railway  carriages,  and  in  all  public  places. 
The  cards  have  been  shuffled,  and  they  have 
drawn  fresh  lots  in  life  and  nationalities,  but 
any  one  fairly  well  up  in  mediaeval  and  last 
century  portraiture  knows  them  at  a  glance. 

Going  down  once  towards  Italy  I  saw  a 
young  man  in  the  train  whom  I  recognised, 
only  he  seemed  to  have  got  younger.  He  was 
with  a  friend,  and  his  face  was  in  continual  play, 
but  for  some  little  time  I  puzzled  in  vain  to 

recollect  where  it  was  that  I  had  seen  him 

24 


Art  and  Science 


before.  All  of  a  sudden  I  remembered  he  was 
King  Francis  I.  of  France.  I  had  hitherto 
thought  the  face  of  this  king  impossible,  but 
when  I  saw  it  in  play  I  understood  it.  His  great 
contemporary  Henry  VIII.  keeps  a  restaurant 
in  Oxford  Street.  FalstafF  drove  one  of  the 
St.  Gothard  diligences  for  many  years,  and 
only  retired  when  the  railway  was  opened. 
Titian  once  made  me  a  pair  of  boots  at 
Vicenza,  and  not  very  good  ones.  At  Modena 
I  had  my  hair  cut  by  a  young  man  whom  I 
perceived  to  be  Raffaelle.  The  model  who 
sat  to  him  for  his  celebrated  Madonnas  is  first 
lady  in  a  confectionery  establishment  at  Mont- 
real. She  has  a  little  motherly  pimple  on 
the  left  side  of  her  nose  that  is  misleading  at 
first,  but  on  examination  she  is  readily  recog- 
nised ;  probably  RafFaelle's  model  had  the 
pimple  too,  but  Raffaelle  left  it  out — as  he 
would. 

Handel,  of  course,  is  Madame  Patey.  Give 
Madame  Patey  Handel's  wig  and  clothes,  and 
there  would  be  no  telling  her  from  Handel. 
It  is  not  only  that  the  features  and  the  shape 
of  the  head  are  the  same,  but  there  is  a  certain 

2S 


Essays  on  Life 

imperiousness  of  expression  and  attitude  about 
Handel  which  he  hardly  attempts  to  conceal 
in  Madame  Patey.  It  is  a  curious  coincidence 
that  he  should  continue  to  be  such  an  in- 
comparable renderer  of  his  own  music. 
Pope  Julius  II.  was  the  late  Mr.  Darwin. 
Rameses  II.  is  a  blind  woman  now,  and 
stands  in  Holborn,  holding  a  tin  mug.  I 
never  could  understand  why  I  always  found 
myself  humming  "  They  oppressed  them  with 
burthens"  when  I  passed  her,  till  one  day  I 
was  looking  in  Mr.  Spooner's  window  in  the 
Strand,  and  saw  a  photograph  of  Rameses  II. 
Mary  Queen  of  Scots  wears  surgical  boots 
and  is  subject  to  fits,  near  the  Horse  Shoe 
in  Tottenham  Court  Road. 

Michael  Angelo  is  a  commissionaire  ;  I  saw 
him  on  board  the  G-len  Rosa,  which  used  to 
run  every  day  from  London  to  Clacton-on- 
Sea  and  back.  It  gave  me  quite  a  turn  when 
I  saw  him  coming  down  the  stairs  from  the 
upper  deck,  with  his  bronzed  face,  flattened 
nose,  and  with  the  familiar  bar  upon  his  fore- 
head.     I   never  liked   Michael  Angelo,  and 

never  shall,  but  I  am  afraid  of  him,  and  was 

26 


Art  and  Science 


near  trying  to  hide  when  I  saw  him  coming 
towards  me.  He  had  not  got  his  commis- 
sionaire's uniform  on,  and  I  did  not  know  he 
was  one  till  I  met  him  a  month  or  so  later  in 
the  Strand.  When  we  got  to  Blackwall  the 
music  struck  up  and  people  began  to  dance. 
I  never  saw  a  man  dance  so  much  in  my  life. 
He  did  not  miss  a  dance  all  the  way  to 
Clacton,  nor  all  the  way  back  again,  and 
when  not  dancing  he  was  flirting  and  cracking 
jokes.  I  could  hardly  believe  my  eyes  when  I 
reflected  that  this  man  had  painted  the  famous 
"Last  Judgment,"  and  had  made  all  those 
statues. 

Dante  is,  or  was  a  year  or  two  ago,  a  waiter 
at  Brissago  on  the  Lago  Maggiore,  only  he  is 
better-tempered-looking,  and  has  a  more  in- 
tellectual expression.  He  gave  me  his  ideas 
upon  beauty :  "  Tutto  ch'  e  vero  e  bello,"  he 
exclaimed,  with  all  his  old  self-confidence.  I 
am  not  afraid  of  Dante.  I  know  people  by 
their  friends,  and  he  went  about  with  Virgil, 
so  I  said  with  some  severity,  "  No,  Dante,  il 
naso  della  Signora  Robinson  e  vero,  ma  non 

e   bello";    and    he    admitted    I    was    right. 

27 


Essays  on   Life 


Beatrice's  name  is  Towler ;  she  is  waitress  at 

a  small  inn  in  German  Switzerland.     I  used 

to  sit   at  my  window  and   hear  people   call 

"Towler,  Towler,  Towler,"  fifty  times  in  a 

forenoon.     She  was   the   exact   antithesis   to 

Abra;   Abra,   if  I  remember,  used  to  come 

before  they  called  her  name,  but  no  matter 

how  often  they  called  Towler,  every  one  came 

before  she  did.    I  suppose  they  spelt  her  name 

Taula,  but  to  me  it  sounded  Towler ;  I  never, 

however,  met  any  one  else  with  this  name. 

She   was   a   sweet,   artless   little   hussy,  who 

made  me  play  the  piano  to  her,  and  she  said 

it  was  lovely.     Of  course  I  only  played  my 

own  compositions;  so  I  believed  her,  and  it 

all  went  off  very  nicely.     I  thought  it  might 

save  trouble  if  I  did  not  tell  her  who  she 

really  was,  so  I  said  nothing  about  it. 

I  met  Socrates  once.     He  was  my  muleteer 

on  an  excursion  which  I  will  not  name,  for 

fear  it  should  identify  the  man.     The  moment 

I  jsaw  my  guide  I  knew  he  was  somebody, 

but  for  the  life  of  me  I  could  not  remember 

who.     All  of  a  sudden  it  flashed  across  me 

that  he  was  Socrates.     He  talked  enough  for 

28 


Art  and  Science 


six,  but  it  was  all  in  dialetto,  so  I  could  not 
understand  him,  nor,  when  I  had  discovered 
who  he  was,  did  I  much  try  to  do  so.  He 
was  a  good  creature,  a  trifle  given  to  stealing 
fruit  and  vegetables,  but  an  amiable  man 
enough.  He  had  had  a  long  day  with  his 
mule  and  me,  and  he  only  asked  me  five 
francs.  I  gave  him  ten,  for  I  pitied  his  poor 
old  patched  boots,  and  there  was  a  meekness 
about  him  that  touched  me.  "  And  now, 
Socrates,"  said  I  at  parting,  "we  go  on  our 
several  ways,  you  to  steal  tomatoes,  I  to  filch 
ideas  from  other  people ;  for  the  rest — which 
of  these  two  roads  will  be  the  better  going, 
our  father  which  is  in  heaven  knows,  but  we 
know  not." 

I  have  never  seen  Mendelssohn,  but  there 
is  a  fresco  of  him  on  the  terrace,  or  open-air 
dining-room,  of  an  inn  at  Chiavenna.  He  is 
not  called  Mendelssohn,  but  I  knew  him  by 
his  legs.  He  is  in  the  costume  of  a  dandy  of 
some  five-and-forty  years  ago,  is  smoking  a 
cigar,  and  appears  to  be  making  an  offer  of  mar- 
riage to  his  cook.     Beethoven  both  my  friend 

Mr.  H.  Festing  .Tones  and  I  have  had  the  good 

29 


Essays  on   Life 


fortune  to  meet ;  he  is  an  engineer  now,  and 
does  not  know  one  note  from  another ;  he  has 
quite  lost  his  deafness,  is  married,  and  is,  of 
course,  a  Httle  squat  man  with  the  same  re- 
fractory hair  that  he  always  had.  It  was  very 
interesting  to  watch  him,  and  Jones  remarked 
that  before  the  end  of  dinner  he  had  become 
positively  posthumous.  One  morning  I  was 
told  the  Beethovens  were  going  away,  and 
before  long  I  met  their  two  heavy  boxes 
being  carried  down  the  stairs.  The  boxes 
were  so  squab  and  like  their  owners,  that  I 
half  thought  for  a  moment  that  they  were 
inside,  and  should  hardly  have  been  surprised 
to  see  them  spring  up  like  a  couple  of  Jacks- 
in-the-box.  "  Sono  indentro  ? "  said  I,  with 
a  frown  of  wonder,  pointing  to  the  boxes. 
The  porters  knew  what  I  meant,  and  laughed. 
But  there  is  no  end  to  the  list  of  people  whom 
I  have  been  able  to  recognise,  and  before  1 
had  got  through  it  myself,  I  found  I  had 
walked  some  distance,  and  had  involuntarily 
paused  in  front  of  a  second-hand  bookstall. 
I  do  not  like  books.     I  believe  I  have  the 

smallest  library  of  any  literary  man  in  London, 

30 


Art  and  Science 

and  I  have  no  wish  to  increase  it.  I  keep  my 
books  at  the  British  Museum  and  at  Mudie's, 
and  it  makes  me  very  angry  if  any  one  gives 
me  one  for  my  private  library.  I  once  heard 
tvi^o  ladies  disputing  in  a  railway  carriage  as 
to  whether  one  of  them  had  or  had  not  been 
wasting  money.  "  I  spent  it  in  books,"  said 
the  accused;  ''and  it's  not  wasting  money  to 
buy  books."  "  Indeed,  my  dear,  I  think  it 
is,"  was  the  rejoinder,  and  in  practice  I  agree 
with  it.  Webster's  Dictionary,  Whitaker's 
Almanack,  and  Bradshaw's  Railway  Guide 
should  be  sufficient  for  any  ordinary  library  ; 
it  will  be  time  enough  to  go  beyond  these 
when  the  mass  of  useful  and  entertaining 
matter  which  they  provide  has  been  mastered. 
Nevertheless,  1  admit  that  sometimes,  if  not 
particularly  busy,  I  stop  at  a  second-hand 
bookstall  and  turn  over  a  book  or  two  from 
mere  force  of  habit. 

I  know  not  what  made  me  pick  up  a 
copy  of  iEschylus — of  course  in  an  English 
version — or  rather  I  know  not  what  made 
iEschylus  take  up  with  me,  for  he  took  me 
rather  than  I  him ;  but  no  sooner  had  he  got 

31 


Essays  on   Life 


me  than  he  began  puzzling  me,  as  he  has  done 
any  time  this  forty  years,  to  know  wherein 
his  transcendent  merit  can  be  supposed  to 
lie.  To  me  he  is,  like  the  greater  number  of 
classics  in  all  ages  and  countries,  a  literary 
Struldbrug,  rather  than  a  true  ambrosia-fed 
immortal.  There  are  true  immortals,  but 
they  are  few  and  far  between ;  most  classics 
are  as  great  impostors  dead  as  they  were 
when  living,  and  while  posing  as  gods  are, 
five-sevenths  of  them,  only  Struldbrugs.  It 
comforts  me  to  remember  that  Aristophanes 
liked  iEschylus  no  better  than  I  do.  True, 
he  praises  him  by  comparison  with  Sophocles 
and  Euripides,  but  he  only  does  so  that  he 
may  run  down  these  last  more  effectively. 
Aristophanes  is  a  safe  man  to  follow,  nor  do 
I  see  why  it  should  not  be  as  correct  to  laugh 
with  him  as  to  pull  a  long  face  with  the 
Greek  Professors ;  but  this  is  neither  here  nor 
there,  for  no  one  really  cares  about  iEschylus ; 
the  more  interesting  question  is  how  he  con- 
trived to  make  so  many  people  for  so  many 
years  pretend  to  care  about  him. 

Perhaps  he  married  somebody's  daughter. 
32 


Art  and   Science 


If  a  man  would  get  hold  of  the  public  ear, 
he  must  pay,  marry,  or  fight.  I  have  never 
understood  that  iEschylus  was  a  man  of 
means,  and  the  fighters  do  not  write  poetry, 
so  I  suppose  he  must  have  married  a  theatrical 
manager's  daughter,  and  got  his  plays  brought 
out  that  way.  The  ear  of  any  age  or  country 
is  like  its  land,  air,  and  water ;  it  seems  limit- 
less but  is  really  limited,  and  is  already  in 
the  keeping  of  those  who  naturally  enough 
will  have  no  squatting  on  such  valuable  pro- 
perty. It  is  written  and  talked  up  to  as 
closely  as  the  means  of  subsistence  are  bred 
up  to  by  a  teeming  population.  There  is  not 
a  square  inch  of  it  but  is  in  private  hands,  and 
he  who  would  freehold  any  part  of  it  must  do 
so  by  purchase,  marriage,  or  fighting,  in  the 
usual  way — and  fighting  gives  the  longest, 
safest  tenure.  The  public  itself  has  hardly 
more  voice  in  the  question  who  shall  have  its 
ear,  than  the  land  has  in  choosing  its  owners. 
It  is  farmed  as  those  who  own  it  think  most 
profitable  to  themselves,  and  small  blame  to 
them;  nevertheless,  it  has  a  residuum  of 
mulishness  which  the  land  has  not,  and  does 

33  C 


Essays  on  Life 

sometimes  dispossess  its  tenants.  It  is  in 
this  residuum  that  those  who  fight  place  their 
hope  and  trust. 

Or  perhaps  ^schylus  squared  the  leading 
critics  of  his  time.  When  one  comes  to  think 
of  it,  he  must  have  done  so,  for  how  is  it  con- 
ceivable that  such  plays  should  have  had  such 
runs  if  he  had  not  ?  I  met  a  lady  one  year  in 
Switzerland  who  had  some  parrots  that  always 
travelled  with  her  and  were  the  idols  of  her 
life.  These  parrots  would  not  let  any  one 
read  aloud  in  their  presence,  unless  they  heard 
their  own  names  introduced  from  time  to  time. 
If  these  were  freely  interpolated  into  the  text 
they  would  remain  as  still  as  stones,  for  they 
thought  the  reading  was  about  themselves.  If 
it  was  not  about  them  it  could  not  be  allowed. 
The  leaders  of  literature  are  like  these  parrots ; 
they  do  not  look  at  what  a  man  writes,  nor 
if  they  did  would  they  understand  it  much 
better  than  the  parrots  do ;  but  they  like  the 
sound  of  their  own  names,  and  if  these  are 
freely  interpolated  in  a  tone  they  take  as 
friendly,  they  may  even  give  ear  to  an  outsider. 
Otherwise  they  will  scream  him  off  if  they  can, 

34 


Art  and  Science 


I  should  not  advise  any  one  with  ordinary 
independence  of  mind  to  attempt  the  pubHc 
ear  unless  he  is  confident  that  he  can  out-lung 
and  out-last  his  own  generation ;  for  if  he  has 
any  force,  people  will  and  ought  to  be  on 
their  guard  against  him,  inasmuch  as  there  is 
no  knowing  where  he  may  not  take  them. 
Besides,  they  have  staked  their  money  on  the 
wrong  men  so  often  without  suspecting  it, 
that  when  there  comes  one  whom  they  do 
suspect  it  would  be  madness  not  to  bet  against 
him.  True,  he  may  die  before  he  has  out- 
screamed  his  opponents,  but  that  has  nothing 
to  do  with  it.  If  his  scream  was  well  pitched 
it  will  sound  clearer  when  he  is  dead.  We  do 
not  know  what  death  is.  If  we  know  so  little 
about  life  which  we  have  experienced,  how 
shall  we  know  about  death  which  we  have  not 
— and  in  the  nature  of  things  never  can? 
Every  one,  as  I  said  years  ago  in  "  Alps  and 
Sanctuaries,"  is  an  immortal  to  himself,  for  he 
cannot  know  that  he  is  dead  until  he  is  dead, 
and  when  dead  how  can  he  know  anything 
about  anything  ?  All  we  know  is,  that  even 
the  humblest   dead  may  live   long  after  all 

35 


Essays  on  Life 


trace  of  the  body  has  disappeared ;  we  see 
them  doing  it  in  the  bodies  and  memories  of 
those  that  come  after  them;  and  not  a  few 
live  so  much  longer  and  more  effectually  than 
is  desirable,  that  it  has  been  necessary  to  get 
rid  of  them  by  Act  of  Parliament.  It  is  love 
that  alone  gives  life,  and  the  truest  life  is 
that  which  we  live  not  in  ourselves  but  vica- 
riously in  others,  and  with  which  w^e  have 
no  concern.  Our  concern  is  so  to  order  our- 
selves that  we  may  be  of  the  number  of  them 
that  enter  into  life  —  although  we  know  it 
not. 

JEschylus  did  so  order  himself ;  but  his 
life  is  not  of  that  inspiriting  kind  that  can  be 
won  through  fighting  the  good  fight  only — 
or  being  believed  to  have  fought  it.  His 
voice  is  the  echo  of  a  drone,  drone-begotten 
and  drone-sustained.  It  is  not  a  tone  that  a 
man  must  utter  or  die — nay,  even  though  he 
die ;  and  likely  enough  half  the  allusions  and 
hard  passages  in  iEschylus  of  which  we  can 
make  neither  head  nor  tail  are  in  reality  only 
puffs  of  some  of  the  literary  leaders  of  his 

time, 

36 


Art  and   Science 


The  lady  above  referred  to  told  me  more 
about  her  parrots.  She  was  like  a  Nasmyth's 
hammer  going  slow — very  gentle,  but  irre- 
sistible. She  always  read  the  newspaper  to 
them.  What  was  the  use  of  having  a 
newspaper  if  one  did  not  read  it  to  one's 
parrots  ? 

"  And  have  you  divined,"  I  asked,  "  to 
which  side  they  incline  in  politics  ?  " 

"  They  do  not  like  Mr.  Gladstone,"  was  the 
somewhat  freezing  answer ;  "  this  is  the  only 
point  on  which  we  disagree,  for  I  adore 
him.  Don't  ask  more  about  this,  it  is  a 
great  grief  to  me.  I  tell  them  everything," 
she  continued,  "  and  hide  no  secret  from 
them." 

"  But  can  any  parrot  be  trusted  to  keep 
a  secret?" 

''Mine  can." 

"And  on  Sundays  do  you  give  them  the 
same  course  of  reading  as  on  a  week-day,  or 
do  you  make  a  difference  ? " 

"  On  Sundays  I  always  read  them  a  genea- 
logical chapter  from  the  Old  or  New  Testa- 
ment, for  I  can  thus  introduce  their  names 

37 


Essays  on  Life 


without  profanity.  I  always  keep  tea  by  me 
in  case  they  should  ask  for  it  in  the  night,  and 
I  have  an  Etna  to  warm  it  for  them ;  they 
take  milk  and  sugar.  The  old  white-headed 
clergyman  came  to  see  them  last  night ;  it 
was  very  painful,  for  Jocko  reminded  him  so 
strongly  of  his  late  ..." 

I  thought  she  was  going  to  say  "  wife,"  but 
it  proved  to  have  been  only  of  a  parrot  that 
he  had  once  known  and  loved. 

One  evening  she  was  in  difficulties  about 
the  quarantine,  which  was  enforced  that  year 
on  the  Italian  frontier.  The  local  doctor  had 
gone  down  that  morning  to  see  the  Italian 
doctor  and  arrange  some  details.  "  Then, 
perhaps,  my  dear,"  she  said  to  her  husband, 
"  he  is  the  quarantine."  "  No,  my  love,"  re- 
plied her  husband.  "  The  quarantine  is  not 
a  person,  it  is  a  place  where  they  put  people  " ; 
but  she  would  not  be  comforted,  and  suspected 
the  quarantine  as  an  enemy  that  might  at  any 
moment  pounce  out  upon  her  and  her  parrots. 
So  a  lady  told  me  once  that  she  had  been  in 
like  trouble  about  the  anthem.  She  read  in 
her    prayer-book   that   in   choirs   and   places 

38 


Art  and  Science 


where  they  sing  "  here  followeth  the  anthem," 
yet  the  person  with  this  most  mysteriously 
sounding  name  never  did  follow.  They  had  a 
choir,  and  no  one  could  say  the  church  was 
not  a  place  where  they  sang,  for  they  did 
sing — both  chants  and  hymns.  Why,  then, 
this  persistent  slackness  on  the  part  of  the 
anthem,  who  at  this  juncture  should  follow 
her  papa,  the  rector,  into  the  reading-desk? 
No  doubt  he  would  come  some  day,  and 
then  what  would  he  be  like  ?  Fair  or  dark  ? 
Tall  or  short?  Would  he  be  bald  and  wear 
spectacles  like  papa,  or  would  he  be  young  and 
good-looking  ?  Anyhow,  there  was  something 
wrong,  for  it  was  announced  that  he  would  fol- 
low, and  he  never  did  follow ;  therefore  there 
was  no  knowing  what  he  might  not  do  next. 

I  heard  of  the  parrots  a  year  or  two  later  as 
giving  lessons  in  Italian  to  an  English  maid. 
T  do  not  know  what  their  terms  were.  Alas  1 
since  then  both  they  and  their  mistress  have 
joined  the  majority.  When  the  poor  lady 
felt  her  end  was  near  she  desired  (and  the 
responsibility  for  this  must  rest  with  her,  not 
me)   that  the   birds   might  be   destroyed,  as 

39 


Essays  on  Life 


fearing  that  they  might  come  to  be  neglected, 
and  knowing  that  they  could  never  be  loved 
again  as  she  had  loved  them.  On  being  told 
that  all  was  over,  she  said,  "  Thank  you,"  and 
immediately  expired. 

Reflecting  in  such  random  fashion,  and 
strolling  with  no  greater  method,  I  worked 
my  way  back  through  Cheapside  and  found 
myself  once  more  in  front  of  Sweeting's 
window.  Again  the  turtles  attracted  me. 
They  were  alive,  and  so  far  at  any  rate  they 
agreed  with  me.  Nay,  they  had  eyes,  mouths, 
legs,  if  not  arms,  and  feet,  so  there  was  much 
in  which  we  were  both  of  a  mind,  but  surely 
they  must  be  mistaken  in  arming  themselves 
so  very  heavily.  Any  creature  on  getting 
what  the  turtle  aimed  at  would  overreach 
itself  and  be  landed  not  in  safety  but  annihila- 
tion. It  should  have  no  communion  with  the 
outside  world  at  all,  for  death  could  creep  in 
wherever  the  creature  could  creep  out ;  and  it 
must  creep  out  somewhere  if  it  was  to  hook 
on  to  outside  things.  What  death  can  be 
more  absolute  than  such  absolute  isolation? 

Perfect  death,  indeed,  if  it  were   attainable 

40 


Art  and  Science 


(which  it  is  not),  is  as  near  perfect  security 
as  we  can  reach,  but  it  is  not  the  kind  of 
security  aimed  at  by  any  animal  that  is  at  the 
pains  of  defending  itself.  For  such  want  to 
have  things  both  ways,  desiring  the  livingness 
of  life  without  its  perils,  and  the  safety  of 
death  without  its  deadness,  and  some  of  us  do 
actually  get  this  for  a  considerable  time,  but 
we  do  not  get  it  by  plating  ourselves  with 
armour  as  the  turtle  does.  We  tried  this  in 
the  Middle  Ages,  and  no  longer  mock  our- 
selves with  the  weight  of  armour  that  our 
forefathers  carried  in  battle.  Indeed  the  more 
deadly  the  weapons  of  attack  become  the 
more  we  go  into  the  fight  slug- wise. 

Slugs  have  ridden  their  contempt  for  de- 
fensive armour  as  much  to  death  as  the 
turtles  their  pursuit  of  it.  They  have  hardly 
more  than  skin  enough  to  hold  themselves 
together;  they  court  death  every  time  they 
cross  the  road.  Yet  death  comes  not  to  them 
more  than  to  the  turtle,  whose  defences  are 
so  great  that  there  is  little  left  inside  to  be 
defended.     Moreover,  the  slugs  fare  best  in 

the  long  run,  for  turtles  are  dying  out,  while 

41 


Essays  on  Life 


slugs  are  not,  and  there  must  be  millions  of 
slugs  all  the  world  over  for  every  single  turtle. 
Of  the  two  vanities,  therefore,  that  of  the  slug 
seems  most  substantial. 

In  either  case  the  creature  thinks  itself  safe, 
but  is  sure  to  be  found  out  sooner  or  later; 
nor  is  it  easy  to  explain  this  mockery  save  by 
reflecting  that  everything  must  have  its  meat 
in  due  season,  and  that  meat  can  only  be 
found  for  such  a  multitude  of  mouths  by 
giving  everything  as  meat  in  due  season  to 
something  else.  This  is  like  the  Kilkenny  cats, 
or  robbing  Peter  to  pay  Paul;  but  it  is  the 
way  of  the  world,  and  as  every  animal  must 
contribute  in  kind  to  the  picnic  of  the  universe, 
one  does  not  see  what  better  arrangement 
could  be  made  than  the  providing  each  race 
with  a  hereditary  fallacy,  which  shall  in  the 
end  get  it  into  a  scrape,  but  which  shall 
generally  stand  the  wear  and  tear  of  life  for 
some  time.  "  Do  ut  des  "  is  the  writing  on  all 
flesh  to  him  that  eats  it ;  and  no  creature  is 
dearer  to  itself  than  it  is  to  some  other  that 
would  devour  it. 

Nor  is  there  any  statement  or  proposition 

42 


Art  and  Science 


more  invulnerable  than  living  forms  are.  Pro- 
positions prey  upon  and  are  grounded  upon  one 
another  just  like  living  forms.  They  support 
one  another  as  plants  and  animals  do ;  they  are 
based  ultimately  on  credit,  or  faith,  rather  than 
the  cash  of  irrefragable  conviction.  The  whole 
universe  is  carried  on  on  the  credit  system,  and 
if  the  mutual  confidence  on  which  it  is  based 
were  to  collapse,  it  must  itself  collapse  im- 
mediately. Just  or  unjust,  it  lives  by  faith  ; 
it  is  based  on  vague  and  impalpable  opinion 
that  by  some  inscrutable  process  passes  into 
will  and  action,  and  is  made  manifest  in  matter 
and  in  flesh :  it  is  meteoric — suspended  in  mid- 
air ;  it  is  the  baseless  fabric  of  a  vision  so  vast, 
so  vivid,  and  so  gorgeous  that  no  base  can 
seem  more  broad  than  such  stupendous  base- 
lessness, and  yet  any  man  can  bring  it  about 
his  ears  by  being  over-curious  ;  when  faith  fails 
a  system  based  on  faith  fails  also. 

Whether  the  universe  is  really  a  paying  con- 
cern, or  whether  it  is  an  inflated  bubble  that 
must  burst  sooner  or  later,  this  is  another 
matter.  If  people  were  to  demand  cash  pay- 
ment in  irrefragable  certainty  for  everything 

43 


Essays  on   Life 


that  they  have  taken  hitherto  as  paper  money 
on  the  credit  of  the  bank  of  pubHc  opinion, 
is  there  money  enough  behind  it  all  to  stand 
so  great  a  drain  even  on  so  great  a  reserve  ? 
Probably  there  is  not,  but  happily  there  can 
be  no  such  panic,  for  even  though  the  cultured 
classes  may  do  so,  the  uncultured  are  too  dull 
to  have  brains  enough  to  commit  such  stupen- 
dous folly.  It  takes  a  long  course  of  academic 
training  to  educate  a  man  up  to  the  standard 
which  he  must  reach  before  he  can  entertain 
such  questions  seriously,  and  by  a  merciful 
dispensation  of  Providence,  university  training 
is  almost  as  costly  as  it  is  unprofitable.  The 
majority  will  thus  be  always  unable  to  afford 
it,  and  will  base  their  opinions  on  mother 
wit  and  current  opinion  rather  than  on  de- 
monstration. 

So  I  turned  my  steps  homewards ;  I  saw  a 
good  many  more  things  on  my  way  home,  but 
I  was  told  that  I  was  not  to  see  more  this  time 
than  I  could  get  into  twelve  pages  of  the 
Universal  Review;  I  must  therefore  reserve 
any  remark  which  I  think  might  perhaps 
entertain  the  reader  for  another  occasion. 

44 


THE  AUNT,  THE  NIECES,  AND 
THE  DOG^ 

When  a  thing  is  old,  broken,  and  useless  we 
throw  it  on  the  dust-heap,  but  when  it  is  suffi- 
ciently old,  sufficiently  broken,  and  sufficiently 
useless  we  give  money  for  it,  put  it  into  a 
museum,  and  read  papers  over  it  which  people 
come  long  distances  to  hear.  By-and-by,  when 
the  whirligig  of  time  has  brought  on  another 
revenge,  the  museum  itself  becomes  a  dust- 
heap,  and  remains  so  till  after  long  ages  it  is 
re-discovered,  and  valued  as  belonging  to  a 
neo-rubbish  age — containing,  perhaps,  traces 
of  a  still  older  paleo-rubbish  civilisation.  So 
when  people  are  old,  indigent,  and  in  all  re- 
spects incapable,  we  hold  them  in  greater  and 
greater  contempt  as  their  poverty  and  impo- 
tence increase,  till  they  reach  the  pitch  when 

1  Published  in  the  Universal  Review,  May  1889.  As  I  have 
several  times  been  asked  if  the  letters  here  reprinted  were  not 
fabricated  by  Butler  himself,  I  take  this  opportunity  of  stating 
that  they  are  authentic  in  every  particular,  and  that  the 
originals  are  now  in  my  possession. — R.  A.  S. 

45 


Essays  on  Life 


they  are  actually  at  the  point  to  die,  whereon 
they  become  sublime.  Then  we  place  every 
resource  our  hospitals  can  command  at  their 
disposal,  and  show  no  stint  in  our  considera- 
tion for  them. 

It  is  the  same  with  all  our  interests.  We 
care  most  about  extremes  of  importance  and 
of  unimportance  ;  but  extremes  of  importance 
are  tainted  with  fear,  and  a  very  imperfect  fear 
casteth  out  love.  Extremes  of  unimportance 
cannot  hurt  us,  therefore  we  are  well  disposed 
towards  them  ;  the  means  may  come  to  do  so, 
therefore  we  do  not  love  them.  Hence  we 
pick  a  fiy  out  of  a  milk-jug  and  watch  with 
pleasure  over  its  recovery,  for  we  are  confident 
that  under  no  conceivable  circumstances  will 
it  want  to  borrow  money  from  us ;  but  we  feel 
less  sure  about  a  mouse,  so  we  show  it  no 
quarter.  The  compilers  of  our  almanacs  well 
know  this  tendency  of  our  natures,  so  they  tell 
us,  not  when  Noah  went  into  the  ark,  nor 
when  the  temple  of  Jerusalem  was  dedicated, 
but  that  Lindley  Murray,  grammarian,  died 
January  16,  1826.     This  is  not  because  they 

could  not  find  so  many  as  three  hundred  and 

46 


Art  and  Science 

sixty-five  events  of  considerable  interest  since 
the  creation  of  the  world,  but  because  they 
well  know  we  would  rather  hear  of  something 
less  interesting.  We  care  most  about  what 
concerns  us  either  very  closely,  or  so  little  that 
practically  we  have  nothing  whatever  to  do 
with  it. 

I  once  asked  a  young  Italian,  who  professed 
to  have  a  considerable  knowledge  of  English 
literature,  which  of  all  our  poems  pleased  him 
best.  He  replied  without  a  moment's  hesita- 
tion : — 

"  Hey  diddle  diddle,  the  cat  and  the  fiddle, 
The  cow  jumped  over  the  moon  ; 
The  little  dog  laughed  to  see  such  sport. 
And  the  dish  ran  away  with  the  spoon." 

He  said  this  was  better  than  anything  in 
Italian.  They  had  Dante  and  Tasso,  and 
ever  so  many  more  great  poets,  but  they  had 
nothing  comparable  to  "  Hey  diddle  diddle," 
nor  had  he  been  able  to  conceive  how  any 
one  could  have  written  it.  Did  I  know  the 
author's  name,  and  had  we  given  him  a  statue  ? 
On  this  I  told  him  of  the  young  lady  of 
Harrow  who  would  go  to  church  in  a  barrow, 

47 


Essays  on  Life 


and  plied  him  with  whatever  rhyming  non- 
sense I  could  call  to  mind,  but  it  was  no  use ; 
all  of  these  things  had  an  element  of  reality 
that  robbed  them  of  half  their  charm,  whereas 
"Hey  diddle  diddle"  had  nothing  in  it  that 
could  conceivably  concern  him. 

So  again  it  is  with  the  things  that  gall  us 
most.  What  is  it  that  rises  up  against  us  at 
odd  times  and  smites  us  in  the  face  again  and 
again  for  years  after  it  has  happened  ?  That 
we  spent  all  the  best  years  of  our  life  in  learn- 
ing what  we  have  found  to  be  a  swindle,  and 
to  have  been  known  to  be  a  swindle  by  those 
who  took  money  for  misleading  us  ?  That 
those  on  whom  we  most  leaned  most  betrayed 
us?  That  we  have  only  come  to  feel  our 
strength  when  there  is  little  strength  left  of 
any  kind  to  feel?  These  things  will  hardly 
much  disturb  a  man  of  ordinary  good  temper. 
But  that  he  should  have  said  this  or  that 
little  unkind  and  wanton  saying;  that  he 
should  have  gone  away  from  this  or  that  hotel 
and  given  a  shilling  too  little  to  the  waiter ; 
that  his  clothes  were  shabby  at  such  or  such 

a  garden-party — these  things  gall  us  as  I  a  corn 

48 


Art  and  Science 


will  sometimes  do,  though  the  loss  of  a  limb 
may  not  be  seriously  felt. 

I  have  been  reminded  lately  of  these  con- 
siderations with  more  than  common  force  by 
reading  the  very  voluminous  correspondence 
left  by  my  grandfather,  Dr.  Butler,  of  Shrews- 
bury, whose  memoirs  I  am  engaged  in  writing. 
I  have  found  a  large  number  of  interesting 
letters  on  subjects  of  serious  import,  but  must 
confess  that  it  is  to  the  hardly  less  numerous 
lighter  letters  that  I  have  been  most  attracted, 
nor  do  I  feel  sure  that  my  eminent  namesake 
did  not  share  my  predilection.  Among  other 
letters  in  my  possession  I  have  one  bundle 
that  has  been  kept  apart,  and  has  evidently 
no  connection  with  Dr.  Butler's  own  life.  I 
cannot  use  these  letters,  therefore,  for  my 
book,  but  over  and  above  the  charm  of  their 
inspired  spelling,  I  find  them  of  such  an  ex- 
tremely trivial  nature  that  I  incline  to  hope 
the  reader  may  derive  as  much  amusement 
from  them  as  I  have  done  myself,  and  venture 
to  give  them  the  publicity  here  which  I  must 
refuse  them  in  my  book.  The  dates  and 
signatures     have,     with     the     exception     of 

49  D 


Essays  on  Life 


Mrs.  Newton's,  been  carefully  erased,  but  I 
have  collected  that  they  were  written  by  the 
two  servants  of  a  single  lady  who  resided  at 
no  great  distance  from  London,  to  two  nieces 
of  the  said  lady  who  lived  in  London  itself. 
The  aunt  never  writes,  but  always  gets  one 
of  the  servants  to  do  so  for  her.  She  appears 
either  as  ''  your  aunt "  or  as  "  She  "  ;  her  name 
is  not  given,  but  she  is  evidently  looked  upon 
with  a  good  deal  of  awe  by  all  who  had  to  do 
with  her. 

The  letters  almost  all  of  them  relate  to 
visits  either  of  the  aunt  to  London,  or  of  the 
nieces  to  the  aunt's  home,  which,  from  occa- 
sional allusions  to  hopping,  I  gather  to  have 
been  in  Kent,  Sussex,  or  Surrey.  I  have 
arranged  them  to  the  best  of  my  power,  and 
take  the  following  to  be  the  earliest.  It  has 
no  signature,  but  is  not  in  the  handwriting  of 
the  servant  who  styles  herself  Elizabeth,  or 
Mrs.  Newton.     It  runs : — 

"Madam, — Your  Aunt  Wishes  me  to  in- 
form you  she  will  be  glad  if  you  will  let  hir 

know  if  you  think  of  coming  To  hir  House 

50 


Art  and  Science 


thiss  month  or  Next  as  she  cannot  have  you 

in  September  on  a  kount  of  the  Hoping  If 

you  ar  coming  she  thinkes  she  had  batter  Go 

to  London  on  the  Day  you  com  to  hir  House 

she  says   you  shall  have  everry  Thing  raddy 

for  you  at  hir  House  and  Mrs.  Newton  to 

meet  you  and  stay  with  you  till  She  returnes 

a  gann. 

"  if  you  arnot  Coming  thiss  Summer  She  will 

be  in  London  before  thiss  Month  is  out  and 

will  Sleep  on  the  Sofy  As   She  willnot   be 

in    London  more   thann  two   nits,    and   She 

Says  she  willnot  truble  you  on  anny  a  kount 

as  She  Will  returne  the   Same   Day   before 

She  will  plage  you  anny  more,  but  She  thanks 

you  for  asking  hir  to  London,  but  She  says 

She   cannot  leve  the  house  at  prassant   She 

sayhir  Survants  ar  to  do  for  you  as  she  cannot 

lodge  yours  nor  she  willnot  have  thim  in  at 

the  house   anny  more   to   brake  and  destroy 

hir  thinks  and  beslive  hir  and  make  up  Lies 

by  hir  and  Skandel  as  your  too  did  She  says 

she  mens  to  pay  fore  2  Nits  and  one  day,  She 

says  the  Pepelwill  let  hir  have  it  if  you  ask 

thim  to  let  hir:  you  Will  be  so  good  as  to 

51 


Essays  on  Life 


let  hir  know  sun  :  wish  She  is  to  do, 
as  She  says  She  dos  not  care  anny  thing 
a  bout  it.  which  way  tiss  she  is  batter 
than  She  was  and  desirs  hir  Love  to  bouth 
bouth. 

"  Your  aunt  wises  to  know  how  the  silk 
Clocks  ar  madup  [how  the  silk  cloaks  are 
made  up]  with  a  Cape  or  a  wood  as  she  is  a 
goin  to  have  one  madeup  to  rideout  in  in  hir 
littel  shas  [chaise]. 

"  Charles  is  a  butty  and  so  good. 

"  Mr  &  Mrs  Newton  ar  quite  wall  &  desires 
to  be  remembered  to  you." 

I  can  throw  no  light  on  the  meaning  of  the 
verb  to  "  beslive."  Each  letter  in  the  MS.  is 
so  admirably  formed  that  there  can  be  no 
question  about  the  word  being  as  I  have  given 
it.  Nor  have  I  been  able  to  discover  what  is 
referred  to  by  the  words  "  Charles  is  a  butty 
and  so  good."  We  shall  presently  meet  with 
a  Charles  who  "flies  in  the  Fier,"  but  that 
Charles  appears  to  have  been  in  London, 
whereas  this  one  is  evidently  in  Kent,  or 
wherever  the  aunt  lived. 

52 


Art  and   Science 


The  next  letter  is  from  Mrs.  Newton : — 

"  Der  Miss ,  I  Receve  your  Letter 

your  Aunt  is  vary  111  and  Lowspireted  I 
Donte  think  your  Aunt  wood  Git  up  all 
Day  if  My  Sister  Wasnot  to  Persage  her  We 
all  Think  hir  lif  is  two  monopolous.  you 
Wish  to  know  Who  Was  Liveing  With  your 

Aunt,     that  is  My  Sister  and  Willian 

and    Cariline  as    Cock    and    Old   Poll 

Pepper  is  Come  to  Stay  With  her  a  Littel 
Wile  and  I  hoped  [hopped]  for  Your  Aunt, 
and  Harry  has  Worked  for  your  Aunt  all  the 
Summer.  Your  Aunt  and  Harry  Whent  to 
the  Wells  Races  and  Spent  a  very  Pleasant 
Day  your  Aunt  has  Lost  Old  Fanney  Sow 
She  Died  about  a  Week  a  Go  Harry  he 
Wanted  your  Aunt  to  have  her  killed  and 
send  her  to  London  and  Shee  Wold  Fech  her 
£11  the  Farmers  have  Lost  a  Greet  Deal  of 
Cattel  such  as  Hogs  and  Cows  What  theay 
call  the  Plage  I  Whent  to  your  Aunt  as  you 
Wish  Mee  to  Do  But  She  Told  Mee  She  Did 
not  wont  aney  Boddy  She  Told  Mee  She 
Should  Like  to  Come  up  to  see  you  But  She 

53 


Essays  on  Life 

Cant  Come  know  for  she  is  Boddyley  ill  and 

Harry  Donte  Work  there  know  But  he  Go 

up  there  Once  in  Two  or  Three  Day  Harry 

Offered  is  self  to  Go  up  to  Live  With  your 

Aunt  But  She  Made  him  know  Ancer.      I 

hav  Been  up  to  your  Aunt  at  Work  for  5 

Weeks  Hopping  and  Ragluting  Your  Aunt 

Donte  Eat  nor  Drink  But  vary  Littel  indeed. 

"  I  am  Happy  to  Say  We  are  Both  Quite 

Well  and  I  am  Glad  no  hear  you  are  Both 

Quite  Well 

"Mrs  Newton." 

This  seems  to  have  made  the  nieces  propose 
to  pay  a  visit  to  their  aunt,  perhaps  to  try  and 
relieve  the  monopoly  of  her  existence  and 
cheer  her  up  a  little.  In  their  letter,  doubt- 
less, the  dog  motive  is  introduced  that  is  so 
finely  developed  presently  by  Mrs.  Newton. 
I  should  like  to  have  been  able  to  give  the 
theme  as  enounced  by  the  nieces  themselves, 
but  their  letters  are  not  before  me.  Mrs. 
Newton  writes  : — 

"  My    Dear    Girls, — Your    Aunt  receiv 

your  Letter    your  Aunt  will  Be  vary  glad  to 

54 


Art  and   Science 

see  you  as  it  quite  a  greeable  if  it  tis  to  you 
and  Shee  is  Quite  Willing  to  Eair  the  beds 
and  the  Rooms  if  you  Like  to  Trust  to  hir 
and  the  Servantes ;  if  not  I  may  Go  up  there 
as  you  Wish.  My  Sister  Sleeps  in  the  Best 
Room  as  she  allways  Did  and  the  Coock  in 
the  garret  and  you  Can  have  the  Rooms  the 
same  as  you  allways  Did  as  your  Aunt 
Donte  set  in  the  Parlour  She  Continlery  Sets 
in  the  Ciching.  your  Aunt  says  she  Cannot 
Part  from  the  dog  know  hows  and  She  Says 
he  will  not  hurt  you  for  he  is  Like  a  Child 
and  I  can  safeley  say  My  Self  he  wonte  hurt 
you  as  She  Cannot  Sleep  in  the  Room  With 
out  him  as  he  allWay  Sleep  in  the  Same 
Room  as  She  Dose,  your  Aunt  is  agreeable 
to  Git  in  What  Coles  and  Wood  you  Wish  for 
I  am  know  happy  to  say  your  Aunt  is  in  as 
Good  health  as  ever  She  Was  and  She  is 
happy  to  hear  you  are  Both  Well  your  Aunt 
Wishes  for  Ancer  By  Return  of  Post." 

The  nieces  replied  that  their  aunt  must 
choose  between  the  dog  and  them,  and 
Mrs.   Newton    sends    a  second   letter  which 

55 


Essays  on  Life 


brings  her    development    to    a    climax.      It 
runs : — 

"Dear  Miss  ,  I   have   Receve  your 

Letter  and  i  Whent  up  to  your  Aunt  as  you 

Wish  me  and   i   Try  to   Perveal  With   her 

about  the  Dog  But  she  Wold  not  Put  the 

Dog  away  nor  it  alow  him  to  Be  Tied  up  But 

She  Still  Wishes  you  to  Come  as  Shee  says 

the  Dog  Shall  not  interrup  you  for  She  Donte 

alow  the  Dog  nor  it  the  Cats  to  Go  in  the 

Parlour  never  sence  She  has  had  it  Donup 

ferfere  of  Spoiling  the  Paint  your  Aunt  think 

it  vary  Strange  you  Should  Be  so  vary  Much 

afraid  of  a  Dog  and  She  says  you  Cant  Go 

out  in  London  But  What  you  are  up  a  gance 

one  and  She  says  She  Wonte  Trust  the  Dog 

in  know  one  hands  But  her  Owne  for  She  is 

afraid  theay  Will  not  fill  is  Belley  as  he  Lives 

upon  Rost  BeefF  and  Rost  and  Boil  Moutten 

Wich  he  Eats  More  then  the  Servantes  in  the 

House  there  is  not  aney  One  Wold  Beable  to 

Give  Sattefacktion  upon  that  account  Harry 

oiFerd  to  Take  the  Dog  But  She  Wood  not 

Trust  him  in  our  hands  so  I   Cold  not  Do 

56 


Art  and  Science 


aney  thing  With  her  your  Aunt  youse  to  Tell 
Me  When  we  was  at  your  House  in  London 
She  Did  not  know  how  to  make  you  amens 
and  i  Told  her  know  it  was  the  Time  to  Do 
it  But  i  Considder  She  sets  the  Dog  Before 
you  your  Aunt  keep  know  Beer  know  Sprits 
know  Wines  in  the  House  of  aney  Sort 
Oneley  a  Little  Barl  of  Wine  I  made  her  in 
the  Summer  the  Workmen  and  servantes  are 
a  Blige  to  Drink  wauter  Morning  Noon  and 
Night  your  Aunt  the  Same  She  Donte  Low 
her  Self  aney  Tee  nor  Coffee  But  is  Loocking 
Wonderful  Well 

"I  Still  Remane  your  Humble  Servant 
Mrs  Newton 

"  I  am  vary  sorry  to  think  the  Dog  Per- 
ventes  your  Comeing 

"  I  am  Glad  to  hear  you  are  Both  Well  and 
we  are  the  same." 

The  nieces   remained   firm,  and   from   the 

following   letter   it   is   plain   the    aunt    gave 

way.     The  dog  motive  is  repeated  pianissimo, 

and  is  not  returned  to — not  at  least  by  Mrs. 

Newton. 

57 


Essays  on  Life 


"Dear  Miss  ,  I  Receve  your  Letter 

on  Thursday  i  Whent  to  your  Aunt  and  i 
see  her  and  She  is  a  Greable  to  everry  thing 
i  asked  her  and  seme  so  vary  Much  Please 
to  see  you  Both  Next  Tuseday  and  she  has 
sent  for  the  Faggots  to  Day  and  she  Will 
Send  for  the  Coles  to  Morrow  and  i  will  Go 
up  there  to  Morrow  Morning  and  Make  the 
Fiers  and  Tend  to  the  Beds  and  sleep  in  it 
Till  you  Come  Down  your  Aunt  sends  her 
Love  to  you  Both  and  she  is  Quite  well  your 
Aunt  Wishes  you  wold  Write  againe  Before 
you  Come  as  she  ma  Expeckye  and  the  Dog 
is  not  to  Gointo  the  Parlor  a  Tall 

"your  Aunt  kind  Love  to  you  Both  & 
hopes  you  Wonte  Fail  in  Coming  according 
to  Prommis  Mrs  Newton." 

From   a  later  letter  it   appears   that    the 

nieces  did  not  pay  their  visit  after  all,  and  what 

is  worse  a  letter  had  miscarried,  and  the  aunt 

sat  up  expecting  them  from  seven  till  twelve 

at  night,  and  Harry  had  paid  for  "  Faggots 

and  Coles   quarter   of  Hund.   Faggots   Half 

tun  of  Coles  i/.  is.  ^d."     Shortly  afterwards, 

58 


Art  and   Science 


however,  "  She "  again  talks  of  coming  up 
to  London  herself  and  writes  through  her 
servant — 

"  My  Dear  girls  i  Receve  your  kind  letter 
&  I  am  happy  to  hear  you  ar  both  Well  and 
I  Was  in  hopes  of  seeing  of  you  Both  Down 
at  My  House  this  spring  to  stay  a  Wile  I  am 
Quite  well  my  self  in  Helth  But  vary  Low 
Spireted  I  am  vary  sorry  to  hear  the  Mis- 
forting  of  Poor  charles  &  how  he  cum  to  flie 
in  the  Fier  I  cannot  think.  I  should  like  to 
know  if  he  is  dead  or  a  Live,  and  I  shall  come 
to  London  in  August  &  stay  three  or  four 
dales  if  it  is  agreable  to  you.  Mrs.  Newton 
has  lost  her  mother  in  Law  4  day  March  &  I 
hope  you  send  me  word  Wather  charles  is 
Dead  or  a  Live  as  soon  as  possible,  and  will 
you  send  me  word  what  Little  Betty  is  for  I 
cannot  make  her  out." 

The  next  letter  is  a  new  handwriting,  and 
tells  the  nieces  of  their  aunt's  death  in  the 
following  terms : — 

"  Dear  Miss  ,  It  is  my  most  painful 

59 


Essays  on   Life 


duty  to  inform  you  that  your  dear  aunt  ex- 
pired this  morning  comparatively  easy  as 
Hannah  informs  me  and  in  so  doing  restored 
her  soul  to  the  custody  of  him  whom  she  con- 
sidered to  be  alone  worthy  of  its  care. 

''The  doctor  had  visited  her  about  five 
minutes  previously  and  had  applied  a  blister. 

"  You  and  your  sister  will  I  am  sure  excuse 
further  details  at  present  and  believe  me  with 
kindest  remembrances  to  remain 

"  Yours  truly,  &c." 

After  a  few  days  a  lawyer's  letter  informs 
the  nieces  that  their  aunt  had  left  them  the 
bulk  of  her  not  very  considerable  property, 
but  had  charged  them  with  an  annuity  of  £1 
a  week  to  be  paid  to  Harry  and  Mrs.  Newton 
so  long  as  the  dog  lived. 

The  only  other  letters  by  Mrs.  Newton  are 
written  on  paper  of  a  different  and  more 
modern  size ;  they  leave  an  impression  of 
having  been  written  a  good  many  years  later. 
I  take  them  as  they  come.  The  first  is  very 
short : — 

"  Dear  Miss ,  i  write  to  say  i  cannot 

60 


Art  and  Science 


possiblely  come  on  Wednesday  as  we  have 
killed  a  pig.         your's  truely, 

"  Elizabeth  Newton." 

The  second  runs : — 

"Dear   Miss  ,  i  hope  you  are  both 

quite  well  in  health  &  your  Leg  much  better 
i  am  happy  to  say  i  am  getting  quite  well 
again  i  hope  Amandy  has  reached  you  safe 
by  this  time  i  sent  a  small  parcle  by  Amandy, 
there  was  half  a  dozen  Pats  of  butter  &  the 
Cakes  was  very  homely  and  not  so  light  as  i 
could  wish  i  hope  by  this  time  Sarah  Ann 
has  promised  she  will  stay  untill  next  monday 
as  i  think  a  few  daies  longer  will  not  make 
much  diferance  and  as  her  young  man  has 
been  very  considerate  to  wait  so  long  as  he 
has  i  think  he  would  for  a  few  days  Longer 

dear  Miss I  wash  for  William  and  i  have 

not  got  his  clothes  yet  as  it  has  been  delayed 
by  the  carrier  &  i  cannot  possiblely  get  it  done 
before  Sunday  and  i  do  not  Like  traviling  on 
a  Sunday  but  to  oblige  you  i  would  come  but 
to  come  sooner  i  cannot  possiblely  but  i  hope 
Sarah  Ann  will  be  prevailed  on  once  more  as 

6i 


Essays  on   Life 


She  has  so  many  times  i  feel  sure  if  she  tells 
her  young  man  he  will  have  patient  for  he  is 
a  very  kind  young  man 

"  i  remain  your  sincerely 

"  Elizabeth  Newton." 

The  last  letter  in  my  collection  seems 
written  almost  within  measurable  distance  of 
the  Christmas-card  era.  The  sheet  is  headed 
by  a  beautifully  embossed  device  of  some 
holly  in  red  and  green,  wishing  the  recipient 
of  the  letter  a  merry  Xmas  and  a  happy 
new  year,  while  the  border  is  crimped  and 
edged  with  blue.  I  know  not  what  it  is, 
but  there  is  something  in  the  writer's  highly 
finished  style  that  reminds  me  of  Mendels- 
sohn. It  would  almost  do  for  the  words  of 
one  of  his  celebrated  "  Lieder  ohne  Worte  " : 

"  Dear  Miss  Maria, — I  hasten  to  acknow- 
ledge the  receipt  of  your  kind  note  with  the 
inclosure  for  which  I  return  my  best  thanks. 
I  need  scarcely  say  how  glad  I  was  to  know 
that  the  volumes  secured  your  approval,  and 
that  the  announcement  of  the  improvement 

in  the  condition  of  your  Sister's  legs  afforded 

62 


Art  and  Science 


me  infinite  pleasure.  The  gratifying  news 
encouraged  me  in  the  hope  that  now  the 
nature  of  the  disorder  is  comprehended  her 
legs  will — notwithstanding  the  process  may- 
be gradual — ultimately  get  quite  well.  The 
pretty  Robin  Redbreast  which  lay  ensconced 
in  your  epistle,  conveyed  to  me,  in  terms 
more  eloquent  than  words,  how  much  you 
desired  me  those  Compliments  which  the 
little  missive  he  bore  in  his  bill  expressed ; 
the  emblem  is  sweetly  pretty,  and  now  that 
we  are  again  allowed  to  felicitate  each  other 
on  another  recurrence  of  the  season  of  the 
Christian's  rejoicing,  permit  me  to  tender  to 
yourself,  and  by  you  to  your  Sister,  mine 
and  my  Wife's  heartfelt  congratulations  and 
warmest  wishes  with  respect  to  the  coming 
year.  It  is  a  common  belief  that  if  we  take 
a  retrospective  view  of  each  departing  year, 
as  it  behoves  us  annually  to  do,  we  shall  find 
the  blessings  which  we  have  received  to  im- 
measurably outnumber  our  causes  of  sorrow. 
Speaking  for  myself  I  can  fully  subscribe  to 
that  sentiment,  and   doubtless   neither   Miss 

nor  yourself  are  exceptions.     Miss 's 

63 


Essays  on  Life 


illness  and  consequent  confinement  to  the 
house  has  been  a  severe  trial,  but  in  that 
trouble  an  opportunity  was  afforded  you  to 
prove  a  Sister's  devotion  and  she  has  been 
enabled  to  realise  a  larger  (if  possible)  display 
of  sisterly  affection. 

"  A  happy  Christmas  to  you  both,  and  may 
the  new  year  prove  a  Cornucopia  from  which 
still  greater  blessings  than  even  those  we  have 
hitherto  received,  shall  issue,  to  benefit  us  all 
by  contributing  to  our  temporal  happiness  and, 
what  is  of  higher  importance,  conducing  to 
our  felicity  hereafter. 

"I  was  sorry  to  hear  that  you  were  so  annoyed 
with  mice  and  rats,  and  if  I  should  have  an 
opportunity  to  obtain  a  nice  cat  I  will  do  so 
and  send  my  boy  to  your  house  with  it. 

"  I  remain, 

"  Yours  truly." 

How  little  what  is  commonly  called  educa- 
tion can  do  after  all  towards  the  formation  of 
a  good  style,  and  what  a  delightful  volume 
might  not  be  entitled  "  Half  Hours  with  the 

Worst   Authors."     Why,  the   finest   word   I 

64 


Art  and   Science 


know  of  in  the  English  language  was  coined, 
not  by  my  poor  old  grandfather,  whose  educa- 
tion had  left  little  to  desire,  nor  by  any  of 
the  admirable  scholars  whom  he  in  his  turn 
educated,  but  by  an  old  matron  who  presided 
over  one  of  the  halls,  or  houses  of  his  school. 
This  good  lady,  whose  name  by  the  way  was 
Bromfield,  had  a  fine  high  temper  of  her  own, 
or  thought  it  politic  to  affect  one.  One  night 
when  the  boys  were  particularly  noisy  she 
burst  like  a  hurricane  into  the  hall,  collared  a 
youngster,  and  told  him  he  was  "  the  ramp- 
ingest-scampingest-rackety-tackety-tow-row- 
roaringest  boy  in  the  whole  school."  Would 
Mrs.  Newton  have  been  able  to  set  the  aunt 
and  the  dog  before  us  so  vividly  if  she  had 
been  more  highly  educated?  Would  Mrs. 
Bromfield  have  been  able  to  forge  and  hurl 
her  thunderbolt  of  a  word  if  she  had  been 
taught  how  to  do  so,  or  indeed  been  at  much 
pains  to  create  it  at  all?  It  came.  It  was 
her  x^picTixa.  She  did  not  probably  know  that 
she  had  done  what  the  greatest  scholar  would 
have  had  to  rack  his  brains  over  for  many  an 

hour  before  he  could  even  approach.    Tradition 

65  E 


Essays  on  Life 


says  that  having  brought  down  her  boy  she 
looked  round  the  hall  in  triumph,  and  then 
after  a  moment's  lull  said,  "  Young  gentlemen, 
prayers  are  excused,"  and  left  them. 

I  have  sometimes  thought  that,  after  all, 
the  main  use  of  a  classical  education  consists 
in  the  check  it  gives  to  originality,  and  the 
way  in  which  it  prevents  an  inconvenient 
number  of  people  from  using  their  own  eyes. 
That  we  will  not  be  at  the  trouble  of  looking 
at  things  for  ourselves  if  we  can  get  any  one 
to  tell  us  what  we  ought  to  see  goes  without 
saying,  and  it  is  the  business  of  schools  and 
universities  to  assist  us  in  this  respect.  The 
theory  of  evolution  teaches  that  any  power 
not  worked  at  pretty  high  pressure  will 
deteriorate :  originality  and  freedom  from 
affectation  are  all  very  well  in  their  way, 
but  we  can  easily  have  too  much  of  them, 
and  it  is  better  that  none  should  be  either 
original  or  free  from  cant  but  those  who  insist 
on  being  so,  no  matter  what  hindrances  ob- 
struct, nor  what  incentives  are  offered  them 
to  see  things  through  the  regulation  medium. 
To  insist  on  seeing  things  for  oneself  is  to  be 

66 


Art  and   Science 

an  iSidoTtjg,  or  in  plain  English,  an  idiot ;  nor  do 
I  see  any  safer  check  against  general  vigour 
and  clearness  of  thought,  with  consequent 
terseness  of  expression,  than  that  provided  by 
the  curricula  of  our  universities  and  schools 
of  public  instruction.  If  a  young  man,  in 
spite  of  every  effort  to  fit  him  with  blinkers, 
will  insist  on  getting  rid  of  them,  he  must  do 
so  at  his  own  risk.  He  will  not  be  long  in 
finding  out  his  mistake.  Our  public  schools 
and  universities  play  the  beneficent  part  in  our 
social  scheme  that  cattle  do  in  forests :  they 
browse  the  seedlings  down  and  prevent  the 
growth  of  all  but  the  luckiest  and  sturdiest. 
Of  course,  if  there  are  too  many  either  cattle 
or  schools,  they  browse  so  effectually  that 
they  find  no  more  food,  and  starve  till  equili- 
brium is  restored ;  but  it  seems  to  be  a  pro- 
vision of  nature  that  there  should  always  be 
these  alternate  periods,  during  which  either 
the  cattle  or  the  trees  are  getting  the  best 
of  it ;  and,  indeed,  without  such  provision  we 
should  have  neither  the  one  nor  the  other. 
At  this  moment  the  cattle,  doubtless,  are  in 

the   ascendant,   and    if   university    extension 

67 


Essays  on  Life 


proceeds  much  farther,  we  shall  assuredly 
have  no  more  Mrs.  Newtons  and  Mrs.  Brom- 
fields;  but  whatever  is  is  best,  and,  on  the 
whole,  I  should  propose  to  let  things  find 
pretty  much  their  own  level. 

However  this  may  be,  who  can  question 
that  the  treasures  hidden  in  many  a  country 
house  contain  sleeping  beauties  even  fairer 
than  those  that  I  have  endeavoured  to  waken 
from  long  sleep  in  the  foregoing  article  ? 
How  many  Mrs.  Quicklys  are  there  not 
Uving  in  London  at  this  present  moment  ? 
For  that  Mrs.  Quickly  was  an  invention  of 
Shakespeare's  I  will  not  believe.  The  old 
woman  from  whom  he  drew  said  every  word 
that  he  put  into  Mrs.  Quickly 's  mouth,  and 
a  great  deal  more  which  he  did  not  and 
perhaps  could  not  make  use  of.  This  ques- 
tion, however,  would  again  lead  me  far  from 
my  subject,  which  I  should  mar  were  I  to 
dwell  upon  it  longer,  and  therefore  leave 
with  the  hope  that  it  may  give  my  readers 
absolutely  no  food  whatever  for  reflection. 


68 


HOW   TO   MAKE   THE   BEST 
OF   LIFE^ 

I  HAVE  been  asked  to  speak  on  the  question 
how  to  make  the  best  of  Ufe,  but  may  as  well 
confess  at  once  that  I  know  nothing  about  it. 
I  cannot  think  that  I  have  made  the  best  of 
my  own  life,  nor  is  it  likely  that  I  shall  make 
much  better  of  what  may  or  may  not  remain 
to  me.  I  do  not  even  know  how  to  make  the 
best  of  the  twenty  minutes  that  your  com- 
mittee has  placed  at  my  disposal,  and  as  for 
life  as  a^; whole,  who  ever  yet  made  the  best 
of  such  a  colossal  opportunity  by  conscious 
effort  and  deliberation?  In  little  things  no 
doubt  deliberate  and  conscious  effort  will  help 
us,  but  we  are  speaking  of  large  issues,  and 
such  kingdoms  of  heaven  as  the  making  the 
best  of  these  come  not  by  observation. 

The  question,  therefore,  on   which  I  have 
undertaken  to  address  you  is,  as  you  must  all 

^  An  address  delivered  at  the  Somerville  Club,  February  27, 
1895. 

69 


Essays  on  Life 


know,  fatuous,  if  it  be  faced  seriously.  Life  is 
like  playing  a  violin  solo  in  public  and  learning 
the  instrument  as  one  goes  on.  One  cannot 
make  the  best  of  such  impossibiUties,  and 
the  question  is  doubly  fatuous  until  we  are 
told  which  of  our  two  lives — the  conscious  or 
the  unconscious — is  held  by  the  asker  to  be 
the  truer  life.  Which  does  the  question  con- 
template— the  life  we  know,  or  the  life  which 
others  may  know,  but  which  we  know  not  ? 

Death  gives  a  life  to  some  men  and  women 
compared  with  which  their  so-called  existence 
here  is  as  nothing.  Which  is  the  truer  life  of 
Shakespeare,  Handel,  that  divine  woman  who 
wrote  the  "  Odyssey,"  and  of  Jane  Austen — 
the  life  which  palpitated  with  sensible  warm 
motion  within  their  own  bodies,  or  that  in 
virtue  of  which  they  are  still  palpitating  in 
ours  ?  In  whose  consciousness  does  their 
truest  life  consist — their  own,  or  ours  ?  Can 
Shakespeare  be  said  to  have  begun  his  true  life 
till  a  hundred  years  or  so  after  he  was  dead 
and  buried  ?  His  physical  life  was  but  as  an 
embryonic  stage,  a  coming  up  out  of  darkness, 

a  twilight  and  dawn  before  the  sunrise  of  that 

70 


Art  and   Science 


life  of  the  world  to  come  which  he  was  to 
enjoy  hereafter.  We  all  live  for  a  while  after 
we  are  gone  hence,  but  we  are  for  the  most 
part  stillborn,  or  at  any  rate  die  in  infancy,  as 
regards  that  life  which  every  age  and  country 
has  recognised  as  higher  and  truer  than  the 
one  of  which  we  are  now  sentient.  As  the 
life  of  the  race  is  larger,  longer,  and  in  all  re- 
spects more  to  be  considered  than  that  of  the 
individual,  so  is  the  life  we  live  in  others 
larger  and  more  important  than  the  one  we 
live  in  ourselves.  This  appears  nowhere  per- 
haps more  plainly  than  in  the  case  of  great 
teachers,  who  often  in  the  lives  of  their  pupils 
produce  an  effect  that  reaches  far  beyond  any- 
thing produced  while  their  single  lives  were 
yet  unsupplemented  by  those  other  lives  into 
which  they  infused  their  own. 

Death  to  such  people  is  the  ending  of  a 
short  life,  but  it  does  not  touch  the  Ufe  they 
are  already  living  in  those  whom  they  have 
taught ;  and  happily,  as  none  can  know  when 
he  shall  die,  so  none  can  make  sure  that  he 
too  shall  not  live  long  beyond  the  grave ;  for 
the  hfe  after  death  is  like  money  before  it — 

71 


Essays  on   Life 


no  one  can  be  sure  that  it  may  not  fall  to  him 
or  her  even  at  the  eleventh  hour.  Money 
and  immortality  come  in  such  odd  unaccount- 
able ways  that  no  one  is  cut  off  from  hope. 
We  may  not  have  made  either  of  them  for 
ourselves,  but  yet  another  may  give  them  to 
us  in  virtue  of  his  or  her  love,  which  shall  illu- 
mine us  for  ever,  and  establish  us  in  some 
heavenly  mansion  whereof  we  neither  dreamed 
nor  shall  ever  dream.  Look  at  the  Doge 
Loredano  Loredani,  the  old  man's  smile  upon 
whose  face  has  been  reproduced  so  faithfully 
in  so  many  lands  that  it  can  never  henceforth 
be  forgotten — would  he  have  had  one  hun- 
dredth part  of  the  life  he  now  lives  had  he  not 
been  linked  awhile  with  one  of  those  heaven- 
sent men  who  know  che  cosa  e  amor  ?  Look 
at  Rembrandt's  old  woman  in  our  National 
Gallery ;  had  she  died  before  she  was  eighty- 
three  years  old  she  would  not  have  been  living 
now.  Then,  when  she  was  eighty-three,  im- 
mortality perched  upon  her  as  a  bird  on  a 
withered  bough. 

1  seem  to  hear  some  one  say  that  this  is  a 

mockery,  a  piece  of  special  pleading,  a  giving 

72 


Art  and   Science 


of  stones  to  those  that  ask  for  bread.  Life  is 
not  hfe  unless  we  can  feel  it,  and  a  life  limited 
to  a  knowledge  of  such  fraction  of  our  work 
as  may  happen  to  survive  us  is  no  true  life  in 
other  people ;  salve  it  as  we  may,  death  is  not 
life  any  more  than  black  is  white. 

The  objection  is  not  so  true  as  it  sounds.  I 
do  not  deny  that  we  had  rather  not  die,  nor 
do  I  pretend  that  much  even  in  the  case  of 
the  most  favoured  few  can  survive  them  be- 
yond the  grave.  It  is  only  because  this  is  so 
that  our  own  life  is  possible;  others  have 
made  room  for  us,  and  we  should  make  room 
for  others  in  our  turn  without  undue  repining. 
What  I  maintain  is  that  a  not  inconsiderable 
number  of  people  do  actually  attain  to  a  life 
beyond  the  grave  which  we  can  all  feel  forcibly 
enough,  whether  they  can  do  so  or  not — that 
this  life  tends  with  increasing  civilisation  to 
become  more  and  more  potent,  and  that  it  is 
better  worth  considering,  in  spite  of  its  being 
unfelt  by  ourselves,  than  any  which  we  have 
felt  or  can  ever  feel  in  our  own  persons. 

Take  an  extreme  case.     A  group  of  people 
are  photographed  by  Edison's  new  process — 

73 


Essays  on  Life 


say  Titiens,  Trebelli,  and  Jenny  Lind,  with 
any  two  of  the  finest  men  singers  the  age  has 
known — let  them  be  photographed  incessantly 
for  half  an  hour  while  they  perform  a  scene  in 
"  Lohengrin  "  ;  let  all  be  done  stereoscopically. 
Let  them  be  phonographed  at  the  same  time 
so  that  their  minutest  shades  of  intonation 
are  preserved,  let  the  slides  be  coloured  by  a 
competent  artist,  and  then  let  the  scene  be 
called  suddenly  into  sight  and  sound,  say  a 
hundred  years  hence.  Are  those  people  dead 
or  alive?  Dead  to  themselves  they  are,  but 
while  they  live  so  powerfully  and  so  livingly 
in  us,  which  is  the  greater  paradox — to  say 
that  they  are  alive  or  that  they  are  dead  ?  To 
myself  it  seems  that  their  life  in  others  would 
be  more  truly  life  than  their  death  to  them- 
selves is  death.  Granted  that  they  do  not 
present  all  the  phenomena  of  life — who  ever 
does  so  even  when  he  is  held  to  be  alive  ? 
We  are  held  to  be  alive  because  we  present 
a  sufficient  number  of  living  phenomena  to  let 
the  others  go  without  saying  ;  those  who  see 
us  take  the  part  for  the  whole  here  as  in  every- 
thing else,  and  surely,  in  the  case  supposed 

74 


Art  and   Science 

above,  the  phenomena  of  life  predominate  so 
powerfully  over  those  of  death,  that  the  people 
themselves  must  be  held  to  be  more  alive  than 
dead.  Our  living  personality  is,  as  the  word 
implies,  only  our  mask,  and  those  who  still  own 
such  a  mask  as  I  have  supposed  have  a  living 
personality.  Granted  again  that  the  case  just 
put  is  an  extreme  one ;  still  many  a  man  and 
many  a  woman  has  so  stamped  him  or  herself 
on  his  work  that,  though  we  would  gladly 
have  the  aid  of  such  accessories  as  we  doubt- 
less presently  shall  have  to  the  livingness  of 
our  great  dead,  we  can  see  them  very  suffi- 
ciently through  the  master  pieces  they  have 
left  us. 

As  for  their  own  unconsciousness  I  do  not 
deny  it.  The  life  of  the  embryo  was  uncon- 
scious before  birth,  and  so  is  the  life — I  am 
speaking  only  of  the  life  revealed  to  us  by 
natural  religion — after  death.  But  as  the 
embryonic  and  infant  life  of  which  we  were 
unconscious  was  the  most  potent  factor  in  our 
after  life  of  consciousness,  so  the  effect  which 
we  may  unconsciously  produce  in  others  after 
death,  and  it  may  be  even  before  it  on  those 

75 


Essays  on   Life 


who  have  never  seen  us,  is  in  all  sober  serious- 
ness our  truer  and  more  abiding  life,  and  the 
one  which  those  who  would  make  the  best  of 
their  sojourn  here  will  take  most  into  their 
consideration. 

Unconsciousness  is  no  bar  to  livingness. 
Our  conscious  actions  are  a  drop  in  the  sea  as 
compared  with  our  unconscious  ones.  Could 
we  know  all  the  life  that  is  in  us  by  way  of 
circulation,  nutrition,  breathing,  waste  and 
repair,  we  should  learn  what  an  infinitesimally 
small  part  consciousness  plays  in  our  present 
existence ;  yet  our  unconscious  life  is  as  truly 
life  as  our  conscious  life,  and  though  it  is  un- 
conscious to  itself  it  emerges  into  an  indirect 
and  vicarious  consciousness  in  our  other  and 
conscious  self,  which  exists  but  in  virtue  of 
our  unconscious  self.  So  we  have  also  a 
vicarious  consciousness  in  others.  The  un- 
conscious life  of  those  that  have  gone  before 
us  has  in  great  part  moulded  us  into  such 
men  and  women  as  we  are,  and  our  own 
unconscious  lives  will  in  like  manner  have  a 
vicarious  consciousness  in  others,  though  we 
be  dead  enough  to  it  in  ourselves. 

76 


Art  and   Science 


If  it  is  again  urged  that  it  matters  not  to 
us  how  much  we  may  be  aUve  in  others,  if 
we  are  to  know  nothing  about  it,  I  reply  that 
the  common  instinct  of  all  who  are  worth 
considering  gives  the  lie  to  such  cynicism.  I 
see  here  present  some  who  have  achieved, 
and  others  who  no  doubt  will  achieve,  success 
in  literature.  Will  one  of  them  hesitate  to 
admit  that  it  is  a  lively  pleasure  to  her  to  feel 
that  on  the  other  side  of  the  world  some  one 
may  be  smiling  happily  over  her  work,  and 
that  she  is  thus  living  in  that  person  though 
she  knows  nothing  about  it  ?  Here  it  seems 
to  me  that  true  faith  comes  in.  Faith  does 
not  consist,  as  the  Sunday  School  pupil  said, 
"  in  the  power  of  believing  that  which  we 
know  to  be  untrue."  It  consists  in  holding 
fast  that  which  the  healthiest  and  most  kindly 
instincts  of  the  best  and  most  sensible  men 
and  women  are  intuitively  possessed  of,  with- 
out caring  to  require  much  evidence  further 
than  the  fact  that  such  people  are  so  con- 
vinced ;  and  for  my  own  part  I  find  the  best 
men  and  women  I  know  unanimous  in  feel- 
ing that  life  in  others,  even  though  we  know 

71 


Essays  on  Life 


nothing  about  it,  is  nevertheless  a  thing  to^be 
desired  and  gratefully  accepted  if  we  can  get 
it  either  before  death  or  after.  I  observe  also 
that  a  large  number  of  men  and  women  do 
actually  attain  to  such  life,  and  in  some  cases 
continue  so  to  live,  if  not  for  ever,  yet  to  what 
is  practically  much  the  same  thing.  Our  life 
then  in  this  world  is,  to  natural  religion  as 
much  as  to  revealed,  a  period  of  probation. 
The  use  we  make  of  it  is  to  settle  how  far  we 
are  to  enter  into  another,  and  whether  that 
other  is  to  be  a  heaven  of  just  affection  or  a 
hell  of  righteous  condemnation. 

Who,  then,  are  the  most  likely  so  to  run 
that  they  may  obtain  this  veritable  prize  of 
our  high  calling?  Setting  aside  such  lucky 
numbers  drawn  as  it  were  in  the  lottery  of 
immortality,  which  I  have  referred  to  casually 
above,  and  setting  aside  also  the  chances  and 
changes  from  which  even  immortality  is  not 
exempt,  who  on  the  whole  are  most  likely  to 
live  anew  in  the  affectionate  thoughts  of  those 
who  never  so  much  as  saw  them  in  the  flesh, 
and  know  not  even  their  names  ?  There  is  a 
nisus,  a  straining  in  the  dull  dumb  economy 

78 


Art  and  Science 


of  things,  in  virtue  of  which  some,  whether 
they  will  it  and  know  it  or  no,  are  more  likely 
to  live  after  death  than  others,  and  who  are 
these?     Those  who  aimed  at  it  as  by  some 
great  thing  that  they  would  do  to  make  them 
famous  ?      Those   who    have    lived   most   in 
themselves  and  for  themselves,  or  those  who 
have  been  most  ensouled  consciously,  but  per- 
haps better  unconsciously,  directly  but  more 
often  indirectly,  by  the  most  living  souls  past 
and  present  that  have  flitted  near  them  ?    Can 
we  think  of  a  man  or  woman  who  grips  us 
firmly,  at  the  thought  of  whom   we  kindle 
when  we  are  alone  in  our  honest  daw's  plumes, 
with  none  to  admire  or  shrug  his  shoulders, 
can  we  think  of  one  such,  the  secret  of  whose 
power  does  not  lie  in  the  charm  of  his  or  her 
personality — that  is  to  say,  in  the  wideness  of 
his  or  her  sympathy  with,  and  therefore  life 
in  and  communion  with  other  people  ?    In  the 
wreckage  that  comes  ashore  from  the  sea  of 
time  there  is  much  tinsel  stuff  that  we  must 
preserve  and  study  if  we  would  know  our  own 
times  and  people ;  granted  that  many  a  dead 
charlatan   lives  long  and  enters  largely  and 

79 


Essays  on   Life 


necessarily  into  our  own  lives ;  we  use  them 
and  throw  them  away  when  we  have  done 
with  them.  I  do  not  speak  of  these,  I  do 
not  speak  of  the  Virgils  and  Alexander  Popes, 
and  who  can  say  how  many  more  whose 
names  I  dare  not  mention  for  fear  of  offend- 
ing. They  are  as  stuffed  birds  or  beasts  in  a 
Museum  ;  serviceable  no  doubt  from  a  scien- 
tific standpoint,  but  with  no  vivid  or  vivify- 
ing hold  upon  us.  They  seem  to  be  alive, 
but  are  not.  I  am  speaking  of  those  who  do 
actually  live  in  us,  and  move  us  to  higher 
achievements  though  they  be  long  dead, 
whose  life  thrusts  out  our  own  and  overrides 
it.  I  speak  of  those  who  draw  us  ever  more 
towards  them  from  youth  to  age,  and  to  think 
of  whom  is  to  feel  at  once  that  we  are  in  the 
hands  of  those  we  love,  and  whom  we  would 
most  wish  to  resemble.  What  is  the  secret  of 
the  hold  that  these  people  have  upon  us  ?  Is 
it  not  that  while,  conventionally  speaking, 
alive,  they  most  merged  their  lives  in,  and 
were  in  fullest  communion  with  those  among 
whom  they  lived  ?     They  found  their  lives  in 

losing  them.     We  never  love  the  memory  of 

80 


Art  and   Science 

any  one  unless  we  feel  that  he  or  she  was 
hiniself  or  herself  a  lover. 

I  have  seen  it  urged,  again,  in  querulous 
accents,  that  the  so-called  immortality  even  of 
the  most  immortal  is  not  for  ever.  I  see  a 
passage  to  this  effect  in  a  book  that  is  making 
a  stir  as  I  write.  I  will  quote  it.  The  writer 
says : — 

"  So,  it  seems  to  me,  is  the  immortality  we 
so  glibly  predicate  of  departed  artists.  If 
they  survive  at  all,  it  is  but  a  shadowy  life 
they  live,  moving  on  through  the  gradations 
of  slow  decay  to  distant  but  inevitable  death. 
They  can  no  longer,  as  heretofore,  speak 
directly  to  the  hearts  of  their  fellow-men,  evok- 
ing their  tears  or  laughter,  and  all  the  pleasures, 
be  they  sad  or  merry,  of  which  imagination 
holds  the  secret.  Driven  from  the  market- 
place they  become  first  the  companions  of  the 
student,  then  the  victims  of  the  specialist.  He 
who  would  still  hold  familiar  intercourse  with 
them  must  train  himself  to  penetrate  the  veil 
which  in  ever-thickening  folds  conceals  them 
from  the  ordinary  gaze ;    he  must  catch  the 

8i  F 


Essays  on  Life 


tone  of  a  vanished  society,  he  must  move  in  a 
circle  of  alien  associations,  he  must  think  in  a 
language  not  his  own."^ 

This  is  crying  for  the  moon,  or  rather  pre- 
tending to  cry  for  it,  for  the  writer  is  obviously 
insincere.  I  see  the  Saturday  Review  says  the 
passage  I  have  just  quoted  "  reaches  almost  to 
poetry,"  and  indeed  I  find  many  blank  verses 
in  it,  some  of  them  very  aggressive.  No  prose 
is  free  from  an  occasional  blank  verse,  and  a 
good  writer  will  not  go  hunting  over  his  work 
to  rout  them  out,  but  nine  or  ten  in  little 
more  than  as  many  lines  is  indeed  reaching 
too  near  to  poetry  for  good  prose.  This,  how- 
ever, is  a  trifle,  and  might  pass  if  the  tone  of 
the  writer  was  not  so  obviously  that  of  cheap 
pessimism.  I  know  not  which  is  cheapest, 
pessimism  or  optimism.  One  forces  lights,  the 
other  darks ;  both  are  equally  untrue  to  good 
art,  and  equally  sure  of  their  effect  with  the 
groundlings.  The  one  extenuates,  the  other 
sets  down  in  malice.      The  first  is  the  more 

1  ''  The  Foundations  of  Belief/'  by  the  Right  Hon.  A.  J. 
Balfour.     Longmans,  1895,  p.  48. 

82 


Art  and   Science 

amiable  lie,  but  both  are  lies,  and  are  known 
to  be  so  by  those  who  utter  them.  Talk  about 
catching  the  tone  of  a  vanished  society  to  un- 
derstand Rembrandt  or  Giovanni  Bellini !  It 
is  nonsense — the  folds  do  not  thicken  in  front 
of  these  men ;  we  understand  them  as  well  as 
those  among  whom  they  went  about  in  the 
jflesh,  and  perhaps  better.  Homer  and  Shake- 
speare speak  to  us  probably  far  more  effectually 
than  they  did  to  the  men  of  their  own  time, 
and  most  likely  we  have  them  at  their  best.  I 
cannot  think  that  Shakespeare  talked  better 
than  we  hear  him  now  in  "Hamlet"  or  "Henry 
the  Fourth  "  ;  like  enough  he  would  have  been 
found  a  very  disappointing  person  in  a  draw- 
ing-room. People  stamp  themselves  on  their 
work  ;  if  they  have  not  done  so  they  are 
naught,  if  they  have  we  have  them ;  and  for 
the  most  part  they  stamp  themselves  deeper 
on  their  work  than  on  their  talk.  No  doubt 
Shakespeare  and  Handel  will  be  one  day  clean 
forgotten,  as  though  they  had  never  been 
born.  The  world  will  in  the  end  die ;  mor- 
tality therefore  itself  is  not  immortal,  and 
when  death  dies  the  life  of  these  men  will  die 

83 


Essays  on   Life 

with  it — but  not  sooner.  It  is  enough  that 
they  should  live  within  us  and  move  us  for 
many  ages  as  they  have  and  will.  Such 
immortality,  therefore,  as  some  men  and 
women  are  born  to,  achieve,  or  have  thrust 
upon  them,  is  a  practical  if  not  a  technical 
immortality,  and  he  who  would  have  more  let 
him  have  nothing. 

I  see  I  have  drifted  into  speaking  rather  of 
how  to  make  the  best  of  death  than  of  life, 
but  who  can  speak  of  life  without  his  thoughts 
turning  instantly  to  that  which  is  beyond 
it  ?  He  or  she  who  has  made  the  best  of  the 
life  after  death  has  made  the  best  of  the  life 
before  it ;  who  cares  one  straw  for  any  such 
chances  and  changes  as  will  commonly  be- 
fall him  here  if  he  is  upheld  by  the  full  and 
certain  hope  of  everlasting  life  in  the  affec- 
tions of  those  that  shall  come  after  ?  If  the 
hfe  after  death  is  happy  in  the  hearts  of 
others,  it  matters  little  how  unhappy  was  the 
life  before  it. 

And  now  I  leave  my  subject,  not  without 
misgiving  that  I  shall  have  disappointed  you. 
But  for  the  great  attention  which  is   being 


Art  and  Science 

paid  to  the  work  from  which  I  have  quoted 
above,  I  should  not  have  thought  it  well  to 
insist  on  points  with  which  you  are,  I  doubt 
not,  as  fully  impressed  as  I  am :  but  that 
book  weakens  the  sanctions  of  natural  rehgion, 
and  minimises  the  comfort  which  it  affords  us, 
while  it  does  more  to  undermine  than  to 
support  the  foundations  of  what  is  commonly 
called  belief  Therefore  I  was  glad  to  embrace 
this  opportunity  of  protesting.  Otherwise  I 
should  not  have  been  so  serious  on  a  matter 
that  transcends  all  seriousness.  Lord  Beacons- 
field  cut  it  shorter  with  more  effect.  When 
asked  to  give  a  rule  of  life  for  the  son  of  a 
friend  he  said,  "  Do  not  let  him  try  and  find 
out  who  wrote  the  letters  of  Junius."  Pressed 
for  further  counsel  he  added,  ''  Nor  yet  who 
was  the  man  in  the  iron  mask  " — and  he  would 
say  no  more.  Don't  bore  people.  And  yet 
I  am  by  no  means  sure  that  a  good  many 
people  do  not  think  themselves  ill-used  unless 
he  who  addresses  them  has  thoroughly  well 
bored  them — especially  if  they  have  paid  any 
money  for  hearing  him.  My  great  name- 
sake  said,   "  Surely  the  pleasure  is  as  great 

85 


Essays  on   Life 


of  being  cheated  as  to  cheat,"  and  great  as 
the  pleasure  both  of  cheating  and  boring 
undoubtedly  is,  I  believe  he  was  right.  So 
I  remember  a  fpoem  which  came  out  some 
thirty  years  ago  in  Punch,  about  a  young 
lady  who  went  forth  in  quest  to  "  Some 
burden  make  or  burden  bear,  but  which 
she  did  not  greatly  care,  oh  Miserie."  So, 
again,  all  the  holy  men  and  women  who  in 
the  Middle  Ages  professed  to  have  discovered 
how  to  make  the  best  of  life  took  care  that 
being  bored,  if  not  cheated,  should  have  a 
large  place  in  their  programme.  Still  there 
are  limits,  and  I  close  not  without  fear  that  I 
may  have  exceeded  them. 


86 


THE    SANCTUARY    OF 
MONTRIGONE^ 

The  only  place  in  the  Valsesia,  except  Varallo, 
where  1  at  present  suspect  the  presence  of 
Tabachetti  ^  is  at  Montrigone,  a  little-known 
sanctuary  dedicated  to  St.  Anne,  about  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  south  of  Borgo-Sesia  station. 
The  situation  is,  of  course,  lovely,  but  the 
sanctuary  does  not  offer  any  features  of  archi- 
tectural interest.  The  sacristan  told  me  it 
was  founded  in  1631 ;  and  in  1644  Giovanni 
d'Enrico,  while  engaged  in  superintending 
and  completing  the  work  undertaken  here 
by  himself  and  Giacomo  Ferro,  fell  ill  and 
died.  I  do  not  know  whether  or  no  there 
was  an  earlier  sanctuary  on  the  same  site, 
but  was  told  it  was  built  on  the  demolition 

^  Published  in  the  Universal  Review^  November  1888. 

2  Since  this  essay  was  written  it  has  been  ascertained  by 
Cavaliere  Francesco  Negri,  of  Casale  Monferrato,  that  Tabachetti 
died  in  1615.  If,  therefore,  the  Sanctuary  of  Montrigone  was 
not  founded  until  1631,  it  is  plain  that  Tabachetti  cannot  have 
worked  there.  All  the  latest  discoveries  about  Tabachetti's 
career  will  be  found  in  Cavaliere  Negri's  pamphlet  "  11  Santuario 
di  Crea  "  (Alessandria,  1902).  See  also  note  on  p.  154. — R.  A.  S. 

87 


Essays  on  Life 


of  a  stronghold^  belonging  to  the  Counts  of 
Biandrate. 

The  incidents  which  it  illustrates  are  treated 
with  even  more  than  the  homeliness  usual  in 
works  of  this  description  when  not  dealing 
with  such  solemn  events  as  the  death  and 
passion  of  Christ.  Except  when  these  sub- 
jects were  being  represented,  something  of 
the  latitude,  and  even  humour,  allowed  in  the 
old  mystery  plays  was  permitted,  doubtless 
from  a  desire  to  render  the  work  more  attrac- 
tive to  the  peasants,  who  were  the  most 
numerous  and  most  important  pilgrims.  It 
is  not  until  faith  begins  to  be  weak  that  it 
fears  an  occasionally  lighter  treatment  of 
semi-sacred  subjects,  and  it  is  impossible  to 
convey  an  accurate  idea  of  the  spirit  prevail- 
ing at  this  hamlet  of  sanctuary  without 
attuning  oneself  somewhat  to  the  more 
pagan  character  of  the  place.  Of  irrever- 
ence, in  the  sense  of  a  desire  to  laugh  at 
things  that  are  of  high  and  serious  import, 
there  is  not  a  trace,  but  at  the  same  time 
there  is  a  certain  unbending  of  the  bow  at 
Montrigone  which  is  not  perceivable  at  Varallo. 

88 


Art  and   Science 


The  first  chapel  to  the  left  on  entering  the 

church  is  that  of  the  Birth  of  the  Virgin.     St. 

Anne  is  sitting  up  in  bed.     She  is  not  at  all 

ill — in  fact,    considering  that  the  Virgin   has 

only   been   born   about  five   minutes,   she   is 

wonderful ;  still  the  doctors  think  it  may  be 

perhaps  better  that  she  should  keep  her  room 

for  half  an  hour  longer,  so  the  bed  has  been 

festooned  with  red  and  white  paper  roses,  and 

the  counterpane  is  covered  with  bouquets  in 

baskets  and  in  vases  of  glass  and  china.     These 

cannot  have  been  there  during  the  actual  birth 

of  the  Virgin,  so  I   suppose  they  had   been 

in   readiness,  and   were   brought   in   from  an 

adjoining  room  as  soon  as  the  baby  had  been 

born.     A  lady  on  her  left  is  bringing  in  some 

more   flowers,   which   St.   Anne  is   receiving 

with  a  smile  and  most  gracious  gesture  of  the 

hands.      The  first  thing  she  asked  for,  when 

the  birth  was  over,  was  for  her  three  silver 

hearts.     These  were  immediately  brought  to 

her,    and    she    has    got    them    all    on,    tied 

round  her  neck   with   a  piece   of  blue   silk 

ribbon. 

Dear  mamma  has  come.     We  felt  sure  she 
89 


Essays  on  Life 


would,  and  that  any  little  misunderstandings 
between  her  and  Joachim  would  ere  long  be 
forgotten  and  forgiven.  They  are  both  so 
good  and  sensible  if  they  would  only  under- 
stand one  another.  At  any  rate,  here  she  is, 
in  high  state  at  the  right  hand  of  the  bed. 
She  is  dressed  in  black,  for  she  has  lost  her 
husband  some  few  years  previously,  but  I  do 
not  believe  a  smarter,  sprier  old  lady  for  her 
years  could  be  found  in  Palestine,  nor  yet  that 
either  Giovanni  d'Enrico  or  Giacomo  Ferro 
could  have  conceived  or  executed  such  a 
character.  The  sacristan  wanted  to  have  it 
that  she  was  not  a  woman  at  all,  but  was  a 
portrait  of  St.  Joachim,  the  Virgin's  father. 
"  Sembra  una  donna,"  he  pleaded  more  than 
once,  "  ma  non  e  donna."  Surely,  however, 
in  works  of  art  even  more  than  in  other 
things,  there  is  no  "  is  "  but  seeming,  and  if  a 
figure  seems  female  it  must  be  taken  as  such. 
Besides,  I  asked  one  of  the  leading  doctors  at 
Varallo  whether  the  figure  was  man  or  woman. 
He  said  it  was  evident  I  was  not  married,  for 
that  if  I  had  been  I  should  have  seen  at  once 

that  she  was  not  only  a  woman  but  a  mother- 

90 


Art  and   Science 

in-law  of  the  first  magnitude,  or,  as  he  called 
it,  ''  una  suocera  tremenda,"  and  this  without 
knowing  that  I  wanted  her  to  be  a  mother-in- 
law  myself.  Unfortunately  she  had  no  real 
drapery,  so  I  could  not  settle  the  question  as 
my  friend  Mr.  H.  F.  Jones  and  I  had  been 
able  to  do  at  Varallo  with  the  figure  of  Eve 
that  had  been  turned  into  a  Roman  soldier 
assisting  at  the  capture  of  Christ.  I  am  not, 
however,  disposed  to  waste  more  time  upon 
anything  so  obvious,  and  will  content  myself 
with  saying  that  we  have  here  the  Virgin's 
grandmother.  I  had  never  had  the  pleasure, 
so  far  as  I  remembered,  of  meeting  this  lady 
before,  and  was  glad  to  have  an  opportunity 
of  making  her  acquaintance. 

Tradition  says  that  it  was  she  who  chose 
the  Virgin's  name,  and  if  so,  what  a  debt  of 
gratitude  do  we  not  owe  her  for  her  judicious 
selection !  It  makes  one  shudder  to  think 
what  might  have  happened  if  she  had  named 
the  child  Keren  -  Happuch,  as  poor  Job's 
daughter  was  called.  How  could  we  have 
said,  "  Ave  Keren-Happuch  ! "  What  would 
the  musicians  have  done?     1  forget  whether 

91 


Essays  on   Life 


Maher  -  Shalal  -  Hash  -  Baz  was   a   man   or  a 

woman,  but  there  were  plenty  of  names  quite 

as  unmanageable  at  the  Virgin's  grandmother's 

option,  and  we  cannot  sufficiently  thank  her 

for  having  chosen  one  that  is  so  euphonious 

in  every  language  which  we  need  take  into 

account.      For  this   reason   alone  we   should 

not  grudge  her  her  portrait,  but  we  should 

try  to  draw  the  line  here.     I  do  not  think  we 

ought  to  give  the  Virgin's  great-grandmother 

a  statue.     Where  is  it  to  end?      It  is  like 

Mr.  Crookes's  ultimissimate  atoms;  we  used 

to  draw  the  line  at  ultimate  atoms,  and  now 

it  seems  we  are  to  go  a   step   farther  back 

and  have  ultimissimate  atoms.     How  long,  I 

wonder,  will  it  be  before  we  feel  that  it  will 

be  a  material  help  to  us  to  have  ultimissimis- 

simate  atoms  ?      Quavers   stopped   at  demi- 

semi-demi,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose 

that  either  atoms  or  ancestresses  of  the  Virgin 

will  be  so  complacent. 

I  have  said  that  on  St.  Anne's  left  hand 

there  is  a  lady  who  is  bringing  in  some  flowers. 

St.  Anne  was    always   passionately  fond   of 

flowers.     There  is  a  pretty  story  told  about 
^    92 


Art  and  Science 

her  in  one  of  the  Fathers,  I  forget  which,  to 
the  effect  that  when  a  child  she  was  asked 
which  she  Uked  best — cakes  or  flowers  ?     She 
could  not  yet  speak  plainly  and  lisped  out, 
"  Oh  fowses,  pretty  fowses  "  ;  she  added,  how- 
ever, with  a  sigh  and  as   a  kind  of  wistful 
corollary,  "  but  cakes  are  very  nice."     She  is 
not  to  have  any  cakes  just  now,  but  as  soon 
as  she  has  done   thanking  the   lady  for  her 
beautiful  nosegay,  she  is  to  have  a  couple  of 
nice  new-laid  eggs,  that  are  being  brought  her 
by  another  lady.     Valsesian  women  immedi- 
ately after  their  confinement  always  have  eggs 
beaten  up  with  wine  and  sugar,  and  one  can 
tell  a  Valsesian  Birth  of  the  Virgin  from  a 
Venetian  or  a  Florentine  by  the  presence  of 
the  eggs.      I  learned  this  from   an  eminent 
Valsesian  professor  of  medicine,  who  told  me 
that,  though  not  according  to  received  rules, 
the  eggs  never  seemed  to  do  any  harm.     Here 
they  are  evidently  to  be  beaten  up,  for  there 
is  neither  spoon  nor  egg-cup,  and  we  cannot 
suppose  that  they  were  hard-boiled.     On  the 
other  hand,  in  the  Middle  Ages  Italians  never 
used   egg-cups   and   spoons   for  boiled   eggs. 

93 


Essays  on  Life 


The  mediseval  boiled  egg  was  always  eaten  by 
dipping  bread  into  the  yolk. 

Behind  the  lady  who  is  bringing  in  the  eggs 
is  the  under-under-nurse  who  is  at  the  fire 
warming  a  towel.  In  the  foreground  we  have 
the  regulation  midwife  holding  the  regulation 
baby  (who,  by  the  way,  was  an  astonishingly 
fine  child  for  only  five  minutes  old).  Then 
comes  the  under-nurse — a  good  buxom  crea- 
ture, who,  as  usual,  is  feeling  the  water  in 
the  bath  to  see  that  it  is  of  the  right  tempera- 
ture. Next  to  her  is  the  head-nurse,  who  is 
arranging  the  cradle.  Behind  the  head-nurse 
is  the  under-under-nurse's  drudge,  who  is  just 
going  out  upon  some  errands.  Lastly — for 
by  this  time  we  have  got  all  round  the  chapel 
— we  arrive  at  the  Virgin's  grandmother's 
body  -  guard,  a  stately,  responsible  -  looking 
lady,  standing  in  waiting  upon  her  mistress. 
I  put  it  to  the  reader — is  it  conceivable  that 
St.  Joachim  should  have  been  allowed  in  such 
a  room  at  such  a  time,  or  that  he  should  have 
had  the  courage  to  avail  himself  of  the  per- 
mission, even  though  it  had  been  extended  to 
him  ?     At  any  rate,  is  it  conceivable  that  he 

94 


Art  and  Science 

should  have  been  allowed  to  sit  on  St.  Anne's 
right  hand,  laying  down  the  law  with  a 
"  Marry,  come  up  here,"  and  a  "  Marry,  go 
down  there,"  and  a  couple  of  such  unabashed 
collars  as  the  old  lady  has  put  on  for  the 
occasion  ? 

Moreover  (for  I  may  as  well  demolish  this 
mischievous  confusion  between  St.  Joachim 
and  his  mother-in-law  once  and  for  all),  the 
merest  tyro  in  hagiology  knows  that  St. 
Joachim  was  not  at  home  when  the  Virgin 
was  born.  He  had  been  hustled  out  of  the 
temple  for  having  no  children,  and  had  fled 
desolate  and  dismayed  into  the  wilderness. 
It  shows  how  silly  people  are,  for  all  the  time 
he  was  going,  if  they  had  only  waited  a  little, 
to  be  the  father  of  the  most  remarkable  person 
of  purely  human  origin  who  had  ever  been 
born,  and  such  a  parent  as  this  should  surely 
not  be  hurried.  The  story  is  told  in  the 
frescoes  of  the  chapel  of  Loreto,  only  a 
quarter  of  an  hour's  walk  from  Varallo,  and 
no  one  can  have  known  it  better  than 
D'Enrico.  The  frescoes  are  explained  by 
written    passages    that    tell    us    how,    when 

95 


Essays  on   Life 


Joachim  was  in  the  desert,  an  angel  came  to 
him  in  the  guise  of  a  fair,  civil  young  gentle- 
man, and  told  him  the  Virgin  was  to  be  born. 
Then,  later  on,  the  same  young  gentleman 
appeared  to  him  again,  and  bade  him  "in 
God's  name  be  comforted,  and  turn  again  to 
his  content,"  for  the  Virgin  had  been  actually 
born.  On  which  St.  Joachim,  who  seems  to 
have  been  of  opinion  that  marriage  after  all 
was  rather  a  failure,  said  that,  as  things  were 
going  on  so  nicely  without  him,  he  would  stay 
in  the  desert  just  a  little  longer,  and  offered 
up  a  lamb  as  a  pretext  to  gain  time.  Perhaps 
he  guessed  about  his  mother-in-law,  or  he 
may  have  asked  the  angel.  Of  course,  even  in 
spite  of  such  evidence  as  this,  I  may  be  mis- 
taken about  the  Virgin's  grandmother's  sex, 
and  the  sacristan  may  be  right ;  but  I  can 
only  say  that  if  the  lady  sitting  by  St.  Anne's 
bedside  at  Montrigone  is  the  Virgin's  father 
— well,  in  that  case  I  must  reconsider  a  good 
deal  that  I  have  been  accustomed  to  believe 
was  beyond  question. 

Taken  singly,  I  suppose  that  none  of  the 

figures  in  the  chapel,  except  the  Virgin's  grand- 

96 


Art  and  Science 

mother,  should  be  rated  very  highly.  The 
under-nurse  is  the  next  best  figure,  and  might 
very  well  be  Tabachetti's,  for  neither  Giovanni 
d'Enrico  nor  Giacomo  Ferro  was  successful 
with  his  female  characters.  There  is  not  a 
single  really  comfortable  woman  in  any  chapel 
by  either  of  them  on  the  Sacro  Monte  at 
Varallo.  Tabachetti,  on  the  other  hand,  de- 
lighted in  women;  if  they  were  young  he 
made  them  comely  and  engaging,  if  they 
were  old  he  gave  them  dignity  and  individual 
character,  and  the  under-nurse  is  much  more 
in  accordance  with  Tabachetti's  habitual  men- 
tal attitude  than  with  D'Enrico's  or  Giacomo 
Ferro's.  Still  there  are  only  four  figures  out 
of  the  eleven  that  are  mere  otiose  supers,  and 
taking  the  work  as  a  whole  it  leaves  a  pleasant 
impression  as  being  throughout  naive  and 
homely,  and  sometimes,  which  is  of  less  im- 
portance, technically  excellent. 

Allowance  must,  of  course,  be  made  for 
tawdry  accessories  and  repeated  coats  of  shiny 
oleaginous  paint — very  disagreeable  where  it 
has  peeled  off  and  almost  more  so  where  it  has 
not.     What  work   could   stand  against  such 

97  G 


Essays  on  Life 


treatment  as  the  Valsesian  terra-cotta  figures 
have  had  to  put  up  with  ?  Take  the  Venus  of 
Milo ;  let  her  be  done  in  terra-cotta,  and  have 
run,  not  much,  but  still  something,  in  the 
baking ;  paint  her  pink,  two  oils,  all  over, 
and  then  varnish  her — it  will  help  to  preserve 
the  paint ;  glue  a  lot  of  horsehair  on  to  her 
pate,  half  of  which  shall  have  come  ojfF,  leaving 
the  glue  still  showing;  scrape  her,  not  too 
thoroughly,  get  the  village  drawing-master  to 
paint  her  again,  and  the  drawing-master  in  the 
next  provincial  town  to  put  a  forest  back- 
ground behind  her  with  the  brightest  emerald- 
green  leaves  that  he  can  do  for  the  money ; 
let  this  painting  and  scraping  and  repainting 
be  repeated  several  times  over;  festoon  her 
with  pink  and  white  flowers  made  of  tissue 
paper ;  surround  her  with  the  cheapest  German 
imitations  of  the  cheapest  decorations  that 
Birmingham  can  produce;  let  the  night  air 
and  winter  fogs  get  at  her  for  three  hundred 
years,  and  how  easy,  I  wonder,  will  it  be  to 
see  the  goddess  who  will  be  still  in  great  part 
there  ?     True,  in  the  case  of  the  Birth  of  the 

Virgin  chapel  at  Montrigone,  there  is  no  real 

98 


Art  and   Science 

hair  and  no  fresco  background,  but  time  has 
had  abundant  opportunities  without  these.  I 
will  conclude  my  notice  of  this  chapel  by  say- 
ing that  on  the  left,  above  the  door  through 
which  the  under-under-nurse's  drudge  is  about 
to  pass,  there  is  a  good  painted  terra-cotta 
bust,  said — but  I  believe  on  no  authority — to 
be  a  portrait  of  Giovanni  d'Enrico.  Others 
say  that  the  Virgin's  grandmother  is  Giovanni 
d'Enrico,  but  this  is  even  more  absurd  than 
supposing  her  to  be  St.  Joachim. 

The  next  chapel  to  the  Birth  of  the  Virgin 
is  that  of  the  Sposalizio.  There  is  no  figure 
here  which  suggests  Tabachetti,  but  still  there 
are  some  very  good  ones.  The  best  have  no 
taint  of  barocco  ;  the  man  who  did  them,  who- 
ever he  may  have  been,  had  evidently  a  good 
deal  of  life  and  go,  was  taking  reasonable 
pains,  and  did  not  know  too  much.  Where 
this  is  the  case  no  work  can  fail  to  please. 
Some  of  the  figures  have  real  hair  and  some 
terra  cotta.  There  is  no  fresco  background 
worth  mentioning.  A  man  sitting  on  the  steps 
of  the  altar  with  a  book  on  his  lap,  and  holding 
up  his  hand  to  another,  who  is  leaning  over 

99 


Essays  on  Life 

him  and  talking  to  him,  is  among  the  best 
figures ;  some  of  the  disappointed  suitors  who 
are  breaking  their  wands  are  also  very  good. 

The  angel  in  the  Annunciation  chapel, 
which  comes  next  in  order,  is  a  fine,  burly, 
ship's  -  figurehead,  commercial-hotel  sort  of 
being  enough,  but  the  Virgin  is  very  ordinary. 
There  is  no  real  hair  and  no  fresco  background, 
only  three  dingy  old  blistered  pictures  of  no 
interest  whatever. 

In  the  visit  of  Mary  to  Elizabeth  there  are 
three  pleasing  subordinate  lady  attendants,  two 
to  the  left  and  one  to  the  right  of  the  principal 
figures ;  but  these  figures  themselves  are  not 
satisfactory.  There  is  no  fresco  background. 
Some  of  the  figures  have  real  hair  and  some 
terra  cotta. 

In  the  Circumcision  and  Purification  chapel 
— for  both  these  events  seem  contemplated  in 
the  one  that  follows — there  are  doves,  but 
there  is  neither  dog  nor  knife.  Still  Simeon, 
who  has  the  infant  Saviour  in  his  arms,  is 
looking  at  him  in  a  way  which  can  only  mean 
that,  knife  or  no  knife,  the  matter  is  not  going 
to  end  here.     At  Varallo  they  have  now  got  a 


ICX) 


Art  and   Science 


dreadful  knife  for  the  Circumcision  chapel. 
They  had  none  last  winter.  What  they  have 
now  got  would  do  very  well  to  kill  a  bullock 
with,  but  could  not  be  used  professionally  with 
safety  for  any  animal  smaller  than  a  rhinoceros. 
I  imagine  that  some  one  was  sent  to  Novara 
to  buy  a  knife,  and  that,  thinking  it  was  for 
the  Massacre  of  the  Innocents  chapel,  he  got 
the  biggest  he  could  see.  Then  when  he 
brought  it  back  people  said  "  chow "  several 
times,  and  put  it  upon  the  table  and  went 
away. 

Returning  to  Montrigone,  the  Simeon  is  an 
excellent  figure,  and  the  Virgin  is  fairly  good, 
but  the  prophetess  Anna,  who  stands  just  be- 
hind her,  is  by  far  the  most  interesting  in  the 
group,  and  is  alone  enough  to  make  me  feel 
sure  that  Tabachetti  gave  more  or  less  help 
here,  as  he  had  done  years  before  at  Orta. 
She,  too,  like  the  Virgin's  grandmother,  is  a 
widow  lady,  and  wears  collars  of  a  cut  that 
seems  to  have  prevailed  ever  since  the  Virgin 
was  born  some  twenty  years  previously.  There 
is  a  largeness  and  simplicity  of  treatment  about 
the  figure  to  which  none  but  an  artist  of  the 


Essays  on  Life 


highest  rank  can  reach,  and  D'Enrico  was  not 
more  than  a  second  or  third-rate  man.  The 
hood  is  like  Handel's  Truth  sailing  upon  the 
broad  wings  of  Time,  a  prophetic  strain  that 
nothing  but  the  old  experience  of  a  great  poet 
can  reach.  The  lips  of  the  prophetess  are  for 
the  moment  closed,  but  she  has  been  prophesy- 
ing all  the  morning,  and  the  people  round  the 
wall  in  the  background  are  in  ecstasies  at  the 
lucidity  with  which  she  has  explained  all  sorts 
of  difficulties  that  they  had  never  been  able  to 
understand  till  now.  They  are  putting  their 
forefingers  on  their  thumbs  and  their  thumbs 
on  their  forefingers,  and  saying  how  clearly 
they  see  it  all  and  what  a  wonderful  woman 
Anna  is.  A  prophet  indeed  is  not  generally 
without  honour  save  in  his  own  country,  but 
then  a  country  is  generally  not  without  honour 
save  with  its  own  prophet,  and  Anna  has  been 
glorifying  her  country  rather  than  reviling 
it.  Besides,  the  rule  may  not  have  applied  to 
prophetesses. 

The  Death  of  the  Virgin  is  the  last  of  the 
six  chapels  inside  the  church  itself.  The 
Apostles,  who  of  course  are  present,  have  all 


Art  and  Science 


of  them  real  hair,  but,  if  I  may  say  so,  they 
want  a  wash  and  a  brush-up  so  very  badly 
that  I  cannot  feel  any  confidence  in  writing 
about  them.  I  should  say  that,  take  them  all 
round,  they  are  a  good  average  sample  of 
apostle  as  apostles  generally  go.  Two  or 
three  of  them  are  nervously  anxious  to  find 
appropriate  quotations  in  books  that  lie  open 
before  them,  which  they  are  searching  with 
eager  haste;  but  I  do  not  see  one  figure 
about  which  I  should  like  to  say  positively 
that  it  is  either  good  or  bad.  There  is  a  good 
bust  of  a  man,  matching  the  one  in  the  Birth 
of  the  Virgin  chapel,  which  is  said  to  be  a 
portrait  of  Giovanni  d'Enrico,  but  it  is  not 
known  whom  it  represents. 

Outside  the  church,  in  three  contiguous  cells 
that  form  part  of  the  foundations,  are : — 

1.  A  dead  Christ,  the  head  of  which  is  very 
impressive,  while  the  rest  of  the  figure  is  poor. 
I  examined  the  treatment  of  the  hair,  which 
is  terra-cotta,  and  compared  it  with  all  other 
like  hair  in  the  chapels  above  described;  I 
could  find  nothing  like  it,  and  think  it  most 
likely  that  Giacomo  Ferro  did  the  figure,  and 


103 


Essays  on  Life 


got  Tabachetti  to  do  the  head,  or  that  they 
brought  the  head  from  some  unused  figure  by 
Tabachetti  at  Varallo,  for  I  know  no  other 
artist  of  the  time  and  neighbourhood  who 
could  have  done  it. 

2.  A  Magdalene  in  the  desert.  The  desert 
is  a  little  coal-cellar  of  an  arch,  containing  a 
skull  and  a  profusion  of  pink  and  white  paper 
bouquets,  the  two  largest  of  which  the  Mag- 
dalene is  hugging  while  she  is  saying  her 
prayers.  She  is  a  very  self-sufficient  lady, 
who  we  may  be  sure  will  not  stay  in  the 
desert  a  day  longer  than  she  can  help,  and 
while  there  will  flirt  even  with  the  skull  if 
she  can  find  nothing  better  to  flirt  with.  I 
cannot  think  that  her  repentance  is  as  yet 
genuine,  and  as  for  her  praying  there  is  no 
object  in  her  doing  so,  for  she  does  not  want 
anything. 

3.  In  the  next  desert  there  is  a  very  beau- 
tiful figure  of  St.  John  the  Baptist  kneeling 
and  looking  upwards.  This  figure  puzzles 
me  more  than  any  other  at  Montrigone;  it 
appears  to  be  of  the  fifteenth  rather  than  the 

sixteenth  century;    it  hardly  reminds  me  of 

104 


Art  and  Science 

Gaudenzio,  and  still  less  of  any  other  Valsesian 

artist.     It  is  a  work  of  unusual  beauty,  but  I 

can  form  no  idea  as  to  its  authorship. 

I  wrote  the  foregoing  pages  in  the  church 

at    Montrigone    itself,    having    brought    my 

camp-stool  with   me.     It  was   Sunday ;    the 

church  was  open  all  day,  but  there  was  no 

mass  said,  and  hardly  any  one  came.      The 

sacristan  was  a  kind,  gentle,  little  old  man, 

who  let  me  do  whatever  I  wanted.     He  sat 

on  the  doorstep  of  the  main  door,  mending 

vestments,  and  to  this  end  was  cutting  up  a 

fine  piece  of  figured  silk  from  one   to  two 

hundred   years  old,  which,  if  I    could   have 

got  it,  for  half  its  value,  I  should  much  Uke 

to   have   bought.     I    sat  in  the  cool   of  the 

church  while  he  sat  in  the  doorway,  which 

was   still  in  shadow,  snipping  and  snipping, 

and  then  sewing,  I  am  sure  with  admirable 

neatness.     He  made  a  charming  picture,  with 

the  arched  portico  over  his  head,  the  green 

grass  and  low  church  wall  behind  him,  and 

then  a  lovely  landscape  of  wood  and  pasture 

and   valleys   and    hillside.      Every   now   and 

then    he    would    come    and    chirrup    about 

105 


Essays  on  Life 


Joachim,  for  he  was  pained  and  shocked  at 
my  having  said  that  his  Joachim  was  some 
one  else  and  not  Joachim  at  all.  I  said  I  was 
very  sorry,  but  I  was  afraid  the  figure  was  a 
woman.  He  asked  me  what  he  was  to  do. 
He  had  known  it,  man  and  boy,  this  sixty 
years,  and  had  always  shown  it  as  St.  Joachim; 
he  had  never  heard  any  one  but  myself  ques- 
tion his  ascription,  and  could  not  suddenly 
change  his  mind  about  it  at  the  bidding  of  a 
stranger.  At  the  same  time  he  felt  it  was  a 
very  serious  thing  to  continue  showing  it  as 
the  Virgin's  father  if  it  was  really  her  grand- 
mother. I  told  him  I  thought  this  was  a  case 
for  his  spiritual  director,  and  that  if  he  felt 
uncomfortable  about  it  he  should  consult  his 
parish  priest  and  do  as  he  was  told. 

On  leaving  Montrigone,  with  a  pleasant 
sense  of  having  made  acquaintance  with  a 
new  and,  in  many  respects,  interesting  work, 
I  could  not  get  the  sacristan  and  our  differ- 
ence of  opinion  out  of  my  head.  What,  I 
asked  myself,  are  the  differences  that  un- 
happily divide  Christendom,  and  what  are 
those  that  divide  Christendom  from  modern 

io6 


Art  and  Science 

schools  of  thought,  but  a  seeing  of  Joachims 
as  the  Virgin's  grandmothers  on  a  larger  scale  ? 
True,  we  cannot  call  figures  Joachim  when  we 
know  perfectly  well  that  they  are  nothing  of 
the  kind ;  but  I  registered  a  vow  that  hence- 
forward when  I  called  Joachims  the  Virgin's 
grandmothers  I  would  bear  more  in  mind 
than  I  have  perhaps  always  hitherto  done, 
how  hard  it  is  for  those  who  have  been  taught 
to  see  them  as  Joachims  to  think  of  them  as 
something  different.  I  trust  that  I  have  not 
been  unfaithful  to  this  vow  in  the  preceding 
article.  If  the  reader  differs  from  me,  let  me 
ask  him  to  remember  how  hard  it  is  for  one 
who  has  got  a  figure  well  into  his  head  as  the 
Virgin's  grandmother  to  see  it  as  Joachim. 


107 


A   MEDIEVAL    GIRL   SCHOOL^ 

This  last  summer  I  revisited  Oropa,  near 
Biella,  to  see  what  connection  I  could  find 
between  the  Oropa  chapels  and  those  at 
Varallo.  I  will  take  this  opportunity  of 
describing  the  chapels  at  Oropa,  and  more 
especially  the  remarkable  fossil,  or  petrified 
girl  school,  commonly  known  as  the  Dimoray 
or  Sojourn  of  the  Virgin  Mary  in  the 
Temple. 

If  I  do  not  take  these  works  so  seriously  as 
the  reader  may  expect,  let  me  beg  him,  before 
he  blames  me,  to  go  to  Oropa  and  see  the 
originals  for  himself.  Have  the  good  people  of 
Oropa  themselves  taken  them  very  seriously  ? 
Are  we  in  an  atmosphere  where  we  need  be 
at  much  pains  to  speak  with  bated  breath  ? 
We,  as  is  well  known,  love  to  take  even  our 
pleasures  sadly;  the  Italians  take  even  their 
sadness  allegi^aviente,  and  combine  devotion 
with  amusement  in  a  manner  that  we  shall 

1  Published  in  the  Universal  Review,  December  1889. 
io8 


Art  and  Science 


do  well  to  study  if  not  imitate.  For  this  best 
agrees  with  what  we  gather  to  have  been  the 
custom  of  Christ  himself,  who,  indeed,  never 
speaks  of  austerity  but  to  condemn  it.  If 
Christianity  is  to  be  a  living  faith,  it  must 
penetrate  a  man's  whole  life,  so  that  he  can 
no  more  rid  himself  of  it  than  he  can  of  his 
flesh  and  bones  or  of  his  breathing.  The 
Christianity  that  can  be  taken  up  and  laid 
down  as  if  it  were  a  watch  or  a  book  is  Chris- 
tianity in  name  only.  The  true  Christian  can 
no  more  part  jfrom  Christ  in  mirth  than  in 
sorrow.  And,  after  all,  what  is  the  essence  of 
Christianity  ?  What  is  the  kernel  of  the  nut  ? 
Surely  common  sense  and  cheerfulness,  with 
unflinching  opposition  to  the  charlatanisms 
and  Pharisaisms  of  a  man's  own  times.  The 
essence  of  Christianity  lies  neither  in  dogma, 
nor  yet  in  abnormally  holy  life,  but  in  faith 
in  an  unseen  world,  in  doing  one's  duty,  in 
speaking  the  truth,  in  finding  the  true  life 
rather  in  others  than  in  oneself,  and  in  the 
certain  hope  that  he  who  loses  his  life  on 
these  behalfs   finds   more   than   he   has   lost. 

What  can  Agnosticism  do  against  such  Chris- 

109 


Essays  on  Life 


tianity  as  this  ?  I  should  be  shocked  if  any- 
thing I  had  ever  written  or  shall  ever  write 
should  seem  to  make  light  of  these  things. 
I  should  be  shocked  also  if  I  did  not  know 
how  to  be  amused  with  things  that  amiable 
people  obviously  intended  to  be  amusing. 

The  reader  may  need  to  be  reminded  that 
Oropa  is  among  the  somewhat  infrequent 
sanctuaries  at  which  the  Madonna  and  infant 
Christ  are  not  white,  but  black.  I  shall 
return  to  this  peculiarity  of  Oropa  later  on, 
but  will  leave  it  for  the  present.  For  the 
general  characteristics  of  the  place  I  must 
refer  the  reader  to  my  book,  "  Alps  and  Sanc- 
tuaries."^ I  propose  to  confine  myself  here 
to  the  ten  or  a  dozen  chapels  containing  life- 
sized  terra-cotta  figures,  painted  up  to  nature, 
that  form  one  of  the  main  features  of  the 
place.  At  a  first  glance,  perhaps,  all  these 
chapels  will  seem  uninteresting ;  I  venture  to 
think,  however,  that  some,  if  not  most  of 
them,  though  falling  a  good  deal  short  of  the 
best  work  at  Varallo  and  Crea,  are  still  in 
their   own  way  of    considerable   importance. 

1  Longmans  &  Co.,  1890. 
no 


Art  and  Science 


The  first  chapel  with  which  we  need  concern 
ourselves  is  numbered  4,  and  shows  the  Con- 
ception of  the  Virgin  Mary.  It  represents 
St.  Anne  as  kneeling  before  a  terrific  dragon 
or,  as  the  Italians  call  it,  "  insect,"  about  the 
size  of  a  Crystal  Palace  pleiosaur.  This 
"insect"  is  supposed  to  have  just  had  its 
head  badly  crushed  by  St.  Anne,  who  seems 
to  be  begging  its  pardon.  The  text  "Ipsa 
conteret  caput  tuum"  is  written  outside  the 
chapel.  The  figures  have  no  artistic  interest. 
As  regards  dragons  being  called  insects,  the 
reader  may  perhaps  remember  that  the  island 
of  S.  Giulio,  in  the  Lago  d'Orta,  was  in- 
fested with  insetti,  which  S.  Giulio  destroyed, 
and  which  appear,  in  a  fresco  underneath  the 
church  on  the  island,  to  have  been  monstrous 
and  ferocious  dragons  ;  but  I  cannot  remember 
whether  their  bodies  are  divided  into  three 
sections,  and  whether  or  no  they  have  exactly 
six  legs — without  which,  I  am  told,  they  can- 
not be  true  insects. 

The  fifth  chapel  represents  the  birth  of  the 
Virgin.      Having  obtained  permission  to  go 

inside  it,  I  found  the  date  1715  cut  large  and 

HI 


Essays  on  Life 


deep  on  the  back  of  one  figure  before  baking, 
and  I  imagine  that  this  date  covers  the  whole. 
There  is  a  Queen  Anne  feeHng  throughout 
the  composition,  and  if  we  were  told  that  the 
sculptor  and  Francis  Bird,  sculptor  of  the 
statue  in  front  of  St.  Paul's  Cathedral,  had 
studied  under  the  same  master,  we  could  very- 
well  believe  it.  The  apartment  in  which  the 
Virgin  was  born  is  spacious,  and  in  striking 
contrast  to  the  one  in  which  she  herself  gave 
birth  to  the  Redeemer.  St.  Anne  occupies 
the  centre  of  the  composition,  in  an  enormous 
bed ;  on  her  right  there  is  a  lady  of  the 
George  Cruikshank  style  of  beauty,  and  on 
the  left  an  older  person.  Both  are  gesti- 
culating and  impressing  upon  St.  Anne  the 
enormous  obligation  she  has  just  conferred 
upon  mankind ;  they  seem  also  to  be  imploring 
her  not  to  overtax  her  strength,  but,  strange 
to  say,  they  are  giving  her  neither  flowers 
nor  anything  to  eat  and  drink.  I  know  no 
other  birth  of  the  Virgin  in  which  St.  Anne 
wants  so  little  keeping  up. 

I  have  explained  in  my  book  "  Ex  Voto,"  ^ 

1  Longmans  &  Co.,  1890. 
112 


Art  and  Science 


but  should  perhaps  repeat  here,  that  the  dis- 
tinguishing characteristic  of  the  Birth  of  the 
Virgin,  as  rendered  by  Valsesian  artists,  is 
that  St.  Anne  always  has  eggs  immediately 
after  the  infant  is  born,  and  usually  a  good 
deal  more,  whereas  the  Madonna  never  has 
anything  to  eat  or  drink.  The  eggs  are  in 
accordance  with  a  custom  that  still  prevails 
among  the  peasant  classes  in  the  Valsesia, 
where  women  on  giving  birth  to  a  child  gene- 
rally are  given  a  sabagUone—sn  egg  beaten 
up  with  a  Uttle  wine,  or  rum,  and  sugar. 
East  of  Milan  the  Virgin's  mother  does  not 
have  eggs,  and  I  suppose,  from  the  absence  of 
the  eggs  at  Oropa,  that  the  custom  above  re- 
ferred to  does  not  prevail  in  the  Biellese  dis- 
trict. The  Virgin  also  is  invariably  washed. 
St.  John  the  Baptist,  when  he  is  born  at  all, 
which  is  not  very  often,  is  also  washed ;  but  I 
have  not  observed  that  St.  Elizabeth  has  any- 
thing like  the  attention  paid  her  that  is  given 
to  St.  Anne.  What,  however,  is  wanting 
here  at  Oropa  in  meat  and  drink  is  made  up 
in  Cupids ;  they  swarm  like  flies  on  the  walls, 
clouds,  cornices,  and  capitals  of  columns. 

"3  H 


Essays  on   Life 


Against  the  right-hand  wall  are  two  lady- 
helps,  each  warming  a  towel  at  a  glowing  fire, 
to  be  ready  against  the  baby  should  come  out 
of  its  bath  ;  while  in  the  right-hand  foreground 
we  have  the  levatrice,  who  having  discharged 
her  task,  and  being  now  so  disposed,  has  re- 
moved the  bottle  from  the  chimney-piece,  and 
put  it  near  some  bread,  fruit  and  a  chicken, 
over  which  she  is  about  to  discuss  the  confine- 
ment with  two  other  gossips.  The  levatrice 
is  a  very  characteristic  figure,  but  the  best  in 
the  chapel  is  the  one  of  the  head  nurse,  near 
the  middle  of  the  composition;  she  has  now 
the  infant  in  full  charge,  and  is  showing  it  to 
St.  Joachim,  with  an  expression  as  though 
she  were  telling  him  that  her  husband  was 
a  merry  man.  I  am  afraid  Shakespeare  was 
dead  before  the  sculptor  was  born,  otherwise 
I  should  have  felt  certain  that  he  had  drawn 
Juliet's  nurse  from  this  figure.  As  for  the 
little  Virgin  herself,  I  believe  her  to  be  a  fine 
boy  of  about  ten  months  old.  Viewing  the 
work  as  a  whole,  if  I  only  felt  more  sure 
what   artistic   merit   really   is,    I    should   say 

that,  though  the  chapel  cannot  be  rated  very 

114 


Art  and   Science 


highly  from  some  standpoints,  there  are 
others  from  which  it  may  be  praised  warmly 
enough.  It  is  innocent  of  anatomy-worship, 
free  from  affectation  or  swagger,  and  not  de- 
void of  a  good  deal  of  homely  naivete.  It 
can  no  more  be  compared  with  Tabachetti  or 
Donatello  than  Hogarth  can  with  Rembrandt 
or  Giovanni  Bellini ;  but  as  it  does  not  tran- 
scend the  limitations  of  its  age,  so  neither  is 
it  wanting  in  whatever  merits  that  age  pos- 
sessed ;  and  there  is  no  age  without  merits  of 
some  kind.  There  is  no  inscription  saying 
who  made  the  figures,  but  tradition  gives 
them  to  Pietro  Aureggio  Termine,  of  Biella, 
commonly  called  Aureggio.  This  is  con- 
firmed by  their  strong  resemblance  to  those 
in  the  Dimora  Chapel,  in  which  there  is 
an  inscription  that  names  Aureggio  as  the 
sculptor. 

The  sixth  chapel  deals  with  the  Presentation 
of  the  Virgin  in  the  Temple.  The  Virgin  is 
very  small,  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  she 
is  only  seven  years  old,  and  she  is  not  nearly 
so  small  as  she  is  at  Crea,  where,  though  a 
life-sized  figure  is  intended,  the  head  is  hardly 

"5 


Essays  on  Life 

bigger  than  an  apple.  She  is  rushing  up  the 
steps  with  open  arms  towards  the  High  Priest, 
who  is  standing  at  the  top.  For  her  it  is 
nothing  alarming ;  it  is  the  High  Priest  who 
appears  frightened ;  but  it  will  all  come  right 
in  time.  The  Virgin  seems  to  be  saying, 
"  Why,  don't  you  know  me  ?  I'm  the  Virgin 
Mary."  But  the  High  Priest  does  not  feel  so 
sure  about  that,  and  will  make  further  in- 
quiries. The  scene,  which  comprises  some 
twenty  figures,  is  animated  enough,  and 
though  it  hardly  kindles  enthusiasm,  still 
does  not  fail  to  please.  It  looks  as  though 
of  somewhat  older  date  than  the  Birth  of 
the  Virgin  chapel,  and  I  should  say  shows 
more  signs  of  direct  Valsesian  influence.  In 
Marocco's  book  about  Oropa  it  is  ascribed  to 
Aureggio,  but  I  find  it  difficult  to  accept 
this. 

The  seventh,  and  in  many  respects  most 
interesting  chapel  at  Oropa,  shows  what  is  in 
reality  a  medieval  Italian  girl  school,  as  nearly 
like  the  thing  itself  as  the  artist  could  make 
it ;  we  are  expected,  however,  to  see  in  this  the 
high-class  kind  of  Girton  College  for  young 

ii6 


Art  and   Science 


gentlewomen  that  was  attached  to  the  Temple 
at  Jerusalem,  under  the  direction  of  the  Chief 
Priest's  wife,  or  some  one  of  his  near  female 
relatives.  Here  all  well-to-do  Jewish  young 
women  completed  their  education,  and  here 
accordingly  we  find  the  Virgin,  whose  parents 
desired  she  should  shine  in  every  accomplish- 
ment, and  enjoy  all  the  advantages  their  ample 
means  commanded. 

I  have  met  with  no  traces  of  the  Virgin 
during  the  years  between  her  Presentation  in 
the  Temple  and  her  becoming  head  girl  at 
Temple  College.  These  years,  we  may  be 
assured,  can  hardly  have  been  other  than 
eventful ;  but  incidents,  or  bits  of  life,  are 
like  living  forms — it  is  only  here  and  here,  as 
by  rare  chance,  that  one  of  them  gets  arrested 
and  fossilised;  the  greater  number  disappear 
Uke  the  greater  number  of  antediluvian  mol- 
luscs, and  no  one  can  say  why  one  of  these 
flies,  as  it  were,  of  life  should  get  preserved 
in  amber  more  than  another.  Talk,  indeed, 
about  luck  and  cunning  ;  what  a  grain  of  sand 
as  against  a  hundredweight  is  cunning's  share 

here  as  against  luck's.     What  moment  could 

117 


Essays  on  Life 


be  more  humdrum  and  unworthy  of  special 
record  than  the  one  chosen  by  the  artist  for 
the  chapel  we  are  considering  ?  Why  should 
this  one  get  arrested  in  its  flight  and  made 
immortal  when  so  many  worthier  ones  have 
perished  ?  Yet  preserved  it  assuredly  is ;  it 
is  as  though  some  fairy's  wand  had  struck  the 
medieval  Miss  Pinkerton,  Amelia  Sedley,  and 
others  who  do  duty  instead  of  the  Hebrew 
originals.  It  has  locked  them  up  as  sleeping 
beauties,  whose  charms  all  may  look  upon. 
Surely  the  hours  are  like  the  women  grinding 
at  the  mill — the  one  is  taken  and  the  other 
left,  and  none  can  give  the  reason  more  than 
he  can  say  why  Gallio  should  have  w^on 
immortality  by  caring  for  none  of  "these 
things." 

It  seems  to  me,  moreover,  that  fairies  have 
changed  their  practice  now  in  the  matter  of 
sleeping  beauties,  much  as  shopkeepers  have 
done  in  Regent  Street.  Formerly  the  shop- 
keeper used  to  shut  up  his  goods  behind 
strong  shutters,  so  that  no  one  might  see  them 
after  closing  hours.  Now  he  leaves  everything 
open  to  the  eye  and  turns  the  gas  on.      So 

Ii8 


Art  and   Science 


the  fairies,  who  used  to  lock  up  their  sleeping 
beauties  in  impenetrable  thickets,  now  leave 
them  in  the  most  public  places  they  can  jfind, 
as  knowing  that  they  will  there  most  certainly 
escape  notice.  Look  at  De  Hooghe  ;  look  at 
''  The  Pilgrim's  Progress,"  or  even  Shakespeare 
himself — how  long  they  slept  unawakened, 
though  they  were  in  broad  daylight  and  on 
the  public  thoroughfares  all  the  time.  Look 
at  Tabachetti,  and  the  masterpieces  he  left  at 
Varallo.  His  figures  there  are  exposed  to  the 
gaze  of  every  passer-by ;  yet  who  heeds  them  ? 
Who,  save  a  very  few,  even  know  of  their 
existence  ?  Look  again  at  Gaudenzio  Ferrari, 
or  the  ''  Danse  des:  Paysans,"  by  Holbein,  to 
which  I  ventured  to  call  attention  in  the 
Universal  Review.  No,  no ;  if  a  thing  be  in 
Central  Africa,  it  is  the  glory  of  this  age  to 
find  it  out;  so  the  fairies  think  it  safer  to 
conceal  their  proteges  under  a  show  of  open- 
ness ;  for  the  schoolmaster  is  much  abroad, 
and  there  is  no  hedge  so  thick  or  so  thorny 
as  the  dulness  of  culture. 

It  may  be,  again,  that  ever  so  many  years 

hence,  when  Mr.  Darwin's  earth-worms  shall 

119 


Essays  on  Life 


have  buried  Oropa  hundreds  of  feet  deep, 
some  one  sinking  a  well  or  making  a  railway- 
cutting  will  unearth  these  chapels,  and  will 
believe  them  to  have  been  houses,  and  to 
contain  the  exuvice  of  the  living  forms  that 
tenanted  them.  In  the  meantime,  however, 
let  us  return  to  a  consideration  of  the  chapel 
as  it  may  now  be  seen  by  any  one  who  cares 
to  pass  that  way. 

The  work  consists  of  about  forty  figures  in 
all,  not  counting  Cupids,  and  is  divided  into 
four  main  divisions.  First,  there  is  the  large 
public  sitting-room  or  drawing-room  of  the 
College,  where  the  elder  young  ladies  are 
engaged  in  various  elegant  employments. 
Three,  at  a  table  to  the  left,  are  making  a 
mitre  for  the  Bishop,  as  may  be  seen  from  the 
model  on  the  table.  Some  are  merely  spin- 
ning or  about  to  spin.  One  young  lady, 
sitting  rather  apart  from  the  others,  is  doing 
an  elaborate  piece  of  needlework  at  a  tambour- 
frame  near  the  window ;  others  are  making 
lace  or  slippers,  probably  for  the  new  curate ; 
another  is  struggling  with  a  letter,  or  perhaps 

a  theme,  which  seems  to  be  giving  her  a  good 

1 20 


Art  and  Science 

deal  of  trouble,  but  which,  when  done,  will,  I 
am  sure,  be  beautiful.  One  dear  little  girl  is 
simply  reading  "Paul  and  Virginia"  under- 
neath the  window,  and  is  so  concealed  that  I 
hardly  think  she  can  be  seen  from  the  outside 
at  all,  though  from  inside  she  is  delightful ;  it 
was  with  great  regret  that  I  could  not  get  her 
into  any  photograph.  One  most  amiable 
young  woman  has  got  a  child's  head  on  her 
lap,  the  child  having  played  itself  to  sleep. 
All  are  industriously  and  agreeably  employed 
in  some  way  or  other ;  all  are  plump ;  all  are 
nice  looking ;  there  is  not  one  Becky  Sharp  in 
the  whole  school;  on  the  contrary,  as  in 
"Pious  Orgies,"  all  is  pious — or  sub-pious — 
and  all,  if  not  great,  is  at  least  eminently  re- 
spectable. One  feels  that  St.  Joachim  and 
St.  Anne  could  not  have  chosen  a  school  more 
judiciously,  and  that  if  one  had  a  daughter 
oneself  this  is  exactly  where  one  would  wish 
to  place  her.  If  there  is  a  fault  of  any  kind  in 
the  arrangements,  it  is  that  they  do  not  keep 
cats  enough.  The  place  is  overrun  with  mice, 
though  what  these  can  find  to  eat  I  know  not. 
It  occurs  to  me  also  that  the  young  ladies 

121 


Essays  on  Life 


might  be  kept  a  little  more  free  of  spiders' 
webs ;  but  in  all  these  chapels,  bats,  mice  and 
spiders  are  troublesome. 

Off  the  main  drawing-room  on  the  side 
facing  the  window  there  is  a  dais,  which  is 
approached  by  a  large  raised  semicircular  step, 
higher  than  the  rest  of  the  floor,  but  lower 
than  the  dais  itself  The  dais  is,  of  course, 
reserved  for  the  venerable  Lady  Principal  and 
the  under-mistresses,  one  of  whom,  by  the 
way,  is  a  little  more  mondaine  than  might 
have  been  expected,  and  is  admiring  herself  in 
a  looking-glass — unless,  indeed,  she  is  only 
looking  to  see  if  there  is  a  spot  of  ink  on  her 
face.  The  Lady  Principal  is  seated  near  a 
table,  on  which  lie  some  books  in  expensive 
bindings,  which  I  imagine  to  have  been  pre- 
sented to  her  by  the  parents  of  pupils  who 
were  leaving  school.  One  has  given  her  a 
photographic  album ;  another  a  large  scrap- 
book,  for  illustrations  of  all  kinds ;  a  third 
volume  has  red  edges,  and  is  presumably  of 
a  devotional  character.  If  I  dared  venture 
another  criticism,  I  should  say  it  would  be 
better  not  to  keep  the  ink-pot  on  the  top  of 


Art  and   Science 


these  books.  The  Lady  Principal  is  being 
read  to  by  the  monitress  for  the  week,  whose 
duty  it  was  to  recite  selected  passages  from 
the  most  approved  Hebrew  writers ;  she  ap- 
pears to  be  a  good  deal  outraged,  possibly  at 
the  faulty  intonation  of  the  reader,  which  she 
has  long  tried  vainly  to  correct;  or  perhaps 
she  has  been  hearing  of  the  atrocious  way  in 
which  her  forefathers  had  treated  the  prophets, 
and  is  explaining  to  the  young  ladies  how  im- 
possible it  would  be,  in  their  own  more  enlight- 
ened age,  for  a  prophet  to  fail  of  recognition. 

On  the  half-dais,  as  I  suppose  the  large 
semicircular  step  between  the  main  room  and 
the  dais  should  be  called,  we  find,  first,  the 
monitress  for  the  week,  who  stands  up  while 
she  recites ;  and  secondly,  the  Virgin  herself, 
who  is  the  only  pupil  allowed  a  seat  so  near  to 
the  august  presence  of  the  Lady  Principal. 
She  is  ostensibly  doing  a  piece  of  embroidery 
which  is  stretched  on  a  cushion  on  her  lap,  but 
I  should  say  that  she  was  chiefly  interested  in 
the  nearest  of  four  pretty  little  Cupids,  who 
are  all  trying  to  attract  her  attention,  though 

they  pay  no  court  to  any  other  young  lady. 

123 


Essays  on   Life 


I  have  sometimes  wondered  whether  the  ob- 
viously scandalised  gesture  of  the  Lady  Prin- 
cipal might  not  be  directed  at  these  Cupids, 
rather  than  at  anything  the  monitress  may 
have  been  reading,  for  she  would  surely  find 
them  disquieting.  Or  she  may  be  saying, 
"  Why,  bless  me  !  I  do  declare  the  Virgin  has 
got  another  hamper,  and  St.  Anne's  cakes 
are  always  so  terribly  rich ! "  Certainly  the 
hamper  is  there,  close  to  the  Virgin,  and  the 
Lady  Principal's  action  may  be  well  directed 
at  it,  but  it  may  have  been  sent  to  some  other 
young  lady,  and  be  put  on  the  sub-dais  for 
public  exhibition.  It  looks  as  if  it  might  have 
come  from  Fortnum  and  Mason's,  and  I  half 
expected  to  find  a  label,  addressing  it  to  ''  The 
Virgin  Mary,  Temple  College,  Jerusalem," 
but  if  ever  there  was  one  the  mice  have  long 
since  eaten  it.  The  Virgin  herself  does  not 
seem  to  care  much  about  it,  but  if  she  has 
a  fault  it  is  that  she  is  generally  a  little 
apathetic. 

Whose  the  hamper  was,  however,  is  a  point 
we  shall  never  now  certainly  determine,  for  the 

best  fossil  is  worse  than  the  worst  living  form. 

124 


Art  and  Science 


Why,  alas !  was  not  Mr.  Edison  alive  when 
this  chapel  was  made  ?  We  might  then  have 
had  a  daily  phonographic  recital  of  the  con- 
versation, and  an  announcement  might  be  put 
outside  the  chapels,  telling  us  at  what  hours 
the  figures  would  speak. 

On  either  of  side  the  main  room  there  are 
two  annexes  opening  out  from  it ;  these  are  re- 
served chiefly  for  the  younger  children,  some 
of  whom,  I  think,  are  little  boys.  In  the  left- 
hand  annex,  behind  the  ladies  who  are  making 
a  mitre,  there  is  a  child  who  has  got  a  cake, 
and  another  has  some  fruit — possibly  given 
them  by  the  Virgin — and  a  third  child  is 
begging  for  some  of  it.  The  light  failed  so 
completely  here  that  I  was  not  able  to  photo- 
graph any  of  these  figures.  It  was  a  dull  Sep- 
tember afternoon,  and  the  clouds  had  settled 
thick  round  the  chapel,  which  is  never  very 
light,  and  is  nearly  4000  feet  above  the  sea.  I 
waited  till  such  twilight  as  made  it  hopeless  that 
more  detail  could  be  got — and  a  queer  ghostly 
place  enough  it  was  to  wait  in  —  but  after 
giving  the  plate  an  exposure  of  fifty  minutes, 

I  saw  I  could  get  no  more,  and  desisted. 

125 


Essays  on  Life 


These  long  photographic  exposures  have 
the  advantage  that  one  is  compelled  to  study 
a  work  in  detail  through  mere  lack  of  other 
employment,  and  that  one  can  take  one's 
notes  in  peace  without  being  tempted  to  hurry 
over  them ;  but  even  so  I  continually  find  I 
have  omitted  to  note,  and  have  clean  forgotten, 
much  that  I  want  later  on. 

In  the  other  annex  there  are  also  one  or 
two  younger  children,  but  it  seems  to  have 
been  set  apart  for  conversation  and  relaxation 
more  than  any  other  part  of  the  establish- 
ment. 

I  have  already  said  that  the  work  is 
signed  by  an  inscription  inside  the  chapel,  to 
the  effect  that  the  sculptures  are  by  Pietro 
Aureggio  Termine  di  Biella.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  young  ladies  are  exceedingly  like  one 
another,  and  that  the  artist  aimed  at  nothing 
more  than  a  faithful  rendering  of  the  life  of  his 
own  times.  Let  us  be  thankful  that  he  aimed 
at  nothing  less.  Perhaps  his  wife  kept  a  girls' 
school ;  or  he  may  have  had  a  large  family  of 
fat,  good-natured  daughters,  whose  little  ways 

he  had  studied  attentively;  at  all  events  the 

126 


Art  and  Science 

work  is  full  of  spontaneous  incident,  and 
cannot  fail  to  become  more  and  more  interest- 
ing as  the  age  it  renders  falls  farther  back 
into  the  past.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  many 
artists,  better  known  men,  have  not  been 
satisfied  with  the  humbler  ambitions  of  this 
most  amiable  and  interesting  sculptor.  If  he 
has  left  us  no  laboured  life-studies,  he  has  at 
least  done  something  for  us  which  we  can 
find  nowhere  else,  which  we  should  be  very 
sorry  not  to  have,  and  the  fidelity  of  which 
to  Italian  life  at  the  beginning  of  the  last 
century  will  not  be  disputed. 

The  eighth  chapel  is  that  of  the  Sposalizio, 
is  certainly  not  by  Aureggio,  and  I  should  say 
was  mainly  by  the  same  sculptor  who  did  the 
Presentation  in  the  Temple.  On  going  inside 
I  found  the  figures  had  come  from  more  than 
one  source ;  some  of  them  are  constructed  so 
absolutely  on  Valsesian  principles,  as  regards 
technique,  that  it  may  be  assumed  they  came 
from  Varallo.  Each  of  these  last  figures  is  in 
three  pieces,  that  are  baked  separately  and 
cemented  together  afterwards,  hence  they  are 

more  easily  transported ;  no  more  clay  is  used 

127 


Essays  on  Life 


than  is  absolutely  necessary ;  and  the  off-side 
of  the  figure  is  neglected ;  they  will  be  found 
chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  at  the  top  of  the  steps. 
The  other  figures  are  more  solidly  built,  and 
do  not  remind  me  in  their  business  features 
of  anything  in  the  Valsesia.  There  was  a 
sculptor,  Francesco  Sala,  of  Locarno  (doubtless 
the  village  a  short  distance  below  Varallo, 
and  not  the  Locarno  on  the  Lago  Maggiore), 
who  made  designs  for  some  of  the  Oropa 
chapels,  and  some  of  whose  letters  are  still 
preserved,  but  whether  the  Valsesian  figures 
in  this  present  work  are  by  him  or  not  I 
cannot  say. 

The  statues  are  twenty-five  in  number ;  I 
could  find  no  date  or  signature;  the  work 
reminds  me  of  Montrigone;  several  of  the 
figures  are  not  at  all  bad,  and  several  have 
horsehair  for  hair,  as  at  Varallo.  The  effect 
of  the  whole  composition  is  better  than  we 
have  a  right  to  expect  from  any  sculpture 
dating  from  the  beginning  of  the  last  century. 

The  ninth  chapel,  the  Annunciation,  pre- 
sents no  feature  of  interest ;  nor  yet  does  the 

tenth,  the  Visit  of  Mary  to  Elizabeth.     The 

128 


Art  and   Science 

eleventh,  the  Nativity,  though  rather  better, 
is  still  not  remarkable. 

The  twelfth,  the  Purification,  is  absurdly- 
bad,  but  I  do  not  know  whether  the  expres- 
sion of  strong  personal  dislike  to  the  Virgin 
which  the  High  Priest  wears  is  intended  as 
prophetic,  or  whether  it  is  the  result  of  incom- 
petence, or  whether  it  is  merely  a  smile  gone 
wrong  in  the  baking.  It  is  amusing  to  find 
Marocco,  who  has  not  been  strict  about  archaeo- 
logical accuracy  hitherto,  complain  here  that 
there  is  an  anachronism,  inasmuch  as  some 
young  ecclesiastics  are  dressed  as  they  would 
be  at  present,  and  one  of  them  actually  carries 
a  wax  candle.  This  is  not  as  it  should  be  ;  in 
works  like  those  at  Oropa,  where  implicit  re- 
liance is  justly  placed  on  the  earnest  endea- 
vours that  have  been  so  successfully  made  to 
thoroughly  and  carefully  and  patiently  ensure 
the  accuracy  of  the  minutest  details,  it  is  a 
pity  that  even  a  single  error  should  have 
escaped  detection ;  this,  however,  has  most 
unfortunately  happened  here,  and  Marocco 
feels  it  his  duty  to  put  us  on  our  guard.     He 

explains    that    the    mistake    arose  from   the 

129  I 


Essays  on  Life 

sculptor  s  having  taken  both  his  general  ar- 
rangement and  his  details  from  some  picture 
of  the  fourteenth  or  fifteenth  century,  when 
the  value  of  the  strictest  historical  accuracy 
was  not  yet  so  fully  understood. 

It  seems  to  me  that  in  the  matter  of  accu- 
racy, priests  and  men  of  science  whether  lay 
or  regular  on  the  one  hand,  and  plain  people 
whether  lay  or  regular  on  the  other,  are  trying 
to  play  a  different  game,  and  fail  to  under- 
stand one  another  because  they  do  not  see 
that  their  objects  are  not  the  same.  The 
cleric  and  the  man  of  science  (who  is  only  the 
cleric  in  his  latest  development)  are  trying  to 
develop  a  throat  with  two  distinct  passages — 
one  that  shall  refuse  to  pass  even  the  smallest 
gnat,  and  another  that  shall  gracefully  gulp 
even  the  largest  camel ;  whereas  we  men  of 
the  street  desire  but  one  throat,  and  are  con- 
tent that  this  shall  swallow  nothing  bigger 
than  a  pony.  Every  one  knows  that  there 
is  no  such  effectual  means  of  developing  the 
power  to  swallow  camels  as  incessant  watch- 
fulness for  opportunities  of  straining  at  gnats, 

and  this  should  explain  many  passages  that 

130 


Art  and  Science 


puzzle  us  in  the  work  both  of  our  clerics  and 
our  scientists.  I,  not  being  a  man  of  science, 
still  continue  to  do  what  I  said  I  did  in 
"Alps  and  Sanctuaries,"  and  make  it  a  rule 
to  earnestly  and  patiently  and  carefully  swal- 
low a  few  of  the  smallest  gnats  I  can  find 
several  times  a  day,  as  the  best  astringent  for 
the  throat  I  know  of. 

The  thirteenth  chapel  is  the  Marriage  Feast 
at  Cana  of  Galilee.  This  is  the  best  chapel 
as  a  work  of  art ;  indeed,  it  is  the  only  one 
which  can  claim  to  be  taken  quite  seriously. 
Not  that  all  the  figures  are  very  good ;  those 
to  the  left  of  the  composition  are  common- 
place enough ;  nor  are  the  Christ  and  the 
giver  of  the  feast  at  all  remarkable ;  but  the 
ten  or  dozen  figures  of  guests  and  attendants 
at  the  right-hand  end  of  the  work  are  as  good 
as  anything  of  their  kind  can  be,  and  remind 
me  so  strongly  of  Tabachetti  that  I  cannot 
doubt  they  were  done  by  some  one  who  was 
indirectly  influenced  by  that  great  sculptor's 
work.  It  is  not  likely  that  Tabachetti  was  alive 
long  after  1640,  by  which  time  he  would  have 

been*  about  eighty  years  old  ;  and  the  founda- 

131 


Essays  on  Life 


tions  of  this  chapel  were  not  laid  till  about 
1690 ;  the  statues  are  probably  a  few  years 
later;  they  can  hardly,  therefore,  be  by  one  who 
had  even  studied  under  Tabachetti ;  but  until 
I  found  out  the  dates,  and  went  inside  the 
chapel  to  see  the  way  in  which  the  figures  had 
been  constructed,  I  was  inclined  to  think  they 
might  be  by  Tabachetti  himself,  of  whom,  in- 
deed, they  are  not  unworthy.  On  examining 
the  figures  I  found  them  more  heavily  con- 
structed than  Tabachetti's  are,  with  smaller 
holes  for  taking  out  superfluous  clay,  and 
more  finished  on  the  off-sides.  Marocco  says 
the  sculptor  is  not  known.  I  looked  in  vain 
for  any  date  or  signature.  Possibly  the  right- 
hand  figures  (for  the  left-hand  ones  can  hardly 
be  by  the  same  hand)  may  be  by  some  sculptor 
from  Crea,  which  is  at  no  very  great  distance 
from  Oropa,  who  was  penetrated  by  Taba- 
chetti's influence ;  but  whether  as  regards 
action  and  concert  with  one  another,  or  as 
regards  excellence  in  detail,  I  do  not  see  how 
anything  can  be  more  realistic,  and  yet  more 
harmoniously  composed.     The  placing  of  the 

musicians   in    a   minstrels'  gallery   helps   the 

132 


Art  and  Science 


effect;  these  musicians  are  six  in  number, 
and  the  other  figures  are  twenty-three.  Under 
the  table,  between  Christ  and  the  giver  of  the 
feast,  there  is  a  cat. 

The  fourteenth  chapel,  the  Assumption  of 
the  Virgin  Mary,  is  without  interest. 

The  fifteenth,  the  Coronation  of  the  Virgin, 
contains  forty-six  angels,  twenty-six  cherubs, 
fifty-six  saints,  the  Holy  Trinity,  the  Madonna 
herself,  and  twenty -four  innocents,  making 
156  statues  in  all.  Of  these  I  am  afraid 
there  is  not  one  of  more  than  ordinary  merit ; 
the  most  interesting  is  a  half-length  nude  life- 
study  of  Disma — ^the  good  thief.  After  what 
had  been  promised  him  it  was  impossible  to 
exclude  him,  but  it  was  felt  that  a  half-length  ^ 
nude  figure  would  be  as  much  as  he  could 
reasonably  expect. 

Behind  the  sanctuary  there  is  a  semi-ruinous 

and  wholly  valueless  work,  which  shows  the 

finding   of   the   black   image,   which   is    now 

in  the   church,  but  is  only  shown  on  great 

festivals. 

This  leads  us  to   a   consideration   that  I 

have  delayed  till  now.     The  black  image  is 

133 


Essays  on  Life 


the  central  feature  of  Oropa ;  it  is  the  raison 
d'etre  of  the  whole  place,  and  all  else  is  a  mere 
incrustation,  so  to  speak,  around  it.  Accord- 
ing to  this  image,  then,  which  was  carved  by 
St.  Luke  himself,  and  than  which  nothing  can 
be  better  authenticated,  both  the  Madonna 
and  the  infant  Christ  were  as  black  as  any- 
thing can  be  conceived.  It  is  not  likely  that 
they  were  as  black  as  they  have  been  painted ; 
no  one  yet  ever  was  so  black  as  that ;  yet, 
even  allowing  for  some  exaggeration  on  St. 
Luke's  part,  they  must  have  been  exceedingly 
black  if  the  portrait  is  to  be  accepted ;  and 
uncompromisingly  black  they  accordingly  are 
on  most  of  the  wayside  chapels  for  many  a 
mile  around  Oropa.  Yet  in  the  chapels  we 
have  been  hitherto  considering  —  works  in 
which,  as  we  know,  the  most  punctilious 
regard  has  been  shown  to  accuracy  —  both 
the  Virgin  and  Christ  are  uncompromisingly 
white.  As  in  the  shops  under  the  Colonnade 
where  devotional  knick-knacks  are  sold,  you 
can  buy  a  black  china  image  or  a  white  one, 
whichever  you  like  ;  so  with  the  pictures — the 

black   and  white   are  placed   side   by  side — 

134 


Art  and   Science 

pagando  il  danaro  si  pud  scegliere.  It  rests 
not  with  history  or  with  the  Church  to  say 
whether  the  Madonna  and  Child  were  black 
or  white,  but  you  may  settle  it  for  yourself, 
whichever  way  you  please,  or  rather  you  are 
required,  with  the  acquiescence  of  the  Church, 
to  hold  that  they  were  both  black  and  white 
at  one  and  the  same  time. 

It  cannot  be  maintained  that  the  Church 
leaves  the  matter  undecided,  and  by  tolerating 
both  types  proclaims  the  question  an  open 
one,  for  she  acquiesces  in  the  portrait  by  St. 
Luke  as  genuine.  How,  then,  justify  the 
whiteness  of  the  Holy  Family  in  the  chapels  ? 
If  the  portrait  is  not  known  as  genuine,  why 
set  such  a  stumbling-block  in  our  paths  as  to 
show  us  a  black  Madonna  and  a  white  one, 
both  as  historically  accurate,  within  a  few 
yards  of  one  another? 

I  ask  this  not  in  mockery,  but  as  knowing 
that  the  Church  must  have  an  explanation  to 
give,  if  she  would  only  give  it,  and  as  my- 
self unable  to  find  any,  even  the  most  far- 
fetched, that  can  bring  what  we  see  at 
Oropa,  Loreto   and  elsewhere  into  harmony 

135 


Essays  on   Life 


with  modern  conscience,  either  intellectual  or 
ethical. 

I  see,  indeed,  from  an  interesting  article  in 
the  Atlantic  Monthly  for  September  1889, 
entitled  "  The  Black  Madonna  of  Loreto,"  that 
black  Madonnas  were  so  frequent  in  ancient 
Christian  art  that  "  some  of  the  early  writers 
of  the  Church  felt  obliged  to  account  for  it 
by  explaining  that  the  Virgin  was  of  a  very 
dark  complexion,  as  might  be  proved  by  the 
verse  of  Canticles  which  says,  '  I  am  black,  but 
comely,  O  ye  daughters  of  Jerusalem.'  Others 
maintained  that  she  became  black  during  her 
sojourn  in  Egypt.  .  .  .  Priests,  of  to-day,  say 
that  extreme  age  and  exposure  to  the  smoke 
of  countless  altar-candles  have  caused  that 
change  in  complexion  which  the  more  naive 
fathers  of  the  Church  attributed  to  the  power 
of  an  Egyptian  sun  "  ;  but  the  writer  ruth- 
lessly disposes  of  this  supposition  by  pointing 
out  that  in  nearly  all  the  instances  of  black 
Madonnas  it  is  the  flesh  alone  that  is  entirely 
black,  the  crimson  of  the  lips,  the  white  of 
the  eyes,  and  the  draperies  having  preserved 

their  original  colour.     The  authoress  of  the 

136 


Art  and  Science 


article  (Mrs.  Hilliard)  goes  on  to  tell  us  that 
Pausanias  mentions  two  statues  of  the  black 
Venus,  and  says  that  the  oldest  statue  of  Ceres 
among  the  Phigalenses  was  black.  She  adds 
that  Minerva  Aglaurus,  the  daughter  of 
Cecrops,  at  Athens,  was  black ;  that  Corinth 
had  a  black  Venus,  as  also  the  Thespians ; 
that  the  oracles  of  Dodona  and  Delphi  were 
founded  by  black  doves,  the  emissaries  of 
Venus,  and  that  the  Isis  Multimammia  in 
the  Capitol  at  Rome  is  black. 

Sometimes  I  have  asked  myself  whether 
the  Church  does  not  intend  to  suggest  that 
the  whole  story  falls  outside  the  domain  of 
history,  and  is  to  be  held  as  the  one  great 
epos,  or  myth,  common  to  all  mankind ; 
adaptable  by  each  nation  according  to  its 
own  several  needs ;  translatable,  so  to  speak, 
into  the  facts  of  each  individual  nation,  as  the 
written  word  is  translatable  into  its  lan- 
guage, but  appertaining  to  the  realm  of  the 
imagination  rather  than  to  that  of  the  under- 
standing, and  precious  for  spiritual  rather  than 
literal  truths.  More  briefly,  I  have  wondered 
whether  she  may  not  intend  that  such  details 

137 


Essays  on   Life 


as  whether  the  Virgin  was  white  or  black  are 
of  very  little  importance  in  comparison  with 
the  basing  of  ethics  on  a  story  that  shall  ap- 
peal to  black  races  as  well  as  to  white  ones. 

If  so,  it  is  time  we  were  made  to  understand 
this  more  clearly.  If  the  Church,  whether 
of  Rome  or  England,  would  lean  to  some 
such  view  as  this  —  tainted  though  it  be 
with  mysticism — if  we  could  see  either  great 
branch  of  the  Church  make  a  frank,  authori- 
tative attempt  to  bring  its  teaching  into 
greater  harmony  with  the  educated  under- 
standing and  conscience  of  the  time,  instead 
of  trying  to  fetter  that  understanding  with 
bonds  that  gall  it  daily  more  and  more  pro- 
foundly ;  then  I,  for  one,  in  view  of  the 
difficulty  and  graciousness  of  the  task,  and 
in  view  of  the  great  importance  of  historical 
continuity,  would  gladly  sink  much  of  my 
own  private  opinion  as  to  the  value  of  the 
Christian  ideal,  and  would  gratefully  help 
either  Church  or  both,  according  to  the  best 
of  my  very  feeble  ability.  On  these  terms, 
indeed,  I    could   swallow   not   a  few   camels 

myself  cheerfully  enough. 

138 


Art  and  Science 


Can  we,  however,  see  any  signs  as  though 
either  Rome  or  England  will  stir  hand  or 
foot  to  meet  us  ?  Can  any  step  be  pointed 
to  as  though  either  Church  wished  to  make 
things  easier  for  men  holding  the  opinions 
held  by  the  late  Mr.  Darwin,  or  by  Mr. 
Herbert  Spencer  and  Professor  Huxley  ? 
How  can  those  who  accept  evolution  with 
any  thoroughness  accept  such  doctrines  as  the 
Incarnation  or  the  Redemption  with  any  but 
a  quasi-allegorical  and  poetical  interpretation  ? 
Can  we  conceivably  accept  these  doctrines  in 
the  literal  sense  in  which  the  Church  advances 
them  ?  And  can  the  leaders  of  the  Church 
be  blind  to  the  resistlessness  of  the  current 
that  has  set  against  those  literal  interpretations 
which  she  seems  to  hug  more  and  more  closely 
the  more  religious  life  is  awakened  at  all  ? 
The  clergyman  is  wanted  as  supplement- 
ing the  doctor  and  the  lawyer  in  all  civilised 
communities ;  these  three  keep  watch  on 
one  another,  and  prevent  one  another  from 
becoming  too  powerful.  I,  who  distrust  the 
doctrinaire  in    science   even   more  than  the 

doctrinaire  in  religion,  should  view  with  dis- 

139 


Essays  on  Life 


may  the  abolition  of  the  Church  of  England, 

as   knowing  that   a   blatant   bastard    science 

would  instantly  step  into  her  shoes  ;    but   if 

some  such  deplorable  consummation  is  to  be 

avoided  in  England,  it  can  only  be  through 

more    evident    leaning   on   the   part   of   our 

clergy  to  such  an  interpretation  of  the  Sacred 

History  as  the  presence  of  a  black  and  white 

Madonna  almost  side  by  side  at  Oropa  appears 

to  suggest. 

I  fear  that  in  these  last  paragraphs  I  may 

have  trenched  on  dangerous  ground,  but  it  is 

not  possible  to  go  to  such  places  as  Oropa 

without  asking  oneself  what  they  mean  and 

involve.     As  for  the  average  Italian  pilgrims, 

they  do   not  appear  to   give   the   matter   so 

much  as  a  thought.     They  love  Oropa,  and 

flock  to  it  in  thousands  during  the  summer ; 

the  President  of  the  Administration  assured 

me  that  they  lodged,  after  a  fashion,  as  many 

as  ten  thousand  pilgrims  on  the  15th  of  last 

August.      It   is  astonishing   how   living  the 

statues   are  to   these    people,   and    how   the 

wicked  are  upbraided  and  the  good  applauded. 

At  Varallo,  since  I  took  the  photographs  I 

140 


Art  and  Science 


published  in  my  book  "  Ex  Voto,"  an  angry 
pilgrim  has  smashed  the  nose  of  the  dwarf  in 
Tabachetti's  Journey  to  Calvary,  for  no  other 
reason  than  inability  to  restrain  his  indigna- 
tion against  one  who  was  helping  to  inflict 
pain  on  Christ.  It  is  the  real  hair  and  the 
painting  up  to  nature  that  does  this.  Here  at 
Oropa  I  found  a  paper  on  the  floor  of  the 
Sposalizio  Chapel,  which  ran  as  follows  : — 

''  By  the  grace  of  God  and  the  will  of  the 
administrative  chapter  of  this  sanctuary,  there 

have  come  here  to  work ,  mason, 

,  carpenter,  and ,  plumber, 

all  of  Chiavazza,  on  the  twenty-first  day  of 
January  1886,  full  of  cold  {pieni  difreddo). 

"  They  write  these  two  lines  to  record  their 
visit.  They  pray  the  Blessed  Virgin  that  she 
will  maintain  them  safe  and  sound  from 
everything  equivocal  that  may  befall  them 
{sempre  sard  e  salvi  da  ogni  equivoco  li  possa 
accadere).  Oh,  farewell !  We  reverently  salute 
all  the  present  statues,  and  especially  the 
Blessed  Virgin,  and  the  reader." 

Through  the  Universal  Review,  I  suppose,  all 

its  readers  are  to  consider  themselves  saluted ; 

141 


Essays  on   Life 

at  any  rate,  these  good  fellows,  in  the  effusive- 
ness of  their  hearts,  actually  wrote  the  above 
in  pencil.  I  was  sorely  tempted  to  steal  it, 
but,  after  copying  it,  left  it  in  the  Chief 
Priest's  hands  instead. 


142 


ART   IN  THE  VALLEY  OF   SAAS^ 

Having  been  told  by  Mr.  Fortescue,  of  the 
British  Museum,  that  there  were  some  chapels 
at  Saas-Fee  which  bore  analogy  to  those  at 
Varallo,  described  in  my  book  "  Ex  Voto,  "  ^  I 
went  to  Saas  during  this  last  summer,  and 
venture  now  to  lay  my  conclusions  before  the 
reader. 

The  chapels  are  fifteen  in  number,  and  lead 
up  to  a  larger  and  singularly  graceful  one, 
rather  more  than  half-way  between  Saas  and 
Saas-Fee.  This  is  commonly  but  wrongly 
called  the  chapel  of  St.  Joseph,  for  it  is 
dedicated  to  the  Virgin,  and  its  situation  is 
of  such  extreme  beauty  —  the  great  Fee 
glaciers  showing  through  the  open  portico — 
that  it  is  in  itself  worth  a  pilgrimage.  It  is 
surrounded  by  noble  larches  and  overhung  by 
rock ;  in  front  of  the  portico  there  is  a  small 
open  space  covered  with  grass,  and   a   huge 

^  Published  in  the  Universal  Review,  November  1890. 

2  Longmans  &  Co.,  1890. 

143 


Essays  on   Life 


larch,  the  stem  of  which  is  girt  by  a  rude 
stone  seat.  The  portico  itself  contains  seats 
for  worshippers,  and  a  pulpit  from  which  the 
preacher's  voice  can  reach  the  many  who 
must  stand  outside.  The  walls  of  the  inner 
chapel  are  hung  with  votive  pictures,  some 
of  them  very  quaint  and  pleasing,  and  not 
overweighted  by  those  qualities  that  are 
usually  dubbed  by  the  name  of  artistic  merit. 
Innumerable  wooden  and  waxen  representa- 
tions of  arms,  legs,  eyes,  ears  and  babies  tell 
of  the  cures  that  have  been  effected  during 
two  centuries  of  devotion,  and  can  hardly  fail 
to  awaken  a  kindly  sympathy  with  the  long 
dead  and  forgotten  folks  who  placed  them 
where  they  are. 

The  main  interest,  however,  despite  the 
extreme  loveliness  of  the  St.  Mary's  Chapel, 
centres  rather  in  the  small  and  outwardly 
unimportant  oratories  (if  they  should  be  so 
called)  that  lead  up  to  it.  These  begin 
immediately  with  the  ascent  from  the  level 
ground  on  which  the  village  of  Saas-im-Grund 
is  placed,  and  contain  scenes  in  the  history  of 

the  Redemption,   represented    by   rude    but 

144 


Art  and  Science 


spirited  wooden  figures,  each  about  two  feet 
high,  painted,  gilt,  and  rendered  as  Hfe-hke  in 
all  respects  as  circumstances  would  permit. 
The  figures  have  suffered  a  good  deal  from 
neglect,  and  are  still  not  a  little  misplaced. 
With  the  assistance,  however,  of  the  Rev. 
E.  J.  Selwyn,  English  Chaplain  at  Saas-im- 
Grund,  I  have  been  able  to  replace  many  of 
them  in  their  original  positions,  as  indicated 
by  the  parts  of  the  figures  that  are  left  rough- 
hewn  and  unpainted.  They  vary  a  good  deal 
in  interest,  and  can  be  easily  sneered  at  by 
those  who  make  a  trade  of  sneering.  Those, 
on  the  other  hand,  who  remain  unsophisticated 
by  overmuch  art-culture  will  find  them  full  of 
character  in  spite  of  not  a  little  rudeness  of 
execution,  and  will  be  surprised  at  coming 
across  such  works  in  a  place  so  remote  from 
any  art-centre  as  Saas  must  have  been  at  the 
time  these  chapels  were  made.  It  will  be  my 
business  therefore  to  throw  what  light  I  can 
upon  the  questions  how  they  came  to  be 
made  at  all,  and  who  was  the  artist  who 
designed  them. 

The  only  documentary  evidence  consists  in 

145  K 


Essays  on  Life 


a  chronicle  of  the  valley  of  Saas  written  in  the 
early  years  of  this  century  by  the  Rev.  Peter 
Jos.  Ruppen,  and  published  at  Sion  in  1851. 
This  work  makes  frequent  reference  to  a 
manuscript  by  the  Rev.  Peter  Joseph  Clemens 
Lommatter,  cure  of  Saas-Fee  from  1738  to 
1751,  which  has  unfortunately  been  lost,  so 
that  we  have  no  means  of  knowing  how 
closely  it  was  adhered  to.  The  Rev.  Jos. 
Ant.  Ruppen,  the  present  excellent  cure  of 
Saas-im-Grund,  assures  me  that  there  is  no 
reference  to  the  Saas-Fee  oratories  in  the 
"Actes  de  I'Eglise"  at  Saas,  which  I  under- 
stand go  a  long  way  back  ;  but  I  have  not 
seen  these  myself.  Practically,  then,  we 
have  no  more  documentary  evidence  than  is 
to  be  found  in  the  published  chronicle  above 
referred  to. 

We  there  find  it  stated  that  the  large 
chapel,  commonly,  but  as  above  explained, 
wrongly  called  St.  Joseph's,  was  built  in 
1687,  and  enlarged  by  subscription  in  1747. 
These  dates  appear  on  the  building  itself,  and 
are  no  doubt  accurate.     The  writer  adds  that 

there  was  no  actual  edifice  on  this  site  before 

146 


Art  and  Science 

the  one  now  existing  was  built,  but  there  was 
a  miraculous  picture  of  the  Virgin  placed  in 
a  mural  niche,  before  which  the  pious  herds- 
men and  devout  inhabitants  of  the  valley 
worshipped  under  the  vault  of  heaven.^  A 
miraculous  (or  miracle-working)  picture  was 
always  more  or  less  rare  and  important ;  the 
present  site,  therefore,  seems  to  have  been 
long  one  of  peculiar  sanctity.  Possibly  the 
name  Fee  may  point  to  still  earlier  Pagan 
mysteries  on  the  same  site. 

As  regards  the  fifteen  small  chapels,  the 
writer  says  they  illustrate  the  fifteen  mysteries 
of  the  Psalter,  and  were  built  in  1709,  each 


^  M.  Ruppen*s  words  run  :  ^^  1687  wurde  die  Kapelle  zur 
hohen  Stiege  gebaut^  1747  durcli  Zusatz  vergrossert  und  1755 
mit  Orgeln  ausgestattet.  Anton  Ruppen^  ein  geschickter 
Steinhauer  und  Maurermeister  leitete  den  Kapellebau_,  und 
machte  darin  das  kleinere  Altarlein.  Bei  der  hohen  Stiege 
war  friiher  kein  Gebetshauslein ;  nur  ein  wunderthatiges 
Bildlein  der  Mutter  Gottes  stand  da  in  einer  Mauer  vor  dem 
from  me  Hirten  und  viel  andachtiges  Volk  unter  freiem  Himmel 
beteten. 

'^  1709  wurden  die  kleinen  Kapellelein  die  15  Geheimnisse 
des  Psalters  vorstellend  auf  dem  Wege  zur  hohen  Stiege 
gebaut.  Jeder  Haushalter  des  Viertels  Fee  iibernahm  den  Bau 
eines  dieser  Geheimnisskapellen,  und  ein  besonderer  Gutthater 
dieser  frommen  Unternehmung  war  Heinrich  Andeumatten, 
nachher  Bruder  der  Gesellschaft  Jesu/^ 

147 


Essays  on  Life 


householder  of  the  Saas-Fee  contributing  one 
chapel.  He  adds  that  Heinrich  Andenmatten, 
afterwards  a  brother  of  the  Society  of  Jesus, 
was  an  especial  benefactor  or  promoter  of  the 
undertaking.  One  of  the  chapels,  the  Ascen- 
sion (No.  12  of  the  series),  has  the  date  1709 
painted  on  it;  but  there  is  no  date  on  any- 
other  chapel,  and  there  seems  no  reason  why 
this  should  be  taken  as  governing  the  whole 
series. 

Over  and  above  this,  there  exists  in  Saas 
a  tradition,  as  I  was  told  immediately  on  my 
arrival,  by  an  English  visitor,  that  the  chapels 
were  built  in  consequence  of  a  flood,  but  I 
have  vainly  endeavoured  to  trace  this  story 
to  an  indigenous  source. 

The  internal  evidence  of  the  wooden  figures 
themselves — nothing  analogous  to  which,  it 
should  be  remembered,  can  be  found  in  the 
chapel  of  1687 — points  to  a  much  earlier  date. 
I  have  met  with  no  school  of  sculpture  belong- 
ing to  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury to  which  they  can  be  plausibly  assigned ; 
and  the  supposition  that  they  are  the  work 

of  some  unknown  local  genius  who  was  not 

148 


Art  and  Science 


led  up  to  and  left  no  successors  may  be  dis- 
missed, for  the  work  is  too  scholarly  to  have 
come  from  any  one  but  a  trained  sculptor. 
I  refer  of  course  to  those  figures  which  the 
artist  must  be  supposed  to  have  executed  with 
his  own  hand,  as,  for  example,  the  central 
figure  of  the  Crucifixion  group  and  those  of 
the  Magdalene  and  St.  John.  The  greater 
number  of  the  figures  were  probably,  as  was 
suggested  to  me  by  Mr.  Ranshaw,  of  Lowth, 
executed  by  a  local  woodcarver  from  models 
in  clay  and  wax  furnished  by  the  artist  him- 
self. Those  who  examine  the  play  of  line  in 
the  hair,  mantle,  and  sleeve  of  the  Magdalene 
in  the  Crucifixion  group,  and  contrast  it  with 
the  greater  part  of  the  remaining  draperies, 
will  find  little  hesitation  in  concluding  that 
this  was  the  case,  and  will  ere  long  readily 
distinguish  the  two  hands  from  which  the 
figures  have  mainly  come.  I  say  "mainly," 
because  there  is  at  least  one  other  sculptor 
who  may  well  have  belonged  to  the  year 
1709,  but  who  fortunately  has  left  us  little. 
Examples  of  his  work  may  perhaps  be  seen 

in  the  nearest  villain  with  a  big  hat  in  the 

149 


Essays  on  Life 


Flagellation  chapel,  and  in   two   cherubs   in 
the  Assumption  of  the  Virgin. 

We  may  say,  then,  with  some  certainty, 
that  the  designer  was  a  cultivated  and  prac- 
tised artist.  We  may  also  not  less  certainly 
conclude  that  he  was  of  Flemish  origin,  for  the 
horses  in  the  Journey  to  Calvary  and  Cruci- 
fixion chapels,  where  alone  there  are  any 
horses  at  all,  are  of  Flemish  breed,  with  no 
trace  of  the  Arab  blood  adopted  by  Gaudenzio 
at  Varallo.  The  character,  moreover,  of  the 
villains  is  Northern — of  the  Quentin  Matsys, 
Martin  Schongauer  type,  rather  than  Italian ; 
the  same  sub-Rubensesque  feeling  which  is 
apparent  in  more  than  one  chapel  at  Varallo 
is  not  less  evident  here — especially  in  the 
Journey  to  Calvary  and  Crucifixion  chapels. 
There  can  hardly,  therefore,  be  a  doubt  that 
the  artist  was  a  Fleming  who  had  worked  for 
several  years  in  Italy. 

It  is  also  evident  that  he  had  Tabachetti's 
work  at  Varallo  well  in  his  mind.  For  not 
only  does  he  adopt  certain  details  of  cos- 
tume (I  refer  particularly  to  the  treatment 

of    soldiers'    tunics)    which    are    pecuUar    to 

150 


Art  and   Science 

Tabachetti  at  Varallo,  but  whenever  he  treats 
a  subject  which  Tabachetti  had  treated  at 
Varallo,  as  in  the  Flagellation,  Crowning 
with  Thorns,  and  Journey  to  Calvary  chapels, 
the  work  at  Saas  is  evidently  nothing  but 
a  somewhat  modified  abridgement  'of  that  at 
Varallo.  When,  however,  as  in  the  Annun- 
ciation, the  Nativity,  the  Crucifixion,  and 
other  chapels,  the  work  at  Varallo  is  by 
another  than  Tabachetti,  no  allusion  is  made 
to  it.  The  Saas  artist  has  Tabachetti's  Varallo 
work  at  his  finger-ends,  but  betrays  no  ac- 
quaintance whatever  with  Gaudenzio  Ferrari, 
Gio.  Ant.  Paracca,  or  Giovanni  D'Enrico. 

Even,  moreover,  when  Tabachetti's  work 
at  Varallo  is  being  most  obviously  drawn 
from,  as  in  the  Journey  to  Calvary  chapel, 
the  Saas  version  differs  materially  from  that 
at  Varallo,  and  is  in  some  respects  an  im- 
provement on  it.  The  idea  of  showing 
other  horsemen  and  followers  coming  up  from 
behind,  whose  heads  can  be  seen  over  the 
crown  of  the  interposing  hill,  is  singularly 
effective  as  suggesting  a   number  of  others 

that  are  unseen,  nor  can  I  conceive  that  any 

151 


Essays  on  Life 

one  but  the  original  designer  would  follow 
Tabachetti's  Varallo  design  with  as  much 
closeness  as  it  has  been  followed  here,  and 
yet  make  such  a  brilliantly  successful  modi- 
fication. The  stumbling,  again,  of  one  horse 
(a  detail  almost  hidden,  according  to  Taba- 
chetti's wont)  is  a  touch  which  Tabachetti 
himself  might  add,  but  which  no  Saas  wood- 
carver  who  was  merely  adapting  from  a 
reminiscence  of  Tabachetti's  Varallo  chapel 
would  be  likely  to  introduce.  These  consid- 
erations have  convinced  me  that  the  designer 
of  the  chapels  at  Saas  is  none  other  than 
Tabachetti  himself,  who,  as  has  been  now 
conclusively  shown,  was  a  native  of  Dinant, 
in  Belgium. 

The  Saas  chronicler,  indeed,  avers  that  the 
chapels  were  not  built  till  1709 — a  statement 
apparently  corroborated  by  a  date  now  visible 
on  one  chapel ;  but  we  must  remember  that 
the  chronicler  did  not  write  until  a  century  or 
so  later  than  1709,  and  though,  indeed,  his 
statement  may  have  been  taken  from  the  lost 
earlier  manuscript  of  1738,  we  know  nothing 

about  this  either  one  way  or  the  other.     The 

152 


Art  and  Science 


writer  may  have  gone  by  the  still  existing 
1709  on  the  Ascension  chapel,  whereas  this 
date  may  in  fact  have  referred  to  a  restoration, 
and  not  to  an  original  construction.  There 
is  nothing,  as  I  have  said,  in  the  choice  of  the 
chapel  on  which  the  date  appears,  to  suggest 
that  it  was  intended  to  govern  the  others.  I 
have  explained  that  the  work  is  isolated  and 
exotic.  It  is  by  one  in  whom  Flemish  and 
Italian  influences  are  alike  equally  predom- 
inant; by  one  who  was  saturated  with 
Tabachetti's  Varallo  work,  and  who  can 
improve  upon  it,  but  over  whom  the  other 
Varallo  sculptors  have  no  power.  The  style 
of  the  work  is  of  the  sixteenth  and  not  of  the 
eighteenth  century — with  a  few  obvious  ex- 
ceptions that  suit  the  year  1709  exceedingly 
well.  Against  such  considerations  as  these, 
a  statement  made  at  the  beginning  of  this 
century  referring  to  a  century  earlier,  and  a 
promiscuous  date  upon  one  chapel,  can  carry 
but  little  weight.  I  shall  assume,  therefore, 
henceforward,  that  we  have  here  groups  de- 
signed in  a  plastic  material  by  Tabachetti, 
and   reproduced   in  wood   by  the  best   local 

153 


Essays  on  Life 


wood-sculptor   available,   with   the   exception 
of  a  few  figures  cut  by  the  artist  himself 

We  ask,  then,  at  what  period  in  his  life 
did  Tabachetti  design  these  chapels,  and  what 
led  to  his  coming  to  such  an  out-of-the-way 
place  as  Saas  at  all?  We  should  remember 
that,  according  both  to  Fassola  and  Torrotti 
(writing  in  1671  and  1686  respectively),  Ta- 
bachetti ^  became  insane  about  the  year  1586 
or  early  in  1587,  after  having  just  begun  the 
Salutation  chapel.  I  have  explained  in  ''  Ex 
Voto"  that  I  do  not  believe  this  story.  I 
have  no  doubt  that  Tabachetti  was  declared 
to  be  mad,  but  I  believe  this  to  have  been  due 
to  an  intrigue,  set  on  foot  in  order  to  get  a 

^  The  story  of  Tabachetti's  incarceration  is  very  doubtful. 
Cavaliere  F.  Negri^  to  whose  book  on  Tabachetti  and  his  work 
at  Crea  I  have  already  referred  the  reader^  does  not  mention  it. 
Tabachetti  left  his  native  Dinant  in  1585^  and  from  that  date 
until  his  death  in  1615  he  appears  to  have  worked  chiefly  at 
Varallo  and  Crea.  There  is  a  document  in  existence  stating 
that  in  1588  he  executed  a  statue  for  the  hermitage  of  S.  Rocco, 
at  Crea,  which,  if  it  is  to  be  relied  on,  disposes  both  of  the  in- 
carceration and  of  the  visit  to  Saas.  It  is  possible,  however,  that 
the  date  is  1598,  in  which  case  Butler's  theory  of  the  visit  to 
Saas  may  hold  good.  In  1590  Tabachetti  was  certainly  at 
Varallo,  and  again  in  1594,  1599,  and  1602.  He  died  in  1615, 
possibly  during  a  visit  to  Varallo,  though  his  home  at  that  time 
was  Costigliole,  near  Asti. — R.  A.  S. 

154 


Art  and   Science 

foreign  artist  out  of  the  way,  and  to  secure 
the  Massacre  of  the  Innocents  chapel,  at  that 
precise  time  undertaken,  for  Gio.  Ant.  Paracca, 
who  was  an  ItaUan. 

Or  he  may  have  been  sacrificed  in  order  to 
facilitate  the  return  of  the  workers  in  stucco 
whom  he  had  superseded  on  the  Sacro  Monte. 
He  may  have  been  goaded  into  some  impru- 
dence which  was  seized  upon  as  a  pretext  for 
shutting  him  up;  at  any  rate,  the  fact  that 
when  in  1587  he  inherited  his  father's  property 
at  Dinant,  his  trustee  (he  being  expressly  stated 
to  be  "  eocpatrie  ")  was  "  datif,''  "  dativus,''  ap- 
pointed not  by  himself  but  by  the  court,  lends 
colour  to  the  statement  that  he  was  not  his 
own  master  at  the  time ;  for  in  later  kindred 
deeds,  now  at  Namur,  he  appoints  his  own 
trustee.  I  suppose,  then,  that  Tabachetti  was 
shut  up  in  a  madhouse  at  Varallo  for  a  con- 
siderable time,  during  which  I  can  find  no 
trace  of  him,  but  that  eventually  he  escaped 
or  was  released. 

Whether  he  was  a  fugitive,  or  whether  he 
was  let  out  from  prison,  he  would  in  either 
case,  in  all  reasonable  probability,  turn  his  face 

155 


Essays  on  Life 


homeward.  If  he  was  escaping,  he  would 
make  immediately  for  the  Savoy  frontier, 
within  which  Saas  then  lay.  He  would  cross 
the  Baranca  above  Fobello,  coming  down  on 
to  Ponte  Grande  in  the  Val  Anzasca.  He 
would  go  up  the  Val  Anzasca  to  Macugnaga, 
and  over  the  Monte  Moro,  which  would  bring 
him  immediately  to  Saas.  Saas,  therefore,  is 
the  nearest  and  most  natural  place  for  him  to 
make  for,  if  he  were  flying  from  Varallo,  and 
here  I  suppose  him  to  have  halted. 

It  so  happened  that  on  the  9th  of  Septem- 
ber, 1589,  there  was  one  of  the  three  great 
outbreaks  of  the  Mattmark  See  that  have  from 
time  to  time  devastated  the  valley  of  Saas.^ 
It  is  probable  that  the  chapels  were  decided 
upon  in  consequence  of  some  grace  shown  by 
the  miraculous  picture  of  the  Virgin,  which 
had  mitigated  a  disaster  occurring  so  soon  after 

1  This  is  thus  chronicled  by  M.  Ruppen  :  "  1589  den  9  Sep- 
tember war  eine  Wassergrosse,  die  viel  Schaden  verursachte. 
Die  Thalstrasse,  die  von  den  Steinmatten  an  bis  zur  Kirche  am 
Ufer  der  Visp  lag_,  wurde  ganz  zerstort.  Man  ward  gezwungen 
eine  neue  Strasse  in  einiger  Entfernung  vom  Wasser  durch 
einen  alten  Fussweg  auszuhauen  welche  vier  und  einerhalben 
Viertel  der  Klafter^  oder  6  Schuh  und  9  ZoU  breit  sollte." 
(p.  43). 

156 


Art  and  Science 

the  anniversary  of  her  own  Nativity.  Taba- 
chetti,  arriving  at  this  juncture,  may  have 
offered  to  undertake  them  if  the  Saas  people 
would  give  him  an  asylum.  Here,  at  any 
rate,  I  suppose  him  to  have  stayed  till  some 
time  in  1590,  probably  the  second  half  of  it ; 
his  design  of  eventually  returning  home,  if  he 
ever  entertained  it,  being  then  interrupted  by 
a  summons  to  Crea  near  Casale,  where  I  believe 
him  to  have  worked  with  a  few  brief  interrup- 
tions thenceforward  for  little  if  at  all  short  of 
half  a  century,  or  until  about  the  year  1640. 
I  admit,  however,  that  the  evidence  for  assign- 
ing him  so  long  a  life  rests  solely  on  the  sup- 
posed identity  of  the  figure  known  as  "  II 
Vecchietto,"  in  the  Varallo  Descent  from  the 
Cross  chapel,  with  the  portrait  of  Tabachetti 
himself  in  the  Ecce  Homo  chapel,  also  at 
Varallo. 

I  find  additional  reason  for  thinking  the 
chapels  owe  their  origin  to  the  inundation  of 
September  9,  1589,  in  the  fact  that  the  8th 
of  September  is  made  a  day  of  pilgrimage  to 
the  Saas-F^e  chapels  throughout  the  whole 
valley  of  Saas.    It  is  true  the  8th  of  September 

157 


Essays  on   Life 


is  the  festival  of  the  Nativity  of  the  Virgin 
Mary,  so  that  under  any  circumstances  this 
would  be  a  great  day,  but  the  fact  that  not 
only  the  people  of  Saas,  but  the  whole  valley 
down  to  Visp,  flock  to  this  chapel  on  the  8th 
of  September,  points  to  the  belief  that  some 
special  act  of  grace  on  the  part  of  the  Virgin 
was  vouchsafed  on  this  day  in  connection  with 
this  chapel.  A  belief  that  it  was  owing  to 
the  intervention  of  St.  Mary  of  Fee  that  the 
inundation  was  not  attended  with  loss  of  life 
would  be  very  likely  to  lead  to  the  foundation 
of  a  series  of  chapels  leading  up  to  the  place 
where  her  miraculous  picture  was  placed,  and 
to  the  more  special  celebration  of  her  Nativity 
in  connection  with  this  spot  throughout  the 
valley  of  Saas.  I  have  discussed  the  subject 
with  the  Rev.  Jos.  Ant.  Ruppen,  and  he  told 
me  he  thought  the  fact  that  the  great  fete 
of  the  year  in  connection  with  the  Saas- 
Fee  chapels  was  on  the  8th  of  September 
pointed  rather  strongly  to  the  supposition 
that  there  was  a  connection  between  these 
and    the    recorded    flood    of    September    9, 

1589. 

158 


Art  and   Science 

Turning  to  the  individual  chapels  they  are 
as  follows : — 

1.  The  Annunciation.  The  treatment  here 
presents  no  more  analogy  to  that  of  the  same 
subject  at  Varallo  than  is  inevitable  in  the 
nature  of  the  subject.  The  Annunciation 
figures  at  Varallo  have  proved  to  be  mere 
draped  dummies  with  wooden  heads ;  Taba- 
chetti,  even  though  he  did  the  heads,  which  he 
very  likely  did,  would  take  no  interest  in  the 
Varallo  work  with  the  same  subject.  The 
Annunciation,  from  its  very  simplicity  as  well 
as  from  the  transcendental  nature  of  the  sub- 
ject, is  singularly  hard  to  treat,  and  the  work 
here,  whatever  it  may  once  have  been,  is  now 
no  longer  remarkable. 

2.  The   Salutation  of  Mary  by  EHzabeth. 

This  group,  again,  bears   no  analogy  to  the 

Salutation  chapel  at  Varallo,  in  which  Taba- 

chetti's  share  was  so  small  that  it  cannot  be 

considered  as  in  any  way  his.     It  is  not  to  be 

expected,    therefore,    that    the    Saas    chapel 

should  follow  the  Varallo  one.     The  figures, 

four  in  number,  are  pleasing  and  well  arranged. 

St.  Joseph,  St.  Elizabeth,  and  St.  Zacharias 

159 


Essays  on  Life 


are  all  talking  at  once.     The  Virgin  is  alone 
silent. 

3.  The  Nativity  is  much  damaged  and  hard 
to  see.  The  treatment  bears  no  analogy  to 
that  adopted  by  Gaudenzio  Ferrari  at  Varallo. 
There  is  one  pleasing  young  shepherd  stand- 
ing against  the  wall,  but  some  figures  have  no 
doubt  (as  in  others  of  the  chapels)  disappeared, 
and  those  that  remain  have  been  so  shifted 
from  their  original  positions  that  very  little 
idea  can  be  formed  of  what  the  group  was 
like  when  Tabachetti  left  it. 

4.  The  Purification.  I  can  hardly  say  why 
this  chapel  should  remind  me,  as  it  does,  of 
the  Circumcision  chapel  at  Varallo,  for  there 
are  more  figures  here  than  space  at  Varallo 
will  allow.  It  cannot  be  pretended  that  any 
single  figure  is  of  extraordinary  merit,  but 
amongst  them  they  tell  their  story  with  ex- 
cellent effect.  Two,  those  of  St.  Joseph  and 
St.  Anna  (?),  that  doubtless  were  once  more 
important  factors  in  the  drama,  are  now  so 
much  in  corners  near  the  window  that  they 
can  hardly  be  seen. 

5.  The  Dispute  in  the  Temple.   This  subject 

i6o 


Art  and  Science 


is  not  treated  at  Varallo.     Here  at  Saas  there 

are  only  six  doctors  now ;  whether  or  no  there 

were  originally  more  cannot  be  determined. 

6.  The  Agony  in  the  Garden.     Tabachetti 

had  no  chapel  with  this  subject  at  Varallo, 

and  there  is  no  resemblance  between  the  Saas 

chapel  and  that   by  D'Enrico.     The  figures 

are  no  doubt  approximately  in  their  original 

positions,  but  I   have   no   confidence  that  I 

have  rearranged  them  correctly.     They  were 

in  such  confusion  when  I  first  saw  them  that 

the  Rev.'E.  J.  Selwyn  and  myself  determined 

to    rearrange    them.      They   have    doubtless 

been  shifted  more  than  once  since  Tabachetti 

left  them.      The  sleeping  figures  are  all  good. 

St.   James   is  perhaps  a  Httle  prosaic.     One 

Roman  soldier  who  is  coming  into  the  garden 

with  a  lantern,  and  motioning  silence  with  his 

hand,  does   duty  for  the  others  that   are  to 

follow  him.     I  should  think  more  than  one  of 

these  figures  is  actually  carved  in  wood  by 

Tabachetti,  allowance  being  made  for  the  fact 

that  he  was  working  in  a  material  with  which 

he  was  not  familiar,  and  which  no  sculptor  of 

the  highest  rank  has  ever  found  congenial. 

l6i  L, 


Essays 


on  Life 


7.  The  Flagellation.  Tabachetti  has  a  chapel 

with  this   subject   at  Varallo,  and   the   Saas 

group  is  obviously  a  descent  with  modification 

from  his  work  there.     The  figure  of  Christ  is 

so  like  the  one  at  Varallo  that  I  think  it  must 

have  been  carved  by  Tabachetti  himself.    The 

man  with  the  hooked  nose,  who  at  Varallo  is 

stooping  to  bind  his  rods,  is  here  upright :  it 

was  probably  the  intention  to  emphasise  him 

in  the  succeeding  scenes  as  well  as  this,  in  the 

same  way  as  he  has  been  emphasised  at  Varallo, 

but  his  nose  got  pared  down  in  the  cutting  of 

later  scenes,  and  could  not  easily  be  added  to. 

The   man  binding  Christ  to  the  column   at 

Varallo  is  repeated  {longo  intervallo)  here,  and 

the  whole  work  is  one   inspired  by  that   at 

Varallo,  though  no  single  figure  except  that 

of  the  Christ  is  adhered  to  with  any  very  great 

closeness.    I  think  the  nearer  malefactor,  with 

a  goitre,  and  wearing  a  large  black   hat,  is 

either  an  addition  of  the  year  1709,  or  was 

done  by  the  journeyman  of  the  local  sculptor 

who  carved  the  greater  number  of  the  figures. 

The  man  stooping  down  to  bind  his  rods  can 

hardly  be  by  the  same  hand  as  either  of  the 

162 


Art  and   Science 


two  black-hatted  malefactors,  but  it  is  im- 
possible to  speak  with  certainty.  The  general 
effect  of  the  chapel  is  excellent,  if  we  consider 
the  material  in  which  it  is  executed,  and  the 
rudeness  of  the  audience  to  whom  it  addresses 
itself. 

8.  The  Crowning  with  Thorns.  Here  again 
the  inspiration  is  derived  from  Tabachetti's 
Crowning  with  Thorns  at  Varallo.  The 
Christs  in  the  two  chapels  are  strikingly- 
alike,  and  the  general  effect  is  that  of  a 
residuary  impression  left  in  the  mind  of  one 
who  had  known  the  Varallo  Flagellation  ex- 
ceedingly well. 

9.  Sta.  Veronica.  This  and  the  next  suc- 
ceeding chapels  are  the  most  important  of  the 
series.  Tabachetti's  Journey  to  Calvary  at 
Varallo  is  again  the  source  from  which  the 
present  work  was  taken,  but,  as  I  have  already 
said,  it  has  been  modified  in  reproduction. 
Mount  Calvary  is  still  shown,  as  at  Varallo, 
towards  the  left-hand  corner  of  the  work,  but 
at  Saas  it  is  more  towards  the  middle  than  at 
Varallo,  so  that  horsemen  and   soldiers  may 

be  seen  coming  up  behind  it — a  stroke  that 

163 


Essays  on  Life 


deserves  the  name  of  genius  none  the  less  for 
the  manifest  imperfection  with  which  it  has 
been  carried  into  execution.  There  are  only 
three  horses  fully  shown,  and  one  partly  shown. 
They  are  all  of  the  heavy  Flemish  type 
adopted  by  Tabachetti  at  Varallo.  The  man 
kicking  the  fallen  Christ  and  the  goitred  man 
(with  the  same  teeth  missing),  who  are  so 
conspicuous  in  the  Varallo  Journey  to  Calvary, 
reappear  here,  only  the  kicking  man  has  much 
less  nose  than  at  Varallo,  probably  because 
(as  explained)  the  nose  got  whittled  away  and 
could  not  be  whittled  back  again.  I  observe 
that  the  kind  of  lapelled  tunic  which  Taba- 
chetti, and  only  Tabachetti,  adopts  at  Varallo, 
is  adopted  for  the  centurion  in  this  chapel, 
and  indeed  throughout  the  Saas  chapels  this 
particular  form  of  tunic  is  the  most  usual  for 
a  Roman  soldier.  The  work  is  still  a  very 
striking  one,  notwithstanding  its  translation 
into  wood  and  the  decay  into  which  it  has 
been  allowed  to  fall ;  nor  can  it  fail  to  impress 
the  visitor  who  is  familiar  with  this  class  of 
art  as  coming  from  a  man  of  extraordinary 

dramatic  power  and  command  over  the  almost 

164 


Art  and   Science 

impossible  art  of  composing  many  figures 
together  effectively  in  all-round  sculpture. 
Whether  all  the  figures  are  even  now  as 
Tabachetti  left  them  I  cannot  determine,  but 
Mr.  Selwyn  has  restored  Simon  the  Cyrenian 
to  the  position  in  which  he  obviously  ought 
to  stand,  and  between  us  we  have  got  the 
chapel  into  something  more  like  order. 

10.  The  Crucifixion.  This  subject  was 
treated  at  Varallo  not  by  Tabachetti  but  by 
Gaudenzio  Ferrari.  It  confirms  therefore  my 
opinion  as  to  the  designer  of  the  Saas  chapels 
to  find  in  them  no  trace  of  the  Varallo  Cruci- 
fixion, while  the  kind  of  tunic  which  at  Varallo 
is  only  found  in  chapels  wherein  Tabachetti 
worked  again  appears  here.  The  work  is  in 
a  deplorable  state  of  decay.  Mr.  Selwyn 
has  greatly  improved  the  arrangement  of  the 
figures,  but  even  now  they  are  not,  I  imagine, 
quite  as  Tabachetti  left  them.  The  figure  of 
Christ  is  greatly  better  in  technical  execution 
than  that  of  either  of  the  two  thieves;  the 
folds  of  the  drapery  alone  will  show  this  even 
to  an  unpractised  eye.  I  do  not  think  there 
can  be  a  doubt  but  that  Tabachetti  cut  this 

i6s 


Essays  on  Life 


figure  himself,  as  also  those  of  the  Magdalene 
and  St.  John,  who  stand  at  the  foot  of  the 
cross.  The  thieves  are  coarsely  executed, 
with  no  very  obvious  distinction  between  the 
penitent  and  the  impenitent  one,  except  that 
there  is  a  fiend  painted  on  the  ceiling  over  the 
impenitent  thief.  The  one  horse  introduced 
into  the  composition  is  again  of  the  heavy 
Flemish  type  adopted  by  Tabachetti  at 
Varallo.  There  is  great  difference  in  the  care 
with  which  the  folds  on  the  several  draperies 
have  been  cut,  some  being  stiff  and  poor  enough, 
while  others  are  done  very  sufficiently.  In  spite 
of  smallness  of  scale,  ignoble  material,  disar- 
rangement and  decay,  the  work  is  still  striking. 
11.  The  Resurrection.  There  being  no 
chapel  at  Varallo  with  any  of  the  remaining 
subjects  treated  at  Saas,  the  sculptor  has 
struck  out  a  line  for  himself.  The  Christ  in 
the  Resurrection  Chapel  is  a  carefully  modelled 
figure,  and  if  better  painted  might  not  be  in- 
effective. Three  soldiers,  one  sleeping,  alone 
remain.  There  were  probably  other  figures 
that  have  been  lost.  The  sleeping  soldier  is 
very  pleasing. 

i66 


Art  and   Science 


12.  The  Ascension  is  not  remarkably  inter- 
esting ;  the  Christ  appears  to  be,  but  perhaps 
is  not,  a  much  more  modern  figure  than  the 
rest. 

13.  The  Descent  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Some 
of  the  figures  along  the  end  wall  are  very 
good,  and  were,  I  should  imagine,  cut  by 
Tabachetti  himself.  Those  against  the  two 
side  walls  are  not  so  well  cut. 

14.  The  Assumption  of  the  Virgin  Mary. 
The  two  large  cherubs  here  are  obviously  by  a 
later  hand,  and  the  small  ones  are  not  good. 
The  figure  of  the  Virgin  herself  is  unexcep- 
tionable. There  were  doubtless  once  other 
figures  of  the  Apostles  which  have  disappeared  ; 
of  these  a  single  St.  Peter  (?),  so  hidden  away 
in  a  corner  near  the  window  that  it  can  only 
be  seen  with  difficulty,  is  the  sole  survivor. 

15.  The  Coronation  of  the  Virgin  is  of  later 
date,  and  has  probably  superseded  an  earlier 
work.  It  can  hardly  be  by  the  designer  of  the 
other  chapels  of  the  series.  Perhaps  Tabachetti 
had  to  leave  for  Crea  before  all  the  chapels  at 
Saas  were  finished. 

Lastly,  we  have  the  larger  chapel  dedicated 

167 


Essays  on  Life 


to  St.  Mary,  which  crowns  the  series.  Here 
there  is  nothing  of  more  than  common  artistic 
interest,  unless  we  except  the  stone  altar  men- 
tioned in  Ruppen's  chronicle.  This  is  of  course 
classical  in  style,  and  is,  I  should  think,  very 
good. 

Once  more  I  must  caution  the  reader  against 
expecting  to  find  highly-finished  gems  of  art 
in  the  chapels  I  have  been  describing.  A 
wooden  figure  not  more  than  two  feet  high 
clogged  with  many  coats  of  paint  can  hardly 
claim  to  be  taken  very  seriously,  and  even 
those  few  that  were  cut  by  Tabachetti  himself 
were  not  meant  to  have  attention  concentrated 
on  themselves  alone.  As  mere  wood-carving 
the  Saas-Fee  chapels  will  not  stand  comparison, 
for  example,  with  the  triptych  of  unknown 
authorship  in  the  Church  of  St.  Anne  at  Gliss, 
close  to  Brieg.  But,  in  the  first  place,  the 
work  at  Gliss  is  worthy  of  Holbein  himself: 
I  know  no  wood-carving  that  can  so  rivet  the 
attention  ;  moreover  it  is  coloured  with  water- 
colour  and  not  oil,  so  that  it  is  tinted,  not 
painted ;  and,  in  the  second  place,  the  Gliss 
triptych  belongs  to  a  date  (1519)  when  artists 

1 68 


Art  and   Science 

held  neither  time  nor  impressionism  as  objects, 
and  hence,  though  greatly  better  than  the 
Saas-Fee  chapels  as  regards  a  certain  Japanese 
curiousness  of  finish  and  naivete  of  literal  tran- 
scription, it  cannot  even  enter  the  lists  with 
the  Saas  work  as  regards  elan  and  dramatic 
effectiveness.  The  difference  between  the  two 
classes  of  work  is  much  that  between,  say,  John 
Van  Eyck  or  Memling  and  Rubens  or  Rem- 
brandt, or,  again,  between  Giovanni  Bellini 
and  Tintoretto ;  the  aims  of  the  one  class  of 
work  are  incompatible  with  those  of  the  other. 
Moreover,  in  the  diss  triptych  the  intention 
of  the  designer  is  carried  out  (whether  by  him- 
self or  no)  with  admirable  skill;  whereas  at 
Saas  the  wisdom  of  the  workman  is  rather  of 
Ober-Ammergau  than  of  the  Egyptians,  and 
the  voice  of  the  poet  is  not  a  little  drowned 
in  that  of  his  mouthpiece.  If,  however,  the 
reader  will  bear  in  mind  these  somewhat  ob- 
vious considerations,  and  will  also  remember 
the  pathetic  circumstances  under  which  the 
chapels  were  designed — for  Tabachetti  when 
he  reached  Saas  was  no  doubt  shattered  in 

body  and  mind  by  his  four  years'  imprison- 

169 


Essays  on  Life 


ment — he  will  probably  be  not  less  attracted 
to  them  than  I  observed  were  many  of  the 
visitors  both  at  Saas-Grund  and  Saas-Fee  with 
whom  I  had  the  pleasure  of  examining  them. 

I  will  now  run  briefly  through  the  other 
principal  works  in  the  neighbourhood  to  which 
I  think  the  reader  would  be  glad  to  have  his 
attention  directed. 

At  Saas-F^e  itself  the  main  altar-piece  is 
without  interest,  as  also  one  with  a  figure  of 
St.  Sebastian.  The  Virgin  and  Child  above 
the  remaining  altar  are,  so  far  as  I  remember 
them,  very  good,  and  greatly  superior  to  the 
smaller  figures  of  the  same  altar-piece. 

At  Almagel,  an  hour's  walk  or  so  above 
Saas-Grund — a  village,  the  name  of  which, 
like  those  of  the  Alphubel,  the  Monte  Moro, 
and  more  than  one  other  neighbouring  site,  is 
supposed  to  be  of  Saracenic  origin — the  main 
altar-piece  represents  a  female  saint  with  folded 
arms  being  beheaded  by  a  vigorous  man  to  the 
left.  These  two  figures  are  very  good.  There 
are  two  somewhat  inferior  elders  to  the  right, 
and  the  composition  is  crowned  by  the  Assump- 
tion of  the  Virgin.     I  like  the  work,  but  have 

170 


Art  and  Science 


no  idea  who  did  it.  Two  bishops  flanking  the 
composition  are  not  so  good.  There  are  two 
other  altars  in  the  church  :  the  right-hand  one 
has  some  pleasing  figures,  not  so  the  left-hand. 

In  St.  Joseph's  Chapel,  on  the  mule-road 
between  Saas-Grund  and  Saas-F^e,  the  St. 
Joseph  and  the  two  children  are  rather  nice. 
In  the  churches  and  chapels  which  I  looked 
into  between  Saas  and  Stalden,  I  saw  many 
florid  extravagant  altar-pieces,  but  nothing  that 
impressed  me  favourably. 

In  the  parish  church  at  Saas-Grund  there 
are  two  altar-pieces  which  deserve  attention. 
In  the  one  over  the  main  altar  the  arrangement 
of  the  Last  Supper  in  a  deep  recess  half-way 
up  the  composition  is  very  pleasing  and  effec- 
tive ;  in  that  above  the  right-hand  altar  of  the 
two  that  stand  in  the  body  of  the  church  there 
are  a  number  of  round  lunettes,  about  eight 
inches  in  diameter,  each  containing  a  small 
but  spirited  group  of  wooden  figures.  I  have 
lost  my  notes  on  these  altar-pieces  and  can 
only  remember  that  the  main  one  has  been 
restored,  and  now  belongs  to   two   different 

dates,  the  earlier  date  being,  I  should  imagine, 

171 


Essays  on  Life 


about  1670.  A  similar  treatment  of  the  Last 
Supper  may  be  found  near  Brieg  in  the  church 
of  Naters,  and  no  doubt  the  two  altar-pieces 
are  by  the  same  man.  There  are,  by  the  way, 
two  very  ambitious  altars  on  either  side  the 
main  arch  leading  to  the  chancel  in  the  church 
at  Naters,  of  which  the  one  on  the  south  side 
contains  obvious  reminiscences  of  Gaudenzio 
Ferrari's  Sta.  Maria  frescoes  at  Varallo ;  but 
none  of  the  four  altar-pieces  in  the  two  tran- 
septs tempted  me  to  give  them  much  atten- 
tion. As  regards  the  smaller  altar-piece  at 
Saas-Grund,  analogous  work  may  be  found  at 
Cravagliana,  half-way  between  Varallo  and 
Fobello,  but  this  last  has  suffered  through  the 
inveterate  habit  which  Italians  have  of  show- 
ing their  hatred  towards  the  enemies  of  Christ 
by  mutilating  the  figures  that  represent  them. 
Whether  the  Saas  work  is  by  a  Valsesian  artist 
who  came  over  to  Switzerland,  or  whether  the 
Cravagliana  work  is  by  a  Swiss  who  had  come 
to  Italy,  I  cannot  say  without  further  con- 
sideration and  closer  examination  than  I  have 
been  able  to  give.     The  altar-pieces  of  Mai- 

rengo,  Chiggiogna,  and,  I  am  told,  Lavertezzo, 

172 


Art  and  Science 


all  in  the  Canton  Ticino,  are  by  a  Swiss  or 
German  artist  who  has  migrated  southward ; 
but  the  reverse  migration  was  equally  common. 
Being  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  wishing  to 
assure  myself  whether  the  sculptor  of  the 
Saas-Fee  chapels  had  or  had  not  come  lower 
down  the  valley,  I  examined  every  church  and 
village  which  I  could  hear  of  as  containing 
anything  that  might  throw  light  on  this  point. 
I  was  thus  led  to  Vispertimenen,  a  village 
some  three  hours  above  either  Visp  or  Stal- 
den.  It  stands  very  high,  and  is  an  almost 
untouched  example  of  a  mediseval  village. 
The  altar-piece  of  the  main  church  is  even 
more  floridly  ambitious  in  its  abundance  of 
carving  and  gilding  than  the  many  other  am- 
bitious altar-pieces  with  which  the  Canton 
Valais  abounds.  The  Apostles  are  receiving 
the  Holy  Ghost  on  the  first  storey  of  the  com- 
position, and  they  certainly  are  receiving  it 
with  an  overjoyed  alacrity  and  hilarious  ecstasy 
of  allegria  spirituale  which  it  would  not  be 
easy  to  surpass.  Above  the  village,  reaching 
almost  to  the  limits  beyond  which  there  is  no 

cultivation,  there   stands   a  series  of  chapels 

173 


Essays  on  Life 


like  those  I  have  been  describing  at  Saas-Fee, 
only  much  larger  and  more  ambitious.  They 
are  twelve  in  number,  including  the  church 
that  crowns  the  series.  The  figures  they  con- 
tain are  of  wood  (so  I  was  assured,  but  I  did 
not  go  inside  the  chapels) :  they  are  life-size, 
and  in  some  chapels  there  are  as  many  as  a 
dozen  figures.  I  should  think  they  belonged 
to  the  later  half  of  the  last  century,  and  here, 
one  would  say,  sculpture  touches  the  ground ; 
at  least,  it  is  not  easy  to  see  how  cheap  exag- 
geration can  sink  an  art  more  deeply.  The 
only  things  that  at  all  pleased  me  were  a 
smiling  donkey  and  an  ecstatic  cow  in  the 
Nativity  chapel.  Those  who  are  not  allured 
by  the  prospect  of  seeing  perhaps  the  very 
worst  that  can  be  done  in  its  own  line,  need 
not  be  at  the  pains  of  climbing  up  to  Visperti- 
menen.  Those,  on  the  other  hand,  who  may 
find  this  sufficient  inducement  will  not  be  dis- 
appointed, and  they  will  enjoy  magnificent 
views  of  the  Weisshorn  and  the  mountains 
near  the  Dom. 

I  have  already  referred  to  the  triptych  at 

diss.     This   is   figured   in   Wolfs   work   on 

174 


Art  and  Science 


Chamonix  and  the  Canton  Valais,  but  a  larger 
and  clearer  reproduction  of  such  an  extraordi- 
nary work  is  greatly  to  be  desired.  The  small 
wooden  statues  above  the  triptych,  as  also 
those  above  its  modern  companion  in  the 
south  transept,  are  not  less  admirable  than  the 
triptych  itself.  I  know  of  no  other  like  work 
in  wood,  and  have  no  clue  whatever  as  to  who 
the  author  can  have  been  beyond  the  fact  that 
the  work  is  purely  German  and  eminently  Hol- 
beinesque  in  character. 

I  was  told  of  some  chapels  at  Rarogne,  five 
or  six  miles  lower  down  the  valley  than  Visp. 
I  examined  them,  and  found  they  had  been 
stripped  of  their  figures.  The  few  that  re- 
mained satisfied  me  that  we  have  had  no  loss. 
Above  Brieg  there  are  two  other  like  series 
of  chapels.  I  examined  the  higher  and  more 
promising  of  the  two,  but  found  not  one  single 
figure  left.  I  was  told  by  my  driver  that  the 
other  series,  close  to  the  Pont  Napoleon  on 
the  Simplon  road,  had  been  also  stripped  of 
its  figures,  and,  there  being  a  heavy  storm  at 
the  time,  have  taken  his  word  for  it  that  this 
was  so. 

175 


THOUGHT   AND   LANGUAGE^ 

Three  well-known  writers,  Professor  Max 
Miiller,  Professor  Mivart,  and  Mr.  Alfred 
Russel  Wallace  have  lately  maintained  that 
though  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification 
accounts  for  the  development  of  all  vegetable 
life,  and  of  all  animals  lower  than  man,  yet 
that  man  cannot — not  at  least  in  respect  of 
the  whole  of  his  nature — be  held  to  have 
descended  from  any  animal  lower  than  him- 
self, inasmuch  as  none  lower  than  man  pos- 
sesses even  the  germs  of  language.  Reason,  it 
is  contended — more  especially  by  Professor 
Max  Miiller  in  his  "  Science  of  Thought,"  to 
which  I  propose  confining  our  attention  this 
evening  —  is  so  inseparably  connected  with 
language,  that  the  two  are  in  point  of  fact 
identical ;  hence  it  is  argued  that,  as  the  lower 
animals  have  no  germs  of  language,  they  can 

1  A  lecture  delivered  at  the  Working  Men's  College  in  Great 
Ormond  Street^  March  15,  1890  ;  rewritten  and  delivered  again 
at  the  Somerville  Club,  February  13,  1894. 

176 


Art  and  Science 


have  no  germs  of  reason,  and  the  inference 
is  drawn  that  man  cannot  be  conceived  as 
having  derived  his  ow^n  reasoning  powers  and 
command  of  language  through  descent  from 
beings  in  which  no  germ  of  either  can 
be  found.  The  relations  therefore  between 
thought  and  language,  interesting  in  them- 
selves, acquire  additional  importance  from  the 
fact  of  their  having  become  the  battle-ground 
between  those  who  say  that  the  theory  of 
descent  breaks  down  with  man,  and  those 
who  maintain  that  we  are  descended  from 
some  ape-like  ancestor  long  since  extinct. 

The  contention  of  those  who  refuse  to  ad- 
mit man  unreservedly  into  the  scheme  of 
evolution  is  comparatively  recent.  The  great 
propounders  of  evolution,  Buffon,  Erasmus 
Darwin  and  Lamarck — not  to  mention  a 
score  of  others  who  wrote  at  the  close  of  the 
last  and  early  part  of  this  present  century — 
had  no  qualms  about  admitting  man  into 
their  system.  They  have  been  followed  in 
this  respect  by  the  late  Mr.  Charles  Darwin, 
and   by  the  greatly  more  influential  part  of 

our  modern  biologists,  who  hold  that  whatever 

177  M 


Essays  on   Life 


loss  of  dignity  we  may  incur  through  being 
proved  to  be  of  humble  origin,  is  compensated 
by  the  credit  we  may  claim  for  having  ad- 
vanced ourselves  to  such  a  high  pitch  of 
civilisation;  this  bids  us  expect  still  further 
progress,  and  glorifies  our  descendants  more 
than  it  abases  our  ancestors.  But  to  whichever 
view  we  may  incline  on  sentimental  grounds 
the  fact  remains  that,  while  Charles  Darwin 
declared  language  to  form  no  impassable 
barrier  between  man  and  the  lower  animals. 
Professor  Max  Muller  calls  it  the  Rubicon 
which  no  brute  dare  cross,  and  deduces  hence 
the  conclusion  that  man  cannot  have  descended 
from  an  unknown  but  certainly  speechless  ape. 
It  may  perhaps  be  expected  that  I  should 
begin  a  lecture  on  the  relations  between 
thought  and  language  with  some  definition  of 
both  these  things;  but  thought,  as  Sir  William 
Grove  said  of  motion,  is  a  phenomenon  "  so 
obvious  to  simple  apprehension,  that  to  define 
it  would  make  it  more  obscure."  ^  Definitions 
are  useful  where  things  are  new  to  us,  but 
they  are    superfluous    about   those  that   are 

^  ^^  Correlation  of  Forces  "  :  Longmans,  1874,  p.  15. 
178 


Art  and  Science 

already  familiar,  and  mischievous,  so  far  as  they 
are  possible  at  all,  in  respect  of  all  those  things 
that  enter  so  profoundly  and  intimately  into 
our  being  that  in  them  we  must  either  live 
or  bear  no  life.  To  vivisect  the  more  vital 
processes  of  thought  is  to  suspend,  if  not  to 
destroy  them ;  for  thought  can  think  about 
everything  more  healthily  and  easily  than 
about  itself.  It  is  like  its  instrument  the 
brain,  which  knows  nothing  of  any  injuries 
inflicted  upon  itself.  As  regards  what  is  new 
to  us,  a  definition  will  sometimes  dilute  a  diffi- 
culty, and  help  us  to  swallow  that  which  might 
choke  us  undiluted ;  but  to  define  when  we 
have  once  well  swallowed  is  to  unsettle,  rather 
than  settle,  our  digestion.  Definitions,  again, 
are  like  steps  cut  in  a  steep  slope  of  ice,  or 
shells  thrown  on  to  a  greasy  pavement ;  they 
give  us  foothold,  and  enable  us  to  advance, 
but  when  we  are  at  our  journey's  end  we 
want  them  no  longer.  Again,  they  are  useful 
as  mental  fluxes,  and  as  helping  us  to  fuse 
new  ideas  with  our  older  ones.  They  present 
us  with  some  tags  and  ends  of  ideas  that  we 

have   already  mastered,  on  to  which  we  can 

179 


Essays  on  Life 


hitch  our  new  ones ;  but  to  multiply  them  in 
respect  of  such  a  matter  as  thought,  is  like 
scratching  the  bite  of  a  gnat ;  the  more  we 
scratch  the  more  we  want  to  scratch ;  the 
more  we  define  the  more  we  shall  have  to  go 
on  defining  the  words  we  have  used  in  our 
definitions,  and  shall  end  by  setting  up  a 
serious  mental  raw  in  the  place  of  a  small 
uneasiness  that  was  after  all  quite  endurable. 
We  know  too  well  what  thought  is,  to  be 
able  to  know  that  we  know  it,  and  I  am  per- 
suaded there  is  no  one  in  this  room  but 
understands  what  is  meant  by  thought  and 
thinking  well  enough  for  all  the  purposes  of 
this  discussion.  Whoever  does  not  know  this 
without  words  will  not  learn  it  for  all  the 
words  and  definitions  that  are  laid  before  him. 
The  more,  indeed,  he  hears,  the  more  confused 
he  will  become.  I  shall,  therefore,  merely 
premise  that  I  use  the  word  "  thought "  in  the 
same  sense  as  that  in  which  it  is  generally 
used  by  people  who  say  that  they  think  this 
or  that.  At  any  rate,  it  will  be  enough  if  I 
take  Professor  Max  Miiller's  own  definition, 

and  say  that  its  essence  consists  in  a  bringing 

i8o 


Art  and   Science 


together  of  mental  images  and  ideas  with 
deductions  therefrom,  and  with  a  correspond- 
ing power  of  detaching  them  from  one  another. 
Hobbes,  the  Professor  tells  us,  maintained 
this  long  ago,  when  he  said  that  all  our  think- 
ing consists  of  addition  and  subtraction — that 
is  to  say,  in  bringing  ideas  together,  and  in 
detaching  them  from  one  another. 

Turning  from  thought  to  language,  we  ob- 
serve that  the  word  is  derived  from  the  French 
langue,  or  tongue.  Strictly,  therefore,  it  means 
tonguage.  This,  however,  takes  account  of 
but  a  very  small  part  of  the  ideas  that  under- 
lie the  word.  It  does,  indeed,  seize  a  familiar 
and  important  detail  of  everyday  speech, 
though  it  may  be  doubted  whether  the  tongue 
has  more  to  do  with  speaking  than  lips,  teeth 
and  throat  have,  but  it  makes  no  attempt  at 
grasping  and  expressing  the  essential  charac- 
teristic of  speech.  Anything  done  with  the 
tongue,  even  though  it  involve  no  speaking 
at  all,  is  tonguage  ;  eating  oranges  is  as  much 
tonguage  as  speech  is.  The  word,  therefore, 
though  it  tells  us  in  part  how  speech  is 
effected,  reveals  nothing  of  that  ulterior  mean- 

i8i 


Essays  on  Life 


ing  which  is  nevertheless  inseparable  from  any- 
right  use  of  the  words  either  "  speech  "  or 
"  language."  It  presents  us  with  what  is  in- 
deed a  very  frequent  adjunct  of  conversation, 
but  the  use  of  written  characters,  or  the  finger- 
speech  of  deaf  mutes,  is  enough  to  show  that 
the  word  "language"  omits  all  reference  to  the 
most  essential  characteristics  of  the  idea,  which 
in  practice  it  nevertheless  very  sufficiently  pre- 
sents to  us.  I  hope  presently  to  make  it  clear 
to  you  how  and  why  it  should  do  so.  The 
word  is  incomplete  in  the  first  place,  because 
it  omits  all  reference  to  the  ideas  which  words, 
speech  or  language  are  intended  to  convey, 
and  there  can  be  no  true  word  without  its 
actually  or  potentially  conveying  an  idea. 
Secondly,  it  makes  no  allusion  to  the  person 
or  persons  to  whom  the  ideas  are  to  be  con- 
veyed. Language  is  not  language  unless  it 
not  only  expresses  fairly  definite  and  coherent 
ideas,  but  unless  it  also  conveys  these  ideas 
to  some  other  living  intelligent  being,  either 
man  or  brute,  that  can  understand  them.  We 
may  speak  to  a  dog  or  horse,  but   not   to   a 

stone.     If  we  make  pretence  of  doing  so  we 

182 


Art  and  Science 

are  in  reality  only  talking  to  ourselves.  The 
person  or  animal  spoken  to  is  half  the  battle 
— a  half,  moreover,  which  is  essential  to  there 
being  any  battle  at  all.  It  takes  two  people 
to  say  a  thing — a  sayee  as  well  as  a  sayer. 
The  one  is  as  essential  to  any  true  saying  as 
the  other.  A.  may  have  spoken,  but  if  B.  has 
not  heard,  there  has  been  nothing  said,  and  he 
must  speak  again.  True,  the  belief  on  A.'s 
part  that  he  had  a  bond  fide  sayee  in  B.,  saves 
his  speech  qua  him,  but  it  has  been  barren 
and  left  no  fertile  issue.  It  has  failed  to  fulfil 
the  conditions  of  true  speech,  which  involve 
not  only  that  A.  should  speak,  but  also  that 
B.  should  hear.  True,  again,  we  often  speak 
of  loose,  incoherent,  indefinite  language ;  but 
by  doing  so  we  imply,  and  rightly,  that  we 
are  calling  that  language  which  is  not  true 
language  at  all.  People,  again,  sometimes 
talk  to  themselves  without  intending  that  any 
other  person  should  hear  them,  but  this  is 
not  well  done,  and  does  harm  to  those  who 
practise  it.  It  is  abnormal,  whereas  our  con- 
cern is  with  normal  and  essential  character- 
istics ;  we  may,  therefore,  neglect  both  delirious 

183 


Essays  on  Life 

babblings,  and  the  cases  in  which  a  person  is 
regarding  him  or  herself,  as  it  were,  from  out- 
side, and  treating  himself  as  though  he  were 
some  one  else. 

Inquiring,  then,  what  are  the  essentials, 
the  presence  of  which  constitutes  language, 
while  their  absence  negatives  it  altogether, 
we  find  that  Professor  Max  Miiller  restricts 
them  to  the  use  of  grammatical  articulate 
words  that  we  can  write  or  speak,  and  denies 
that  anything  can  be  called  language  unless 
it  can  be  written  or  spoken  in  articulate  words 
and  sentences.  He  also  denies  that  we  can 
think  at  all  unless  we  do  so  in  words ;  that 
is  to  say,  in  sentences  with  verbs  and  nouns. 
Indeed  he  goes  so  far  as  to  say  upon  his  title- 
page  that  there  can  be  no  reason — which  I 
imagine  comes  to  much  the  same  thing  as 
thought — without  language,  and  no  language 
without  reason. 

Against  the  assertion  that  there  can  be  no 
true  language  without  reason  I  have  nothing 
to  say.  But  when  the  Professor  says  that 
there  can  be  no  reason,  or  thought,  without 

language,  his  opponents  contend,  as  it  seems 

184 


Art  and  Science 


to  me,  with  greater  force,  that  thought,  though 
infinitely  aided,  extended  and  rendered  definite 
through  the  invention  of  words,  nevertheless 
existed  so  fully  as  to  deserve  no  other  name 
thousands,  if  not  millions  of  years  before 
words  had  entered  into  it  at  all.  Words, 
they  say,  are  a  comparatively  recent  inven- 
tion, for  the  fuller  expression  of  something 
that  was  already  in  existence. 

Children,  they  urge,  are  often  evidently 
thinking  and  reasoning,  though  they  can 
neither  think  nor  speak  in  words.  If  you 
ask  me  to  define  reason,  I  answer  as  before 
that  this  can  no  more  be  done  than  thought, 
truth  or  motion  can  be  defined.  Who  has 
answered  the  question,  "  What  is  truth  ? " 
Man  cannot  see  God  and  live.  We  cannot 
go  so  far  back  upon  ourselves  as  to  under- 
mine our  own  foundations ;  if  we  try  to  do 
so  we  topple  over,  and  lose  that  very  reason 
about  which  we  vainly  try  to  reason.  If  we 
let  the  foundations  be,  we  know  well  enough 
that  they  are  there,  and  we  can  build  upon 
them  in  all  security.    We  cannot,  then,  define 

reason  nor  crib,  cabin  and  confine  it  within  a 

185 


Essays  on  Life 


thus-far-shalt-thou-go-and-no-further.  Who 
can  define  heat  or  cold,  or  night  or  day  ? 
Yet,  so  long  as  jwe  hold  fast  by  current 
consent,  our  chances  of  error  for  want  of 
better  definition  are  so  small  that  no  sensible 
person  will  consider  them.  In  like  manner, 
if  we  hold  by  current  consent  or  common 
sense,  which  is  the  same  thing,  about  reason, 
we  shall  not  find  the  want  of  an  academic 
definition  hinder  us  from  a  reasonable  con- 
clusion. What  nurse  or  mother  will  doubt 
that  her  infant  child  can  reason  within  the 
limits  of  its  own  experience,  long  before  it 
can  formulate  its  reason  in  articulately  worded 
thought?  If  the  development  of  any  given 
animal  is,  as  our  opponents  themselves  admit, 
an  epitome  of  the  history  of  its  whole  anterior 
development,  surely  the  fact  that  speech  is 
an  accomplishment  acquired  after  birth  so 
artificially  that  children  who  have  gone  wild 
in  the  woods  lose  it  if  they  have  ever 
learned  it,  points  to  the  conclusion  that 
man's  ancestors  only  learned  to  express  them- 
selves in  articulate  language  at  a  compara- 
tively recent  period.     Granted  that  they  learn 

i86 


Art  and   Science 

to  think  and  reason  continually  the  more  and 
more  fully  for  having  done  so,  will  common 
sense  permit  us  to  suppose  that  they  could 
neither  think  nor  reason  at  all  till  they  could 
convey  their  ideas  in  words  ? 

I  will  return  later  to  the  reason  of  the 
lower  animals,  but  will  now  deal  with  the 
question  what  it  is  that  constitutes  language 
in  the  most  comprehensive  sense  that  can  be 
properly  attached  to  it.  I  have  said  already 
that  language  to  be  language  at  all  must  not 
only  convey  fairly  definite  coherent  ideas,  but 
must  also  convey  them  to  another  living  being. 
Whenever  two  living  beings  have  conveyed 
and  received  ideas,  there  has  been  language, 
whether  looks  or  gestures  or  words  spoken  or 
written  have  been  the  vehicle  by  means  of  which 
the  ideas  have  travelled.  Some  ideas  crawl, 
some  run,  some  fly  ;  and  in  this  case  words  are 
the  wings  they  fly  with,  but  they  are  only 
the  wings  of  thought  or  of  ideas,  they  are  not 
the  thought  or  ideas  themselves,  nor  yet,  as 
Professor  Max  Miiller  would  have  it,  insepar- 
ably connected  with  them.     Last  summer  I 

was  at  an  inn  in  Sicily,  where  there  was  a 

187 


Essays  on  Life 

deaf  and  dumb  waiter ;  he  had  been  born  so, 
and  could  neither  write  nor  read.  What 
had  he  to  do  with  words  or  words  with  him  ? 
Are  we  to  say,  then,  that  this  most  active, 
amiable  and  intelligent  fellow  could  neither 
think  nor  reason?  One  day  I  had  had  my 
dinner  and  had  left  the  hotel.  A  friend  came 
in,  and  the  waiter  saw  him  look  for  me  in 
the  place  I  generally  occupied.  He  instantly 
came  up  to  my  friend,  and  moved  his  two 
forefingers  in  a  way  that  suggested  two 
people  going  about  together,  this  meant 
"  your  friend  " ;  he  then  moved  his  forefingers 
horizontally  across  his  eyes,  this  meant,  "  who 
wears  divided  spectacles " ;  he  made  two 
fierce  marks  over  the  sockets  of  his  eyes,  this 
meant,  "  with  the  heavy  eyebrows  "  ;  he  pulled 
his  chin,  and  then  touched  his  white  shirt, 
to  say  that  my  beard  was  white.  Having 
thus  identified  me  as  a  friend  of  the  person 
he  was  speaking  to,  and  as  having  a  white 
beard,  heavy  eyebrows,  and  wearing  divided 
spectacles,  he  made  a  munching  movement 
with  his  jaws  to  say  that  I  had  had  my  dinner ; 
and  finally,  by  making  two  fingers   imitate 

i88 


Art  and  Science 


walking  on  the  table,  he  explained  that  I  had 
gone  away.  My  friend,  however,  wanted  to 
know  how  long  I  had  been  gone,  so  he  pulled 
out  his  watch  and  looked  inquiringly.  The 
man  at  once  slapped  himself  on  the  back,  and 
held  up  the  five  fingers  of  one  hand,  to  say 
it  was  five  minutes  ago.  All  this  was  done 
as  rapidly  as  though  it  had  been  said  in  words  ; 
and  my  friend,  who  knew  the  man  well,  under- 
stood without  a  moment's  hesitation.  Are 
we  to  say  that  this  man  had  no  thought,  nor 
reason,  nor  language,  merely  because  he  had 
not  a  single  word  of  any  kind  in  his  head, 
which  I  am  assured  he  had  not ;  for,  as  I  have 
said,  he  could  not  speak  with  his  fingers  ?  Is 
it  possible  to  deny  that  a  dialogue — an  intel- 
ligent conversation — had  passed  between  the 
two  men?  And  if  conversation,  then  surely 
it  is  technical  and  pedantic  to  deny  that 
all  the  essential  elements  of  language  were 
present.  The  signs  and  tokens  used  by  this 
poor  fellow  were  as  rude  an  instrument  of 
expression,  in  comparison  with  ordinary  lan- 
guage, as  going  on  one's  hands  and  knees  is 

in   comparison  with  walking,  or   as  walking 

189 


Essays  on  Life 

compared  with  going  by  train ;  but  it  is  as 
great  an  abuse  of  words  to  limit  the  word 
''  language  "  to  mere  words  written  or  spoken, 
as  it  would  be  to  limit  the  idea  of  a  locomotive 
to  a  railway  engine.  This  may  indeed  pass 
in  ordinary  conversation,  where  so  much  must 
be  suppressed  if  talk  is  to  be  got  through  at 
all,  but  it  is  intolerable  when  we  are  inquir- 
ing about  the  relations  between  thought  and 
words.  To  do  so  is  to  let  words  become  as 
it  were  the  masters  of  thought,  on  the  ground 
that  the  fact  of  their  being  only  its  servants 
and  appendages  is  so  obvious  that  it  is  gen- 
erally allowed  to  go  without  saying. 

If  all  that  Professor  Max  Miiller  means  to 
say  is,  that  no  animal  but  man  commands  an 
articulate  language,  with  verbs  and  nouns,  or 
is  ever  likely  to  command  one  (and  I  question 
whether  in  reality  he  means  much  more  than 
this),  no  one  will  differ  from  him.  No  dog  or 
elephant  has  one  word  for  bread,  another  for 
meat,  and  another  for  water.  Yet,  when  we 
watch  a  cat  or  dog  dreaming,  as  they  often 
evidently  do,  can  we  doubt  that  the  dream  is 

accompanied  by  a  mental  image  of  the  thing 

190 


Art  and  Science 


that  is  dreamed  of,  much  Hke  what  we  experi- 
ence in  dreams  ourselves,  and  much  doubt- 
less like  the  mental  images  which  must  have 
passed  through  the  mind  of  my  deaf  and 
dumb  waiter?  If  they  have  mental  images 
in  sleep,  can  we  doubt  that  waking,  also,  they 
picture  things  before  their  mind's  eyes,  and 
see  them  much  as  we  do — too  vaguely  indeed 
to  admit  of  our  thinking  that  we  actually  see 
the  objects  themselves,  but  definitely  enough 
for  us  to  be  able  to  recognise  the  idea  or 
object  of  which  we  are  thinking,  and  to  con- 
nect it  with  any  other  idea,  object,  or  sign  that 
we  may  think  appropriate  ? 

Here  we  have  touched  on  the  second  essen- 
tial element  of  language.  We  laid  it  down, 
that  its  essence  lay  in  the  communication  of 
an  idea  from  one  intelligent  being  to  another ; 
but  no  ideas  can  be  communicated  at  all 
except  by  the  aid  of  conventions  to  which 
both  parties  have  agreed  to  attach  an  identical 
meaning.  The  agreement  may  be  very  in- 
formal, and  may  pass  so  unconsciously  from 
one  generation  to  another  that  its  existence 

can  only  be  recognised  by  the  aid  of  much 

191 


Essays  on   Life 


introspection,  but  it  will  be  always  there.  A 
sayer,  a  sayee,  and  a  convention,  no  matter 
what,  agreed  upon  between  them  as  insepar- 
ably attached  to  the  idea  which  it  is  intended 
to  convey — these  comprise  all  the  essentials 
of  language.  Where  these  are  present  there 
is  language ;  where  any  of  them  are  wanting 
there  is  no  language.  It  is  not  necessary  for 
the  sayee  to  be  able  to  speak  and  become  a 
sayer.  If  he  comprehends  the  sayer — that  is 
to  say,  if  he  attaches  the  same  meaning  to  a 
certain  symbol  as  the  sayer  does — if  he  is  a 
party  to  the  bargain  whereby  it  is  agreed 
upon  by  both  that  any  given  symbol  shall  be 
attached  invariably  to  a  certain  idea,  so  that 
in  virtue  of  the  principle  of  associated  ideas 
the  symbol  shall  never  be  present  without 
immediately  carrying  the  idea  along  with  it, 
then  all  the  essentials  of  language  are  com- 
plied with,  and  there  has  been  true  speech 
though  never  a  word  was  spoken. 

The  lower  animals,  therefore,  many  of  them, 
possess  a  part  of  our  own  language,  though 
they  cannot  speak  it,  and  hence  do  not  possess 

it  so  fully  as  we  do.    They  cannot  say  "  bread," 

192 


Art  and  Science 


"  meat,"  or  "  water,"  but  there  are  many  that 
readily  learn  what  ideas  they  ought  to  attach 
to  these  symbols  when  they  are  presented  to 
them.  It  is  idle  to  say  that  a  cat  does  not 
know  what  the  cat's-meat  man  means  when 
he  says  "  meat."  The  cat  knows  just  as  well, 
neither  better  nor  worse  than  the  cat's-meat 
man  does,  and  a  great  deal  better  than  I 
myself  understand  much  that  is  said  by  some 
very  clever  people  at  Oxford  or  Cambridge. 
There  is  more  true  employment  of  language, 
more  bond  fide  currency  of  speech,  between  a 
sayer  and  a  sayee  who  understand  each  other, 
though  neither  of  them  can  speak  a  word, 
than  between  a  sayer  who  can  speak  with  the 
tongues  of  men  and  of  angels  without  being 
clear  about  his  own  meaning,  and  a  sayee 
who  can  himself  utter  the  same  words,  but 
who  is  only  in  imperfect  agreement  with  the 
sayer  as  to  the  ideas  which  the  words  or 
symbols  that  he  utters  are  intended  to  convey. 
The  nature  of  the  symbols  counts  for  nothing ; 
the  gist  of  the  matter  is  in  the  perfect  har- 
mony between  sayer  and  sayee  as  to  the  sig- 
nificance that  is  to  be  associated  with  them. 

193  N 


Essays  on  Life 


Professor  Max  Miiller  admits  that  we  share 
with  the  lower  animals  what  he  calls  an  emo- 
tional language,  and  continues  that  we  may 
call  their  interjections  and  imitations  language 
if  we  like,  as  we  speak  of  the  language  of  the 
eyes  or  the  eloquence  of  mute  nature,  but  he 
warns  us  against  mistaking  metaphor  for  fact. 
It  is  indeed  mere  metaphor  to  talk  of  the 
eloquence  of  mute  nature,  or  the  language  of 
winds  and  waves.  There  is  no  intercom- 
munion of  mind  with  mind  by  means  of  a 
covenanted  symbol ;  but  it  is  only  an  apparent, 
not  a  real,  metaphor  to  say  that  two  pairs  of 
eyes  have  spoken  when  they  have  signalled 
to  one  another  something  which  they  both 
understand.  A  schoolboy  at  home  for  the 
holidays  wants  another  plate  of  pudding,  and 
does  not  like  to  apply  officially  for  more. 
He  catches  the  servant's  eye  and  looks  at  the 
pudding;  the  servant  understands,  takes  his 
plate  without  a  word,  and  gets  him  some.  Is 
it  metaphor  to  say  that  the  boy  asked  the 
servant  to  do  this,  or  is  it  not  rather  pedantry 
to  insist  on  the  letter  of  a  bond  and  deny  its 

spirit,  by  denying  that  language  passed,  on  the 

194 


Art  and  Science 


ground  that  the  symbols  covenanted  upon  and 
assented  to  by  both  were  uttered  and  received 
by  eyes  and  not  by  mouth  and  ears  ?  When 
the  lady  drank  to  the  gentleman  only  with 
her  eyes,  and  he  pledged  with  his,  was  there 
no  conversation  because  there  was  neither 
noun  nor  verb  ?  Eyes  are  verbs,  and  glasses 
of  wine  are  good  nouns  enough  as  between 
those  who  understand  one  another.  Whether 
the  ideas  underlying  them  are  expressed  and 
conveyed  by  eyeage  or  by  tonguage  is  a  detail 
that  matters  nothing. 

But  everything  we  say  is  metaphorical  if  we 
choose  to  be  captious.  Scratch  the  simplest 
expressions,  and  you  will  find  the  metaphor. 
Written  words  are  bandage,  inkage  and  paper- 
age  ;  it  is  only  by  metaphor,  or  substitution 
and  transposition  of  ideas,  that  we  can  call 
them  language.  They  are  indeed  potential 
language,  and  the  symbols  employed  presup- 
pose nouns,  verbs,  and  the  other  parts  of 
speech ;  but  for  the  most  part  it  is  in  what 
we  read  between  the  lines  that  the  profounder 
meaning  of  any  letter  is  conveyed.     There  are 

words  unwritten  and  untranslatable  into  any 

195 


Essays  on  Life 


nouns  that  are  nevertheless  felt  as  above,  about 
and  underneath  the  gross   material   symbols 
that  lie   scrawled  upon  the   paper;   and  the 
deeper  the   feeUng  with   which    anything  is 
written  the  more  pregnant  will  it  be  of  mean- 
ing which  can  be  conveyed  securely  enough, 
but  which   loses  rather   than  gains   if   it   is 
squeezed  into  a  sentence,  and  limited  by  the 
parts  of  speech.     The  language  is  not  in  the 
words   but   in   the   heart-to-heartness   of  the 
thing,  which  is  helped  by  words,  but  is  nearer 
and    farther    than    they.      A    correspondent 
wrote  to  me  once,  many  years   ago,  "If  I 
could  think  to  you  without  words  you  would 
understand   me   better."     But  surely  in  this 
he  was  thinking  to  me,  and  without  words, 
and  I  did  understand  him  better.  ...  So  it 
is  not  by  the  words  that  I  am  too  presump- 
tuously venturing  to  speak  to-night  that  your 
opinions  will  be  formed  or  modified.     They 
will  be  formed  or  modified,  if  either,  by  some- 
thing that  you  will  feel,  but  which  I  have  not 
spoken,  to  the  full  as  much  as  by  anything 
that  I  have  actually  uttered.     You  may  say 

that  this  borders  on  mysticism.     Perhaps  it 

196 


Art  and   Science 


does,  but  there  really  is  some  mysticism  in 
nature. 

To  return,  however,  to  terra  jirvia.  I  be- 
lieve I  am  right  in  saying  that  the  essence 
of  language  lies  in  the  intentional  conveyance 
of  ideas  from  one  living  being  to  another 
through  the  instrumentality  of  arbitrary 
tokens  or  symbols  agreed  upon,  and  under- 
stood by  both  as  being  associated  with  the 
particular  ideas  in  question.  The  nature  of 
the  symbol  chosen  is  a  matter  of  indifference ; 
it  may  be  anything  that  appeals  to  human 
senses,  and  is  not  too  hot  or  too  heavy ;  the 
essence  of  the  matter  lies  in  a  mutual  cove- 
nant that  whatever  it  is  it  shall  stand  invari- 
ably for  the  same  thing,  or  nearly  so. 

We  shall  see  this  more  easily  if  we  observe 

the  differences   between  written  and  spoken 

language.     The   written   word    "stone,"   and 

the  spoken  word,  are  each  of  them  symbols 

arrived   at    in   the   first   instance    arbitrarily. 

They  are  neither  of  them  more  like  the  other 

than  they  are  to  the  idea  of  a  stone  which 

rises  before  our  minds,  when  we  either  see  or 

hear  the  word,  or  than  this  idea  again  is  like 

197 


Essays  on   Life 


the  actual  stone  itself,  but  nevertheless  the 
spoken  symbol  and  the  written  one  each  alike 
convey  with  certainty  the  combination  of  ideas 
to  which  we  have  agreed  to  attach  them. 

The  written  symbol  is  formed  with  the 
hand,  appeals  to  the  eye,  leaves  a  material 
trace  as  long  as  paper  and  ink  last,  can  travel 
as  far  as  paper  and  ink  can  travel,  and  can  be 
imprinted  on  eye  after  eye  practically  ad  in- 
finitum both  as  regards  time  and  space. 

The  spoken  symbol  is  formed  by  means  of 
various  organs  in  or  about  the  mouth,  appeals 
to  the  ear,  not  the  eye,  perishes  instantly  with- 
out material  trace,  and  if  it  lives  at  all  does  so 
only  in  the  minds  of  those  who  heard  it.  The 
range  of  its  action  is  no  wider  than  that  within 
which  a  voice  can  be  heard  ;  and  every  time  a 
fresh  impression  is  wanted  the  type  must  be 
set  up  anew. 

The  written  symbol  extends  infinitely,  as 

regards  time  and  space,  the  range  within  which 

one   mind    can    communicate  with   another ; 

it  gives  the  writer's  mind  a  life  limited  by 

the   duration  of  ink,  paper,  and   readers,  as 

against  that  of  his  flesh  and  blood  body.     On 

198 


Art  and  Science 


the  other  hand,  it  takes  longer  to  learn  the 
rules  so  as  to  be  able  to  apply  them  with  ease 
and  security,  and  even  then  they  cannot  be 
applied  so  quickly  and  easily  as  those  attaching 
to  spoken  symbols.  Moreover,  the  spoken 
symbol  admits  of  a  hundred  quick  and  subtle 
adjuncts  by  way  of  action,  tone  and  expres- 
sion, so  that  no  one  will  use  written  symbols 
unless  either  for  the  special  advantages  of  per- 
manence and  travelling  power,  or  because  he 
is  incapacitated  from  using  spoken  ones.  This, 
however,  is  hardly  to  the  point ;  the  point  is 
that  these  two  conventional  combinations  of 
symbols,  that  are  as  unlike  one  another  as  the 
Hallelujah  Chorus  is  to  St.  Paul's  Cathedral, 
are  the  one  as  much  language  as  the  other ; 
and  we  therefore  inquire  what  this  very  patent 
fact  reveals  to  us  about  the  more  essential 
characteristics  of  language  itself.  What  is 
the  common  bond  that  unites  these  two 
classes  of  symbols  that  seem  at  first  sight  to 
have  nothing  in  common,  and  makes  the  one 
raise  the  idea  of  language  in  our  minds  as 
readily  as  the  other?     The  bond  lies  in  the 

fact  that  both  are  a  set  of  conventional  tokens 

199 


Essays  on  Life 


or  symbols,  agreed  upon  between  the  parties 
to  whom  they  appeal  as  being  attached  invari- 
ably to  the  same  ideas,  and  because  they  are 
being  made  as  a  means  of  communion  between 
one  mind  and  another, — for  a  memorandum 
made  for  a  person's  own  later  use  is  nothing 
but  a  communication  from  an  earlier  mind  to 
a  later  and  modified  one ;  it  is  therefore  in 
reality  a  communication  from  one  mind  to 
another  as  much  as  though  it  had  been  ad- 
dressed to  another  person. 

We  see,  therefore,  that  the  nature  of  the 
outward  and  visible  sign  to  which  the  inward 
and  spiritual  idea  of  language  is  attached  does 
not  matter.  It  may  be  the  firing  of  a  gun  ;  it 
may  be  an  old  semaphore  telegraph;  it  may 
be  the  movements  of  a  needle ;  a  look,  a  ges- 
ture, the  breaking  of  a  twig  by  an  Indian  to 
tell  some  one  that  he  has  passed  that  way :  a 
twig  broken  designedly  with  this  end  in  view 
is  a  letter  addressed  to  whomsoever  it  may 
concern,  as  much  as  though  it  had  been  written 
out  in  full  on  bark  or  paper.  It  does  not 
matter  one  straw  what  it  is,  provided  it  is 
agreed  upon  in  concert,  and  stuck  to.     Just 


Art  and   Science 


as  the  lowest  forms  of  life  nevertheless  present 
us  with  all  the  essential  characteristics  of  living- 
ness,  and  are  as  much  alive  in  their  own  humble 
way  as  the  most  highly  developed  organisms, 
so  the  rudest  intentional  and  effectual  com- 
munication between  two  minds  through  the 
instrumentality  of  a  concerted  symbol  is  as 
much  language  as  the  most  finished  oratory 
of  Mr.  Gladstone.  I  demur  therefore  to  the 
assertion  that  the  lower  animals  have  no  lan- 
guage, inasmuch  as  they  cannot  themselves 
articulate  a  grammatical  sentence.  I  do  not 
indeed  pretend  that  when  the  cat  calls  upon 
the  tiles  it  uses  what  it  consciously  and  intro- 
spectively  recognises  as  language ;  it  says  what 
it  has  to  say  without  introspection,  and  in 
the  ordinary  course  of  business,  as  one  of  the 
common  forms  of  courtship.  It  no  more 
knows  that  it  has  been  using  language  than 
M.  Jourdain  knew  he  had  been  speaking  prose, 
but  M.  Jourdain's  knowing  or  not  knowing 
was  neither  here  nor  there. 

Anything  which  can  be  made  to  hitch  on 
invariably  to  a  definite  idea  that  can  carry 
some  distance— say  an  inch  at  the  least,  and 


Essays  on   Life 


which  can  be  repeated  at  pleasure,  can  be 
pressed  into  the  service  of  language.  Mrs. 
Bentley,  wife  of  the  famous  Dr.  Bentley  of 
Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  used  to  send  her 
snuff-box  to  the  college  buttery  when  she 
wanted  beer,  instead  of  a  written  order.  If 
the  snuff-box  came  the  beer  was  sent,  but  if 
there  was  no  snuff-box  there  was  no  beer. 
Wherein  did  the  snuff-box  differ  more  from 
a  written  order,  than  a  written  order  differs 
from  a  spoken  one?  The  snuff-box  was  for 
the  time  being  language.  It  sounds  strange  to 
say  that  one  might  take  a  pinch  of  snuff  out 
of  a  sentence,  but  if  the  servant  had  helped 
him  or  herself  to  a  pinch  while  carrying  it  to 
the  buttery  this  is  what  would  have  been 
done ;  for  if  a  snuff-box  can  say  "  Send  me  a 
quart  of  beer,"  so  efficiently  that  the  beer  is 
sent,  it  is  impossible  to  say  that  it  is  not  a 
bond  fide  sentence.  As  for  the  recipient  of 
the  message,  the  butler  did  not  probably  trans- 
late the  snuff-box  into  articulate  nouns  and 
verbs ;  as  soon  as  he  saw  it  he  just  went  down 
into  the  cellar  and  drew  the  beer,  and  if  he 
thought  at  all,  it  was  probably  about  some- 


Art  and   Science 

thing  else.  Yet  he  must  have  been  thinking 
without  words,  or  he  would  have  drawn  too 
much  beer  or  too  little,  or  have  spilt  it  in  the 
bringing  it  up,  and  we  may  be  sure  that  he  did 
none  of  these  things. 

You  will,  of  course,  observe  that  if  Mrs. 
Bentley  had  sent  the  snufF-box  to  the  buttery 
of  St.  John's  College  instead  of  Trinity,  it 
would  not  have  been  language,  for  there 
would  have  been  no  covenant  between  sayer 
and  sayee  as  to  what  the  symbol  should  repre- 
sent, there  would  have  been  no  previously 
established  association  of  ideas  in  the  mind  of 
the  butler  of  St.  John's  between  beer  and 
snuff-box ;  the  connection  was  artificial,  arbi- 
trary, and  by  no  means  one  of  those  in  respect 
of  which  an  impromptu  bargain  might  be  pro- 
posed by  the  very  symbol  itself,  and  assented 
to  without  previous  formality  by  the  person 
to  whom  it  was  presented.  More  briefly,  the 
butler  of  St.  John's  would  not  have  been  able 
to  understand  and  read  it  aright.  It  would 
have  been  a  dead  letter  to  him — a  snuff-box 
and  not  a  letter;    whereas  to  the  butler  of 

Trinity  it  was  a  letter  and  not  a  snuff-box. 

203 


Essays  on   Life 


You  will  also  note  that  it  was  only  at  the 
moment  when  he  was  looking  at  it  and  ac- 
cepting it  as  a  message  that  it  flashed  forth 
from  snuff*-box-hood  into  the  light  and  life  of 
living  utterance.  As  soon  as  it  had  kindled 
the  butler  into  sending  a  single  quart  of  beer, 
its  force  was  spent  until  Mrs.  Bentley  threw 
her  soul  into  it  again  and  charged  it  anew 
by  wanting  more  beer,  and  sending  it  down 
accordingly. 

Again,  take  the  ring  which  the  Earl  of  Essex 
sent  to  Queen  Elizabeth,  but  which  the  queen 
did  not  receive.  This  was  intended  as  a 
sentence,  but  failed  to  become  effectual  lan- 
guage because  the  sensible  material  symbol 
never  reached  those  sentient  organs  which  it 
was  intended  to  affect.  A  book,  again,  how- 
ever full  of  excellent  words  it  may  be,  is  not 
language  when  it  is  merely  standing  on  a 
bookshelf.  It  speaks  to  no  one,  unless 
when  being  actually  read,  or  quoted  from 
by  an  act  of  memory.  It  is  potential 
language  as  a  lucifer  -  match  is  potential 
fire,   but   it   is   no    more   language   till   it   is 

in   contact    with    a    recipient   mind,   than   a 

204 


Art  and   Science 


match  is  fire  till  it  is  struck,  and   is   being 
consumed. 

A  piece  of  music,  again,  without  any  words 
at  all,  or  a  song  with  words  that  have  nothing 
in  the  world  to  do  with  the  ideas  which  it  is 
nevertheless   made  to   convey,  is  often   very 
effectual  language.     Much  lying,  and  all  irony 
depends  on  tampering  with  covenanted  sym- 
bols, and  making  those  that  are  usually  asso- 
ciated with  one  set  of  ideas  convey  by  a  sleight 
of  mind  others  of  a  different  nature.     That  is 
why  irony  is  intolerably  fatiguing  unless  very 
sparingly  used.     Take  the  song  which  Blondel 
sang  under  the    window  of   King  Richard's 
prison.     There  was  not  one  syllable  in  it  to 
say  that  Blondel  was  there,  and  was  going  to 
help  the  king  to  get  out  of  prison.     It  was 
about  some  silly  love  affair,  but  it  was  a  letter 
all  the  same,  and  the  king  made  language 
of  what  would  otherwise  have  been  no  lan- 
guage, by  guessing  the  meaning,  that  is  to 
say  by  perceiving    that   he  was  expected  to 
enter  then  and  there  into   a  new  covenant 
as    to    the    meaning    of    the    symbols    that 

were  presented  to  him,  understanding  what 

205 


Essays  on   Life 


this  covenant  was  to  be,  and  acquiescing 
in  it. 

On  the  other  hand,  no  ingenuity  can  torture 
language  into  being  a  fit  word  to  use  in  con- 
nection with  either  sounds  or  any  other  sym- 
bols that  have  not  been  intended  to  convey 
a  meaning,  or  again  in  connection  with  either 
sounds  or  symbols  in  respect  of  which  there 
has  been  no  covenant  between  sayer  and  sayee. 
When  we  hear  people  speaking  a  foreign  lan- 
guage—  we  will  say  Welsh  —  we  feel  that 
though  they  are  no  doubt  using  what  is  very 
good  language  as  between  themselves,  there  is 
no  language  whatever  as  far  as  we  are  con- 
cerned. We  call  it  lingo,  not  language.  The 
Chinese  letters  on  a  tea-chest  might  as  well 
not  be  there,  for  all  that  they  say  to  us,  though 
the  Chinese  find  them  very  much  to  the  pur- 
pose. They  are  a  covenant  to  which  we  have 
been  no  parties — to  which  our  intelligence  has 
affixed  no  signature. 

We  have  already  seen  that  it  is  in  virtue  of 

such   an   understood  covenant   that   symbols 

so  unlike  one  another  as   the    written   word 

"stone"  and  the  spoken  word  alike  at  once 

206 


Art  and   Science 

raise  the  idea  of  a  stone  in  our  minds.  See 
how  the  same  holds  good  as  regards  the  dif- 
ferent languages  that  pass  current  in  different 
nations.  The  letters  p,  i,  e,  r,  r,  e  convey 
the  idea  of  a  stone  to  a  Frenchman  as  readily 
as  s,  t,  o,  n,  e  do  to  ourselves.  And  why? 
because  that  is  the  covenant  that  has  been 
struck  between  those  who  speak  and  those 
who  are  spoken  to.  Our  "  stone  "  conveys  no 
idea  to  a  Frenchman,  nor  his  ''  pierre  "  to  us, 
unless  we  have  done  what  is  commonly  called 
acquiring  one  another's  language.  To  acquire  a 
foreign  language  is  only  to  learn  and  adhere  to 
the  covenants  in  respect  of  symbols  which  the 
nation  in  question  has  adopted  and  adheres  to. 
Till  we  have  done  this  we  neither  of  us  know 
the  rules,  so  to  speak,  of  the  game  that  the 
other  is  playing,  and  cannot,  therefore,  play  to- 
gether ;  but  the  convention  being  once  known 
and  assented  to,  it  does  not  matter  whether 
we  raise  the  idea  of  a  stone  by  the  word 
"lapis,"  or  by  "lithos,"  "pietra,"  "pierre," 
"  stein,"  "  stane  "  or  "  stone  " ;  we  may  choose 
what  symbols  written  or  spoken  we  choose, 

and  one  set,  unless  they  are  of  unwieldy  length 

207 


Essays  on  Life 


will  do  as  well  as  another,  if  we  can  get  other 
people  to  choose  the  same  and  stick  to  them ; 
it  is  the  accepting  and  sticking  to  them  that 
matters,  not  the  symbols.  The  whole  power 
of  spoken  language  is  vested  in  the  in  variable- 
ness with  which  certain  symbols  are  associated 
with  certain  ideas.  If  we  are  strict  in  always 
connecting  the  same  symbols  with  the  same 
ideas,  we  speak  well,  keep  our  meaning  clear 
to  ourselves,  and  convey  it  readily  and  accu- 
rately to  any  one  who  is  also  fairly  strict.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  we  use  the  same  combina- 
tion of  symbols  for  one  thing  one  day  and  for 
another  the  next,  we  abuse  our  symbols  in- 
stead of  using  them,  and  those  who  indulge 
in  slovenly  habits  in  this  respect  ere  long  lose 
the  power  alike  of  thinking  and  of  expressing 
themselves  correctly.  The  symbols,  however, 
in  the  first  instance,  may  be  anything  in  the 
wide  world  that  we  have  a  fancy  for.  They 
have  no  more  to  do  with  the  ideas  they  serve 
to  convey  than  money  has  with  the  things  that 
it  serves  to  buy. 

The  principle  of  association,  as  every  one 
knows,   involves    that   whenever    two    things 

208 


Art  and  Science 


have  been  associated  sufficiently  together,  the 
suggestion  of  one  of  them  to  the  mind  shall 
immediately  raise  a  suggestion  of  the  other. 
It  is  in  virtue  of  this  principle  that  language, 
as  we  so  call  it,  exists  at  all,  for  the  essence 
of  language  consists,  as  I  have  said  perhaps 
already  too  often,  in  the  fixity  with  which 
certain  ideas  are  invariably  connected  with 
certain  symbols.  But  this  being  so,  it  is  hard 
to  see  how  we  can  deny  that  the  lower  animals 
possess  the  germs  of  a  highly  rude  and  un- 
specialised,  but  still  true  language,  unless  we 
also  deny  that  they  have  any  ideas  at  all ;  and 
this  I  gather  is  what  Professor  Max  Miiller  in 
a  quiet  way  rather  wishes  to  do.  Thus  he 
says,  "  It  is  easy  enough  to  show  that  animals 
communicate,  but  this  is  a  fact  which  has  never 
been  doubted.  Dogs  who  growl  and  bark 
leave  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  other  dogs  or 
cats,  or  even  of  man,  of  what  they  mean,  but 
growling  and  barking  are  not  language,  nor  do 
they  even  contain  the  elements  of  language."  ^ 
I  observe  the  Professor  says  that  animals 

1  ''  Tliree  Lectures  on  the  Science  of  Language,"  Longmans, 
1889,  p.  4. 

209  O 


Essays  on  Life 


communicate  without  saying  what  it  is  that 
they  communicate.  I  beUeve  this  to  have 
been  because  if  he  said  that  the  lower  animals 
communicate  their  ideas,  this  would  be  to 
admit  that  they  have  ideas ;  if  so,  and  if,  as 
they  present  every  appearance  of  doing,  they 
can  remember,  reflect  upon,  modify  these  ideas 
according  to  modified  surroundings,  and  inter- 
change them  with  one  another,  how  is  it  pos- 
sible to  deny  them  the  germs  of  thought, 
language,  and  reason — not  to  say  a  good  deal 
more  than  the  germs  ?  It  seems  to  me  that 
not  knowing  what  else  to  say  that  animals 
communicated  if  it  was  not  ideas,  and  not 
knowing  what  mess  he  might  not  get  into  if 
he  admitted  that  they  had  ideas  at  all,  he 
thought  it  safer  to  omit  his  accusative  case 
altogether. 

That  growling  and  barking  cannot  be  called 
a  very  highly  specialised  language  goes  with- 
out saying ;  they  are,  however,  so  much  diver- 
sified in  character,  according  to  circumstances, 
that  they  place  a  considerable  number  of 
symbols  at  an  animal's  command,  and  he 
invariably  attaches  the  same  symbol  to  the 


Art  and  Science 

same  idea.  A  cat  never  purrs  when  she  is 
angry,  nor  spits  when  she  is  pleased.  When 
she  rubs  her  head  against  any  one  affectionately 
it  is  her  symbol  for  saying  that  she  is  very 
fond  of  him,  and  she  expects,  and  usually 
finds  that  it  will  be  understood.  If  she  sees 
her  mistress  raise  her  hand  as  though  to  pre- 
tend to  strike  her,  she  knows  that  it  is  the 
symbol  her  mistress  invariably  attaches  to  the 
idea  of  sending  her  away,  and  as  such  she 
accepts  it.  Granted  that  the  symbols  in  use 
among  the  lower  animals  are  fewer  and  less 
highly  differentiated  than  in  the  case  of  any 
known  human  language,  and  therefore  that 
animal  language  is  incomparably  less  subtle 
and  less  capable  of  expressing  delicate  shades 
of  meaning  than  our  own,  these  differences 
are  nevertheless  only  those  that  exist  between 
highly  developed  and  inchoate  language ;  they 
do  not  involve  those  that  distinguish  language 
from  no  language.  They  are  the  differences 
between  the  undifferentiated  protoplasm  of 
the  amoeba  and  our  own  complex  organisation  ; 
they  are  not  the  differences  between  life  and 
no  life.      In  animal  language  as  much  as  in 


Essays  on  Life 

human  there  is  a  mind  intentionally  making 
use  of  a  symbol  accepted  by  another  mind  as 
invariably  attached  to  a  certain  idea,  in  order 
to  produce  that  idea  in  the  mind  which  it  is 
desired  to  affect — more  briefly,  there  is  a  sayer, 
a  sayee,  and  a  covenanted  symbol  designedly 
applied.  Our  own  speech  is  vertebrated  and 
articulated  by  means  of  nouns,  verbs,  and  the 
rules  of  grammar.  A  dog's  speech  is  inverte- 
brate, but  I  do  not  see  how  it  is  possible  to 
deny  that  it  possesses  all  the  essential  elements 
of  language. 

I  have  said  nothing  about  Professor  R.  L. 
Garner's  researches  into  the  language  of  apes, 
because  they  have  not  yet  been  so  far  verified 
and  accepted  as  to  make  it  safe  to  rely  upon 
them ;  but  when  he  lays  it  down  that  all 
voluntary  sounds  are  the  products  of  thought, 
and  that,  if  they  convey  a  meaning  to  another, 
they  perform  the  functions  of  human  speech, 
he  says  what  I  believe  will  commend  itself 
to  any  unsophisticated  mind.  I  could  have 
wished,  however,  that  he  had  not  limited  him- 
self to  sounds,  and  should  have  preferred  his 
saying  what   I   doubt  not  he  would   readily 


Art  and   Science 


accept — I  mean,  that  all  symbols  or  tokens  of 
whatever  kind,  if  voluntarily  adopted  as  such, 
are  the  products  of  thought,  and  perform  the 
functions  of  human  speech ;  but  I  cannot  too 
often  remind  you  that  nothing  can  be  con- 
sidered as  fulfilling  the  conditions  of  language, 
except  a  voluntary  application  of  a  recognised 
token  in  order  to  convey  a  more  or  less  definite 
meaning,  with  the  intention  doubtless  of  thus 
purchasing  as  it  were  some  other  desired  mean- 
ing and  consequent  sensation.  It  is  astonish- 
ing how  closely  in  this  respect  money  and 
words  resemble  one  another.  Money  indeed 
may  be  considered  as  the  most  universal  and 
expressive  of  all  languages.  For  gold  and 
silver  coins  are  no  more  money  when  not  in 
the  actual  process  of  being  voluntarily  used 
in  purchase,  than  words  not  so  in  use  are 
language.  Pounds,  shillings  and  pence  are 
recognised  covenanted  tokens,  the  outward 
and  visible,  signs  of  an  inward  and  spiritual 
purchasing  power,  but  till  in  actual  use  they 
are  only  potential  money,  as  the  symbols  of 
language,   whatever  they  may   be,   are   only 

potential   language  till  they  are  passing   be- 

213 


Essays  on  Life 


tween  two  minds.  It  is  the  power  and  will  to 
apply  the  symbols  that  alone  gives  life  to 
money,  and  as  long  as  these  are  in  abeyance 
the  money  is  in  abeyance  also ;  the  coins  may 
be  safe  in  one's  pocket,  but  they  are  as  dead  as 
a  log  till  they  begin  to  burn  in  it,  and  so  are 
our  words  till  they  begin  to  burn  within  us. 

The  real  question,  however,  as  to  the  sub- 
stantial underlying  identity  between  the  lan- 
guage of  the  lower  animals  and  our  own,  turns 
upon  that  other  question  whether  or  no,  in 
spite  of  an  immeasurable  difference  of  degree, 
the  thought  and  reason  of  man  and  of  the 
lower  animals  is  essentially  the  same.  No  one 
will  expect  a  dog  to  master  and  express  the 
varied  ideas  that  are  incessantly  arising  in  con- 
nection with  human  affairs.  He  is  a  pauper 
as  against  a  millionaire.  To  ask  him  to  do  so 
would  be  like  giving  a  street-boy  sixpence 
and  telling  him  to  go  and  buy  himself  a 
founder's  share  in  the  New  River  Company. 
He  would  not  even  know  what  was  meant,  and 
even  if  he  did  it  would  take  several  millions  of 
sixpences  to  buy  one.     It  is  astonishing  what 

a  clever  workman  will  do  with  very  modest 

214 


Art  and  Science 

tools,  or  again  how  far  a  thrifty  housewife  will 
make  a  very  small  sumi  of  money  go,  or  again 
in  like  manner  how  many  ideas  an  inteUigent 
brute  can  receive  and  convey  with  its  very 
limited  vocabulary;  but  no  one  will  pretend 
that  a  dog's  intelligence  can  ever  reach  the 
level  of  a  man's.  What  we  do  maintain  is 
that,  within  its  own  limited  range,  it  is  of  the 
same  essential  character  as  our  own,  and  that 
though  a  dog's  ideas  in  respect  of  human 
affairs  are  both  vague  and  narrow,  yet  in 
respect  of  canine  affairs  they  are  precise 
enough  and  extensive  enough  to  deserve  no 
other  name  than  thought  or  reason.  We  hold 
"moreover  that  they  communicate  their  ideas 
in  essentially  the  same  manner  as  we  do — that 
is  to  say,  by  the  instrumentality  of  a  code  of 
symbols  attached  to  certain  states  of  mind 
and  material  objects,  in  the  first  instance  arbi- 
trarily, but  so  persistently,  that  the  presentation 
of  the  symbol  immediately  carries  with  it  the 
idea  which  it  is  intended  to  convey.  Animals 
can  thus  receive  and  impart  ideas  on  all  that 
most  concerns  them.     As  my  great  namesake 

said  some  two  hundred  years  ago,  they  know 

215 


Essays  on  Life 


"what's  what,  and  that's  as  high  as  meta- 
physic  wit  can  fly."  And  they  not  only 
know  what's  what  themselves,  but  can  impart 
to  one  another  any  new  what's-whatness 
that  they  may  have  acquired,  for  they  are 
notoriously  able  to  instruct  and  correct  one 
another. 

Against  this  Professor  Max  Miiller  con- 
tends that  we  can  know  nothing  of  what 
goes  on  in  the  mind  of  any  lower  animal, 
inasmuch  as  we  are  not  lower  animals  our- 
selves. "We  can  imagine  anything  we  like 
about  what  passes  in  the  mind  of  an  animal," 
he  writes,  "  we  can  know  absolutely  nothing."  ^ 
It  is  something  to  have  it  in  evidence  that  he 
conceives  animals  as  having  a  mind  at  all,  but 
it  is  not  easy  to  see  how  they  can  be  supposed 
to  have  a  mind,  without  being  able  to  acquire 
ideas,  and  having  acquired,  to  read,  mark, 
learn,  and  inwardly  digest  them.  Surely  the 
mistake  of  requiring  too  much  evidence  is 
hardly  less  great  than  that  of  being  contented 
with  too  little.  We,  too,  are  animals,  and  can 
no  more  refuse  to  infer  reason  from  certain 

1  "  Science  of  Thought,"  Longmans,  1887,  p.  9. 

2l6 


Art  and  Science 

visible  actions  in  their  case  than  we  can  in  our 
own.  If  Professor  Max  Miiller's  plea  were 
allowed,  we  should  have  to  deny  our  right  to 
infer  confidently  what  passes  in  the  mind  of 
any  one  not  ourselves,  inasmuch  as  we  are  not 
that  person.  We  never,  indeed,  can  obtain 
irrefragable  certainty  about  this  or  any  other 
matter,  but  we  can  be  sure  enough  in  many 
cases  to  warrant  our  staking  all  that  is  most 
precious  to  us  on  the  soundness  of  our  opinion. 
Moreover,  if  the  Professor  denies  our  right  to 
infer  that  animals  reason,  on  the  ground  that 
we  are  not  animals  enough  ourselves  to  be 
able  to  form  an  opinion,  with  what  right  does 
he  infer  so  confidently  himself  that  they  do 
not  reason  ?  And  how,  if  they  present  every 
one  of  those  appearances  which  we  are  ac- 
customed to  connect  with  the  communication 
of  an  idea  from  one  mind  to  another,  can  we 
deny  that  they  have  a  language  of  their  own, 
though  it  is  one  which  in  most  cases  we  can 
neither  speak  nor  understand  ?  How  can  we 
say  that  a  sentinel  rook,  when  it  sees  a  man 
with  a  gun   and  warns   the   other  rooks   by 

a  concerted   note  which  they  all   show  that 

217 


Essays  on  Life 


they  understand  by  immediately  taking  flight, 
should  not  be  credited  both  with  reason  and 
the  germs  of  language  ? 

After  all,  a  professor,  whether  of  philology, 
psychology,  biology,  or  any  other  ology,  is 
hardly  the  kind  of  person  to  whom  we  should 
appeal  on  such  an  elementary  question  as 
that  of  animal  intelligence  and  language. 
We  might  as  well  ask  a  botanist  to  tell  us 
whether  grass  grows,  or  a  meteorologist  to 
tell  us  if  it  has  left  off  raining.  If  it  is  neces- 
sary to  appeal  to  any  one,  I  should  prefer  the 
opinion  of  an  intelligent  gamekeeper  to  that  of 
any  professor,  however  learned.  The  keepers, 
again,  at  the  Zoological  Gardens,  have  excep- 
tional opportunities  for  studying  the  minds  of 
animals— modified,  indeed,  by  captivity,  but 
still  minds  of  animals.  Grooms,  again,  and 
dog-fanciers,  are  to  the  full  as  able  to  form  an 
intelligent  opinion  on  the  reason  and  language 
of  animals  as  any  University  Professor,  and  so 
are  cats'-meat  men.  I  have  repeatedly  asked 
gamekeepers  and  keepers  at  the  Zoological 
Gardens   whether   animals  could  reason   and 

converse  with  one  another,  and  have  always 

218 


Art  and  Science 


found  myself  regarded  somewhat  contemptu- 
ously for  having  even  asked  the  question. 
I  once  said  to  a  friend,  in  the  hearing  of  a 
keeper  at  the  Zoological  Gardens,  that  the 
penguin  was  very  stupid.  The  man  was 
furious,  and  jumped  upon  me  at  once.  ''  He's 
not  stupid  at  all,"  said  he ;  "  he's  very 
intelligent." 

Who  has  not  seen  a  cat,  when  it  wishes  to 
go  out,  raise  its  fore  paws  on  to  the  handle  of 
the  door,  or  as  near  as  it  can  get,  and  look 
round,  evidently  asking  some  one  to  turn  it 
for  her?  Is  it  reasonable  to  deny  that  a 
reasoning  process  is  going  on  in  the  cat's 
mind,  whereby  she  connects  her  wish  with  the 
steps  necessary  for  its  fulfilment,  and  also 
with  certain  invariable  symbols  which  she 
knows  her  master  or  mistress  will  interpret  ? 
Once,  in  company  with  a  friend,  I  watched  a 
cat  playing  with  a  house-fly  in  the  window 
of  a  ground-floor  room.  We  were  in  the 
street,  while  the  cat  was  inside.  When  we 
came  up  to  the  window  she  gave  us  one 
searching  look,  and,  having   satisfied  herself 

that  we  had  nothing  for  her,  went  on  with  her 

219 


Essays  on  Life 

game.  She  knew  all  about  the  glass  in  the 
window,  and  was  sure  we  could  do  nothing 
to  molest  her,  so  she  treated  us  with  absolute 
contempt,  never  even  looking  at  us  again. 

The  game  was  this.  She  was  to  catch  the 
fly  and  roll  it  round  and  round  under  her  paw 
along  the  window-sill,  but  so  gently  as  not  to 
injure  it  nor  prevent  it  from  being  able  to  fly 
again  when  she  had  done  rolling  it.  It  was 
very  early  spring,  and  flies  were  scarce,  in  fact 
there  was  not  another  in  the  whole  window. 
She  knew  that  if  she  crippled  this  one,  it 
would  not  be  able  to  amuse  her  further,  and 
that  she  would  not  readily  get  another  instead, 
and  she  liked  the  feel  of  it  under  her  paw.  It 
was  soft  and  living,  and  the  quivering  of  its 
wings  tickled  the  ball  of  her  foot  in  a  manner 
that  she  found  particularly  grateful ;  so  she 
rolled  it  gently  along  the  whole  length  of  the 
window-sill.  It  then  became  the  fly's  turn. 
He  was  to  get  up  and  fly  about  in  the  win- 
dow, so  as  to  recover  himself  a  little ;  then  she 
was  to  catch  him  again,  and  roll  him  softly  all 
along  the  window-sill,  as  she  had  done  before. 

It  was  plain  that  the  cat  knew  the  rules  of 


Art  and   Science 


her  game  perfectly  well,  and  enjoyed  it  keenly. 
It  was  equally  plain  that  the  fly  could  not 
make  head  or  tail  of  what  it  was  all  about.  If 
it  had  been  able  to  do  so  it  would  have  gone 
to  play  in  the  upper  part  of  the  window,  where 
the  cat  could  not  reach  it.  Perhaps  it  was 
always  hoping  to  get  through  the  glass,  and 
escape  that  way;  anyhow,  it  kept  pretty 
much  to  the  same  pane,  no  matter  how  often 
it  was  rolled.  At  last,  however,  the  fly,  for 
some  reason  or  another,  did  not  reappear  on 
the  pane,  and  the  cat  began  looking  every- 
where to  find  it.  Her  annoyance  when  she 
failed  to  do  so  was  extreme.  It  was  not  only 
that  she  had  lost  her  fly,  but  that  she  could 
not  conceive  how  she  should  have  ever  come 
to  do  so.  Presently  she  noted  a  small  knot  in 
the  woodwork  of  the  sill,  and  it  flashed  upon 
her  that  she  had  accidentally  killed  the  fly, 
and  that  this  was  its  dead  body.  She  tried  to 
move  it  gently  with  her  paw,  but  it  was  no 
use,  and  for  the  time  she  satisfied  herself  that 
the  knot  and  the  fly  had  nothing  to  do  with 
one  another.  Every  now  and  then,  however, 
she  returned  to  it  as  though  it  were  the  only 


Essays  on   Life 


thing  she  could  think  of,  and  she  would  try  it 
again.     She  seemed  to  say  she  was   certain 
there  had   been   no   knot  there   before — she 
must  have  seen  it  if  there  had  been ;  and  yet, 
the  fly   could   hardly  have  got   jammed   so 
firmly  into  the  wood.     She  was  puzzled  and 
irritated  beyond  measure,  and  kept  looking  in 
the  same  place  again  and  again,  just  as  we  do 
when  we  have  mislaid  something.     She  was 
rapidly  losing  temper  and  dignity  when  sud- 
denly we  saw  the  fly  reappear  from  under  the 
cat's  stomach  and  make  for  the  window-pane, 
at  the  very  moment  when   the   cat    herself 
was  exclaiming  for  the  fiftieth  time  that  she 
wondered  where   that   stupid  fly  ever   could 
have  got  to.     No  man  who  has  been  hunting 
twenty  minutes  for  his   spectacles   could   be 
more  delighted  when  he  suddenly  finds  them 
on  his  own  forehead.    "  So  that's  where  you 
were,"  we  seemed  to  hear  her  say,  as  she  pro- 
ceeded to  catch  it,  and  again  began  rolling  it 
very  softly  without  hurting  it,  under  her  paw. 
My  friend  and  I  both  noticed  that  the  cat, 
in  spite  of  her  perplexity,  never  so  much  as 
hinted  that  we  were  the  culprits.    The  question 


Art  and  Science 


whether  anything  outside  the  window  could 
do  her  good  or  harm  had  long  since  been 
settled  by  her  in  the  negative,  and  she  was 
not  going  to  reopen  it ;  she  simply  cut  us 
dead,  and  though  her  annoyance  was  so  great 
that  she  was  manifestly  ready  to  lay  the  blame 
on  anybody  or  anything  with  or  without 
reason,  and  though  she  must  have  perfectly 
well  known  that  we  were  watching  the  whole 
affair  with  amusement,  she  never  either  asked 
us  if  we  had  happened  to  see  such  a  thing  as 
a  fly  go  down  our  way  lately,  or  accused  us  of 
having  taken  it  from  her — both  of  which  ideas 
she  would,  I  am  confident,  have  been  very 
well  able  to  convey  to  us  if  she  had  been  so 
minded. 

Now  what  are  thought  and  reason  if  the  pro- 
cesses that  were  going  through  this  cat's  mind 
were  not  both  one  and  the  other  ?  It  would 
be  childish  to  suppose  that  the  cat  thought  in 
words  of  its  own,  or  in  anything  like  words. 
Its  thinking  was  probably  conducted  through 
the  instrumentality  of  a  series  of  mental 
images.     We   so   habitually  think   in  words 

ourselves  that  we  find  it  difficult  to  realise 

223 


Essays  on  Life 


thought  without  words  at  all;  our  difficulty, 
however,  in  imagining  the  particular  manner 
in  which  the  cat  thinks  has  nothing  to  do  with 
the  matter.  We  must  answer  the  question 
whether  she  thinks  or  no,  not  according  to 
our  own  ease  or  difficulty  in  understanding 
the  particular  manner  of  her  thinking,  but 
according  as  her  action  does  or  does  not 
appear  to  be  of  the  same  character  as  other 
action  that  we  commonly  call  thoughtful. 
To  say  that  the  cat  is  not  intelligent,  merely 
on  the  ground  that  we  cannot  ourselves 
fathom  her  intelligence — this,  as  I  have  else- 
where said,  is  to  make  intelligence  mean  the 
power  of  being  understood,  rather  than  the 
power  of  understanding.  This  nevertheless 
is  what,  for  all  our  boasted  intelligence,  we 
generally  do.  The  more  we  can  understand 
an  animal's  ways,  the  more  intelligent  we  call 
it,  and  the  less  we  can  understand  these,  the 
more  stupid  do  we  declare  it  to  be.  As  for 
plants — whose  punctuality  and  attention  to 
all  the  details  and  routine  of  their  somewhat 
restricted  lines  of  business  is  as  obvious  as  it 

is  beyond  all  praise — we  understand  the  work- 

224 


Art  and  Science 


ing  of  their  minds  so  little  that  by  common 
consent  we  declare  them  to  have  no  intelligence 
at  all. 

Before  concluding  I  should  wish  to  deal  a 
little  more  fully  with  Professor  Max  Miiller's 
contention  that  there  can  be  no  reason  with- 
out language,  and  no  language  without  reason. 
Surely  when  two  practised  pugilists  are  fight- 
ing, parrying  each  other's  blows,  and  watching 
keenly  for  an  unguarded  point,  they  are  think- 
ing and  reasoning  very  subtly  the  whole  time, 
without  doing  so  in  words.  The  machination 
of  their  thoughts,  as  well  as  its  expression,  is 
actual — I  mean,  effectuated  and  expressed  by 
action  and  deed,  not  words.  They  are  un- 
aware of  any  logical  sequence  of  thought  that 
they  could  follow  in  words  as  passing  through 
their  minds  at  all.  They  may  perhaps  think 
consciously  in  words  now  and  again,  but  such 
thought  will  be  intermittent,  and  the  main 
part  of  the  fighting  will  be  done  without  any 
internal  concomitance  of  articulated  phrases. 
Yet  we  cannot  doubt  that  their  action,  how- 
ever much  we  may  disapprove  of  it,  is  guided 

by  intelligence   and  reason;    nor   should  we 

225  P 


Essays  on  Life 


doubt  that  a  reasoning  process  of  the  same 
character  goes  on  in  the  minds  of  two  dogs  or 
fighting-cocks  when  they  are  striving  to  master 
their  opponents. 

Do  we  think  in  words,  again,  when  we  wind 
up  our  watches,  put  on  our  clothes,  or  eat  our 
breakfasts  ?  If  we  do,  it  is  generally  about 
something  else.  We  do  these  things  almost 
as  much  without  the  help  of  words  as  we  wink 
or  yawn,  or  perform  any  of  those  other  actions 
that  we  call  reflex,  as  it  would  almost  seem 
because  they  are  done  without  reflection. 
They  are  not,  however,  the  less  reasonable 
because  wordless. 

Even  when  we  think  we  are  thinking  in 
words,  we  do  so  only  in  half  measure.  A 
running  accompaniment  of  words  no  doubt 
frequently  attends  our  thoughts ;  but,  unless 
we  are  writing  or  speaking,  this  accompani- 
ment is  of  the  vaguest  and  most  fitful  kind, 
as  we  often  find  out  when  we  try  to  write 
down  or  say  what  we  are  thinking  about, 
though  we  have  a  fairly  definite  notion  of  it, 
or  fancy  that  we  have  one,  all  the  time. 
The  thought  is  not  steadily  and  coherently 

226 


Art  and   Science 

governed  by  and  moulded  in  words,  nor  does 
it  steadily  govern  them.  Words  and  thought 
interact  upon  and  help  one  another,  as  any 
other  mechanical  appliances  interact  on  and 
help  the  invention  that  first  hit  upon  them ; 
but  reason  or  thought,  for  the  most  part,  flies 
along  over  the  heads  of  w^ords,  working  its 
own  mysterious  way  in  paths  that  are  beyond 
our  ken,  though  whether  some  of  our  depart- 
mental personalities  are  as  unconscious  of 
what  is  passing,  as  that  central  government  is 
which  we  alone  dub  with  the  name  of  "  we " 
or  "  us,"  is  a  point  on  which  I  will  not  now 
touch. 

1  cannot  think,  then,  that  Professor  Max 
Mliller's  contention  that  thought  and  lan- 
guage are  identical — and  he  has  repeatedly 
affirmed  this — will  ever  be  generally  accepted. 
Thought  is  no  more  identical  with  language 
than  feeling  is  identical  with  the  nervous 
system.  True,  we  can  no  more  feel  without 
a  nervous  system  than  we  can  discern  certain 
minute  organisms  without  a  microscope. 
Destroy  the  nervous  system,  and  we  destroy 

feeling.     Destroy  the  microscope,  and  we  can 

227 


Essays  on   Life 


no  longer  see  the  animalcules ;  but  our  sight 
of  the  animalcules  is  not  the  microscope, 
though  it  is  effectuated  by  means  of  the 
microscope,  and  our  feeling  is  not  the  nervous 
system,  though  the  nervous  system  is  the 
instrument  that  enables  us  to  feel. 

The  nervous  system  is  a  device  which  living 
beings  have  gradually  perfected — I  believe  I 
may  say  quite  truly — through  the  will  and 
power  which  they  have  derived  from  a  foun- 
tain-head, the  existence  of  which  we  can  infer, 
but  which  we  can  never  apprehend.  By  the 
help  of  this  device,  and  in  proportion  as  they 
have  perfected  it,  living  beings  feel  ever  with 
greater  definiteness,  and  hence  formulate  their 
feelings  in  thought  with  more  and  more  pre- 
cision. The  higher  evolution  of  thought  has 
reacted  on  the  nervous  system,  and  the  con- 
sequent higher  evolution  of  the  nervous  system 
has  again  reacted  upon  thought.  These  things 
are  as  power  and  desire,  or  supply  and  de- 
mand, each  one  of  which  is  continually  out- 
stripping, and  being  in  turn  outstripped  by 
the  other ;  but,  in  spite  of  their  close  connec- 
tion and  interaction,  power  is  not  desire,  nor 

228 


Art  and  Science 


demand  supply.  Language  is  a  device  evolved 
sometimes  by  leaps  and  bounds,  and  some- 
times exceedingly  slowly,  whereby  we  help 
ourselves  alike  to  greater  ease,  precision,  and 
complexity  of  thought,  and  also  to  more  con- 
venient interchange  of  thought  among  our- 
selves. Thought  found  rude  expression,  which 
gradually  among  other  forms  assumed  that  of 
words.  These  reacted  upon  thought,  and 
thought  again  on  them,  but  thought  is  no 
more  identical  with  words  than  words  are 
with  the  separate  letters  of  which  they  are 
composed. 

To  sum  up,  then,  and  to  conclude.  I  would 
ask  you  to  see  the  connection  between  words 
and  ideas,  as  in  the  first  instance  arbitrary. 
No  doubt  in  some  cases  an  imitation  of  the 
cry  of  some  bird  or  wild  beast  would  suggest 
the  name  that  should  be  attached  to  it ;  occa- 
sionally the  sound  of  an  operation  such  as 
grinding  may  have  influenced  the  choice  of 
the  letters  g,  r,  as  the  root  of  many  words 
that  denote  a  grinding,  grating,  grasping, 
crushing,  action;  but  I  understand  that  the 

number  of  words  due  to  direct  imitation  is 

229 


Essays  on   Life 


comparatively  few  in  number,  and  that  they 
have  been  mainly  coined  as  the  result  of  con- 
nections so  far-fetched  and  fanciful  as  to 
amount  practically  to  no  connection  at  all. 
Once  chosen,  however,  they  were  adhered  to 
for  a  considerable  time  among  the  dwellers  in 
any  given  place,  so  as  to  become  acknowledged 
as  the  vulgar  tongue,  and  raise  readily  in  the 
mind  of  the  inhabitants  of  that  place  the  ideas 
with  which  they  had  been  artificially  associated. 
As  regards  our  being  able  to  think  and 
reason  without  words,  the  Duke  of  Argyll 
has  put  the  matter  as  soundly  as  I  have  yet 
seen  it  stated.  "  It  seems  to  me,"  he  wrote, 
"  quite  certain  that  we  can  and  do  constantly 
think  of  things  without  thinking  of  any  sound 
or  word  as  designating  them.  Language 
seems  to  me  to  be  necessary  for  the  progress 
of  thought,  but  not  at  all  for  the  mere  act  of 
thinking.  It  is  a  product  of  thought,  an  ex- 
pression of  it,  a  vehicle  for  the  communication 
of  it,  and  an  embodiment  which  is  essential  to 
its  growth  and  continuity ;  but  it  seems  to 
me  altogether  erroneous   to  regard  it  as  an 

inseparable  part  of  cogitation." 

230 


Art  and  Science 

The  following  passages,  again,  are  quoted 
from  Sir  William  Hamilton  in  Professor  Max 
Miiller's  own  book,  with  so  much  approval  as 
to  lead  one  to  suppose  that  the  differences 
between  himself  and  his  opponents  are  in 
reality  less  than  he  believes  them  to  be : — 

"  Language,"  says  Sir  W.  Hamilton,  "  is  the 
attribution  of  signs  to  our  cognitions  of  things. 
But  as  a  cognition  must  have  already  been 
there  before  it  could  receive  a  sign,  conse- 
quently that  knowledge  which  is  denoted  by 
the  formation  and  application  of  a  word  must 
have  preceded  the  symbol  that  denotes  it.  A 
sign,  however,  is  necessary  to  give  stability  to 
our  intellectual  progress  —  to  establish  each 
step  in  our  advance  as  a  new  starting-point 
for  our  advance  to  another  beyond.  A  country 
may  be  overrun  by  an  armed  host,  but  it  is 
only  conquered  by  the  establishment  of  for- 
tresses. Words  are  the  fortresses  of  thought. 
They  enable  us  to  realise  our  dominion  over 
what  we  have  already  overrun  in  thought ;  to 
make  every  intellectual  conquest  the  base  of 
operations  for  others  still  beyond." 

"  This,"  says  Professor  Max  Midler,  "  is  a 

231 


Essays  on  Life 

most  happy  illustration/'  and  he  proceeds  to 
quote  the  following,  also  from  Sir  William 
Hamilton,  which  he  declares  to  be  even  hap- 
pier still. 

"You  have  all  heard,"  says  Sir  William 
Hamilton,  "of  the  process  of  tunnelling 
through  a  sandbank.  In  this  operation  it  is 
impossible  to  succeed  unless  every  foot,  nay, 
almost  every  inch  of  our  progress  be  secured 
by  an  arch  of  masonry  before  we  attempt  the 
excavation  of  another.  Now  language  is  to 
the  mind  precisely  what  the  arch  is  to  the 
tunnel.  The  power  of  thinking  and  the  power 
of  excavation  are  not  dependent  on  the  words 
in  the  one  case  or  on  the  mason- work  in  the 
other ;  but  without  these  subsidiaries  neither 
could  be  carried  on  beyond  its  rudimentary 
commencement.  Though,  therefore,  we  allow 
that  every  movement  forward  in  language 
must  be  determined  by  an  antecedent  move- 
ment forward  in  thought,  still,  unless  thought 
be  accompanied  at  each  point  of  its  evolutions 
by  a  corresponding  evolution  of  language,  its 
further  development  is  arrested." 

Man   has  evolved   an   articulate   language, 

232 


Art  and  Science 


whereas  the  lower  animals  seem  to  be  without 
one.  Man,  therefore,  has  far  outstripped  them 
in  reasoning  faculty  as  well  as  in  power  of 
expression.  This,  however,  does  not  bar  the 
communications  which  the  lower  animals 
make  to  one  another  from  possessing  all  the 
essential  characteristics  of  language,  and  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  wherever  we  can  follow  them 
we  find  such  communications  effectuated  by 
the  aid  of  arbitrary  symbols  covenanted  upon 
by  the  living  beings  that  wish  to  communicate, 
and  persistently  associated  with  certain  cor- 
responding feelings,  states  of  mind,  or  material 
objects.  Human  language  is  nothing  more 
than  this  in  principle,  however  much  further 
the  principle  has  been  carried  in  our  own  case 
than  in  that  of  the  lower  animals. 

This  being  admitted,  we  should  infer  that 
the  thought  or  reason  on  which  the  language 
of  men  and  animals  is  alike  founded  differs  as 
between  men  and  brutes  in  degree  but  not  in 
kind.  More  than  this  cannot  be  claimed  on 
behalf  of  the  lower  animals,  even  by  their  most 
enthusiastic  admirer. 


233 


THE  DEADLOCK  IN  DARWINISM ' 

PART  I 

It  will  be  readily  admitted  that  of  all  living 
writers  Mr.  Alfred  Russel  Wallace  is  the  one 
the  peculiar  turn  of  whose  mind  best  fits  him 
to  write  on  the  subject  of  natural  selection,  or 
the  accumulation  of  fortunate  but  accidental 
variations  through  descent  and  the  struggle 
for  existence.  His  mind  in  all  its  more  essen- 
tial characteristics  closely  resembles  that  of 
the  late  Mr.  Charles  Darwin  himself,  and  it 
is  no  doubt  due  to  this  fact  that  he  and  Mr. 
Darwin  elaborated  their  famous  theory  at  the 
same  time,  and  independently  of  one  another. 
I  shall  have  occasion  in  the  course  of  the  fol- 
lowing article  to  show  how  misled  and  mislead- 
ing both  these  distinguished  men  have  been, 
in  spite  of  their  unquestionable  familiarity 
with  the  whole  range  of  animal  and  vegetable 

^  Published  in  the  Universal  Review^  April,  May,  and  June 
1890. 

234 


Art  and  Science 


phenomena.  I  believe  it  will  be  more  respectful 
to  both  of  them  to  do  this  in  the  most  out- 
spoken way.  I  believe  their  work  to  have 
been  as  mischievous  as  it  has  been  valuable, 
and  as  valuable  as  it  has  been  mischievous ; 
and  higher,  whether  praise  or  blame,  I  know 
not  how  to  give.  Nevertheless  I  would  in 
the  outset,  and  with  the  utmost  sincerity, 
admit  concerning  Messrs.  Wallace  and  Darwin 
that  neither  can  be  held  as  the  more  profound 
and  conscientious  thinker ;  neither  can  be  put 
forward  as  the  more  ready  to  acknowledge 
obligation  to  the  great  writers  on  evolution 
who  had  preceded  him,  or  to  place  his  own 
developments  in  closer  and  more  conspicuous 
historical  connection  with  earlier  thought  upon 
the  subject ;  neither  is  the  more  ready  to 
welcome  criticism  and  to  state  his  opponent's 
case  in  the  most  pointed  and  telling  way  in 
which  it  can  be  put ;  neither  is  the  more  quick 
to  encourage  new  truth ;  neither  is  the  more 
genial,  generous  adversary,  or  has  the  pro- 
founder  horror  of  anything  even  approaching 
literary  or  scientific  want  of  candour;  both 

display  the  same  inimitable  power  of  putting 

235 


Essays  on  Life 

their  opinions  forward  in  the  way  that  shall 
best  ensure  their  acceptance ;  both  are  equally 
unrivalled  in  the  tact  that  tells  them  when 
silence  will  be  golden,  and  when  on  the  other 
hand  a  whole  volume  of  facts  may  be  advan- 
tageously brought  forward.  Less  than  the 
foregoing  tribute  both  to  Messrs.  Darwin  and 
Wallace  I  will  not,  and  more  I  cannot  pay. 

Let  us  now  turn  to  the  most  authoritative 
exponent  of  latter-day  evolution  —  I  mean 
to  Mr.  Wallace,  whose  work,  entitled  ''Dar- 
winism," though  it  should  have  been  entitled 
"  Wallaceism,"  is  still  so  far  Darwinistic  that 
it  develops  the  teaching  of  Mr.  Darwin 
in  the  direction  given  to  it  by  Mr.  Darwin 
himself — so  far,  indeed,  as  this  can  be  ascer- 
tained at  all — and  not  in  that  of  Lamarck. 
Mr.  Wallace  tells  us,  on  the  first  page  of  his 
preface,  that  he  has  no  intention  of  dealing 
even  in  outline  with  the  vast  subject  of  evolu- 
tion in  general,  and  has  only  tried  to  give 
such  an  account  of  the  theory  of  natural 
selection  as  may  facilitate  a  clear  conception 
of  Darwin's  work.     How  far  he  has  succeeded 

is  a  point  on  which  opinion  will  probably  be 

236 


Art  and   Science 


divided.  Those  who  find  Mr.  Darwin's  works 
clear  will  also  find  no  difficulty  in  under- 
standing Mr.  Wallace;  those,  on  the  other 
hand,  who  find  Mr.  Darwin  puzzling  are  little 
likely  to  be  less  puzzled  by  Mr.  Wallace. 
He  continues : — 

"  The  objections  now  made  to  Darwin's 
theory  apply  solely  to  the  particular  means  by 
which  the  change  of  species  has  been  brought 
about,  not  to  the  fact  of  that  change." 

But  "Darwin's  theory" — as   Mr.   Wallace 

has  elsewhere  proved  that  he  understands — 

has  no  reference  "  to  the  fact  of  that  change  " 

— that  is  to  say,  to  the  fact  that  species  have 

been  modified  in  course  of  descent  from  other 

species.     This  is  no  more  Mr.  Darwin's  theory 

than  it  is  the  reader's  or  my  own.     Darwin's 

theory  is  concerned  only  with  "  the  particular 

means  by  which  the  change   of  species   has 

been  brought  about " ;   his   contention   being 

that  this  is  mainly  due  to  the  natural  survival 

of  those  individuals  that  have  happened   by 

some  accident   to   be  born   most  favourably 

adapted   to   their   surroundings,  or,  in   other 

words,  through  accumulation  in  the  common 

237 


Essays  on  Life 


course  of  nature  of  the  more  lucky  varia- 
tions that  chance  occasionally  purveys.  Mr. 
Wallace's  words,  then,  in  reality  amount  to 
this,  that  the  objections  now  made  to  Darwin's 
theory  apply  solely  to  Darwin's  theory,  which 
is  all  very  well  as  far  as  it  goes,  but  might 
have  been  more  easily  apprehended  if  he  had 
simply  said,  "  There  are  several  objections  now 
made  to  Mr.  Darwin's  theory." 

It  must  be  remembered  that  the  passage 
quoted  above  occurs  on  the  first  page  of  a 
preface  dated  March  1889,  when  the  writer 
had  completed  his  task,  and  was  most  fully 
conversant  with  his  subject.  Nevertheless,  it 
seems  indisputable  either  that  he  is  still  con- 
fusing evolution  with  Mr.  Darwin's  theory, 
or  that  he  does  not  know  when  his  sentences 
have  point  and  when  they  have  none. 

I  should  perhaps  explain  to  some  readers 
that  Mr.  Darwin  did  not  modify  the  main 
theory  put  forward,  first  by  Buffon,  to  whom 
it  indisputably  belongs,  and  adopted  from  him 
by  Erasmus  Darwin,  Lamarck,  and  many 
other  writers   in  the   latter  half  of  the   last 

century  and  the  earlier  years  of  the  present. 

238 


Art  and  Science 

The  early  evolutionists  maintained  that  all 
existing  forms  of  animal  and  vegetable  life, 
including  man,  were  derived  in  course  of  de- 
scent with  modification  from  forms  resembling 
the  lowest  now  known. 

Mr.  Darwin  went  as  far  as  this,  and  farther 
no  one  can  go.  The  point  at  issue  between 
him  and  his  predecessors  involves  neither  the 
main  fact  of  evolution,  nor  yet  the  geometrical 
ratio  of  increase,  and  the  struggle  for  exist- 
ence consequent  thereon.  Messrs.  Darwin  and 
Wallace  have  each  thrown  invaluable  light 
upon  these  last  two  points,  but  BufFon,  as  early 
as  1756,  had  made  them  the  keystone  of  his 
system.  ''  The  movement  of  nature,"  he  then 
wrote,  "  turns  on  two  immovable  pivots :  one, 
the  illimitable  fecundity  which  she  has  given 
to  all  species :  the  other,  the  innumerable 
difficulties  which  reduce  the  results  of  that 
fecundity."  Erasmus  Darwin  and  Lamarck 
followed  in  the  same  sense.  They  thus  admit 
the  survival  of  the  fittest  as  fully  as  Mr. 
Darwin  himself,  though  they  do  not  make 
use  of  this  particular  expression.  The  dispute 
turns   not   upon   natural   selection,   which    is 

239 


Essays 


on   Life 


common  to  all  writers  on  evolution,  but  upon 
the  nature  and  causes  of  the  variations  that 
are  supposed  to  be  selected  from  and  thus 
accumulated.  Are  these  mainly  attributable 
to  the  inherited  effects  of  use  and  disuse, 
supplemented  by  occasional  sports  and  happy 
accidents  ?  Or  are  they  mainly  due  to  sports 
and  happy  accidents,  supplemented  by  occa- 
sional inherited  effects  of  use  and  disuse  ? 

The  Lamarckian  system  has  all  along  been 
maintained  by  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer,  who,  in 
his  "  Principles  of  Biology,"  pubUshed  in  1865, 
showed  how  impossible  it  was  that  accidental 
variations  should  accumulate  at  all.  I  am  not 
sure  how  far  Mr.  Spencer  would  consent  to 
being  called  a  Lamarckian  pure  and  simple, 
nor  yet  how  far  it  is  strictly  accurate  to  call 
him  one ;  nevertheless,  I  can  see  no  important 
difference  in  the  main  positions  taken  by  him 
and  by  Lamarck. 

The  question  at  issue  between  the  Lamarck- 
ians,  supported  by  Mr.  Spencer  and  a  growing 
band  of  those  who  have  risen  in  rebellion 
against  the  Charles-Darwinian  system  on  the 

one  hand,  and  Messrs.  Darwin  and  Wallace 

240 


Art  and   Science 

with  the  greater  number  of  our  more  promi- 
nent biologists  on  the  other,  involves  the  very- 
existence  of  evolution  as  a  workable  theory. 
For  it  is  plain  that  what  Nature  can  be  sup- 
posed able  to  do  by  way  of  choice  must 
depend  on  the  supply  of  the  variations  from 
which  she  is  supposed  to  choose.  She  cannot 
take  what  is  not  offered  to  her ;  and  so  again 
she  cannot  be  supposed  able  to  accumulate 
unless  what  is  gained  in  one  direction  in  one 
generation,  or  series  of  generations,  is  little 
likely  to  be  lost  in  those  that  presently  suc- 
ceed. Now  variations  ascribed  mainly  to  use 
and  disuse  can  be  supposed  capable  of  being 
accumulated,  for  use  and  disuse  are  fairly 
constant  for  long  periods  among  the  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species,  and  often  over 
large  areas  ;  moreover,  conditions  of  existence 
involving  changes  of  habit,  and  thus  of  organi- 
sation, come  for  the  most  part  gradually ;  so 
that  time  is  given  during  which  the  organism 
can  endeavour  to  adapt  itself  in  the  requisite 
respects,  instead  of  being  shocked  out  of  exist- 
ence by  too  sudden  change.  Variations,  on 
the   other   hand,   that   are   ascribed   to   mere 

241  Q 


Essays  on  Life 

chance  cannot  be  supposed  as  likely  to  be 
accumulated,  for  chance  is  notoriously  incon- 
stant, and  would  not  purvey  the  variations  in 
sufficiently  unbroken  succession,  or  in  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  individuals,  modified  similarly 
in  all  the  necessary  correlations  at  the  same 
time  and  place  to  admit  of  their  being  accu- 
mulated. It  is  vital  therefore  to  the  theory 
of  evolution,  as  was  early  pointed  out  by  the 
late  Professor  Fleeming  Jenkin  and  by  Mr, 
Herbert  Spencer,  that  variations  should  be 
supposed  to  have  a  definite  and  persistent 
principle  underlying  them,  which  shall  tend 
to  engender  similar  and  simultaneous  modifi- 
cation, however  small,  in  the  vast  majority  of 
individuals  composing  any  species.  The  exist- 
ence of  such  a  principle  and  its  permanence  is 
the  only  thing  that  can  be  supposed  capable 
of  acting  as  rudder  and  compass  to  the  accu- 
mulation of  variations,  and  of  making  it  hold 
steadily  on  one  course  for  each  species,  till 
eventually  many  havens,  far  remote  from  one 
another,  are  safely  reached. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  having  fatally  im- 
paired the   theory  of  his   predecessors  could 

242 


Art  and  Science 


not  warrant  Mr.  Darwin  in  claiming,  as  he 
most  fatuously  did,  the  theory  of  evolution. 
That  he  is  still  generally  believed  to  have 
been  the  originator  of  this  theory  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  he  claimed  it,  and  that  a  power- 
ful literary  backing  at  once  came  forward  to 
support  him.  It  seems  at  first  sight  improb- 
able that  those  who  too  zealously  urged  his 
claims  were  unaware  that  so  much  had  been 
written  on  the  subject,  but  when  we  find  even 
Mr.  Wallace  himself  as  profoundly  ignorant 
on  this  subject  as  he  still  either  is,  or  affects 
to  be,  there  is  no  limit  assignable  to  the 
ignorance  or  affected  ignorance  of  the  kind 
of  biologists  who  would  write  reviews  in  lead- 
ing journals  thirty  years  ago.  Mr.  Wallace 
writes : — 

"A  few  great  naturalists,  struck  by  the 
very  slight  difference  between  many  of  these 
species,  and  the  numerous  links  that  exist 
between  the  most  different  forms  of  animals 
and  plants,  and  also  observing  that  a  great 
many  species  do  vary  considerably  in  their 
forms,  colours  and  habits,  conceived  the  idea 

that  they  might  be  all  produced  one  from  the 

243 


Essays  on  Life 


other.  The  most  eminent  of  these  writers 
was  a  great  French  naturaUst,  Lamarck,  who 
pubUshed  an  elaborate  work,  the  Philosophie 
Zoologique,  in  which  he  endeavoured  to  prove 
that  all  animals  whatever  are  descended  from 
other  species  of  animals.  He  attributed  the 
change  of  species  chiefly  to  the  effect  of 
changes  in  the  conditions  of  life — such  as 
climate,  food,  &c. ;  and  especially  to  the  de- 
sires and  efforts  of  the  animals  themselves  to 
improve  their  condition,  leading  to  a  modifi- 
cation of  form  or  size  in  certain  parts,  owing 
to  the  well-known  physiological  law  that  all 
organs  are  strengthened  by  constant  use,  while 
they  are  weakened  or  even  completely  lost  by 
disuse.  .  .  . 

"The  only  other  important  work  dealing 
with  the  question  was  the  celebrated  'Vestiges 
of  Creation,'  published  anonymously,  but  now 
acknowledged  to  have  been  written  by  the  late 
Robert  Chambers." 

None  are  so  blind  as  those  who  will  not  see, 
and  it  would  be  waste  of  time  to  argue  with 
the  invincible  ignorance  of  one   who  thinks 

Lamarck  and  Buffbn  conceived  that  all  species 

244 


Art  and  Science 


were  produced  from  one  another,  more  especi- 
ally as  I  have  already  dealt  at  some  length 
with  the  early  evolutionists  in  my  work, 
"Evolution,  Old  and  New,"  first  published 
ten  years  ago,  and  not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware, 
detected  in  serious  error  or  omission.  If,  how- 
ever, Mr.  Wallace  still  thinks  it  safe  to  pre- 
sume so  far  on  the  ignorance  of  his  readers  as 
to  say  that  the  only  two  important  works  on 
evolution  before  Mr.  Darwin's  were  Lamarck's 
Philosophie  Zoologique  and  the  "Vestiges  of 
Creation,"  how  fathomable  is  the  ignorance  of 
the  average  reviewer  likely  to  have  been  thirty 
years  ago,  when  the  "  Origin  of  Species  "  was 
first  published?  Mr.  Darwin  claimed  evolu- 
tion as  his  own  theory.  Of  course,  he  would 
not  claim  it  if  he  had  no  right  to  it.  Then  by 
all  means  give  him  the  credit  of  it.  This  was 
the  most  natural  view  to  take,  and  it  was 
generally  taken.  It  was  not,  moreover,  sur- 
prising that  people  failed  to  appreciate  all  the 
niceties  of  Mr.  Darwin's  "  distinctive  feature  " 
which,  whether  distinctive  or  no,  was  assuredly 
not  distinct,  and  was  never  frankly  contrasted 
with  the  older  view,  as  it  would  have  been  by 

245 


Essays  on   Life 


one  who  wished  it  to  be  understood  and  judged 
upon  its  merits.  It  was  in  consequence  of 
this  omission  that  people  failed  to  note  how 
fast  and  loose  Mr.  Darwin  played  with  his 
distinctive  feature,  and  how  readily  he  dropped 
it  on  occasion. 

It  may  be  said  that  the  question  of  what 
was  thought  by  the  predecessors  of  Mr.  Darwin 
is,  after  all,  personal,  and  of  no  interest  to  the 
general  public,  comparable  to  that  of  the  main 
issue — whether  we  are  to  accept  evolution  or 
not.  Granted  that  BuiFon,  Erasmus  Darwin, 
and  Lamarck  bore  the  burden  and  heat  of  the 
day  before  Mr.  Charles  Darwin  was  born,  they 
did  not  bring  people  round  to  their  opinion, 
whereas  Mr.  Darwin  and  Mr.  Wallace  did, 
and  the  public  cannot  be  expected  to  look 
beyond  this  broad  and  indisputable  fact. 

The  answer  to  this  is,  that  the  theory  which 
Messrs.  Darwin  and  Wallace  have  persuaded 
the  public  to  accept  is  demonstrably  false,  and 
that  the  opponents  of  evolution  are  certain 
in  the  end  to  triumph  over  it.  Paley,  in  his 
"Natural  Theology,"  long  since  brought  for- 
ward far  too  much  evidence  of  design  in  animal 

246 


Art  and   Science 

organisation  to  allow  of  our  setting  down  its 
marvels  to  the  accumulations  of  fortunate  ac- 
cident, undirected  by  will,  effort  and  intelli- 
gence. Those  who  examine  the  main  facts 
of  animal  and  vegetable  organisation  without 
bias  will,  no  doubt,  ere  long  conclude  that  all 
animals  and  vegetables  are  derived  ultimately 
from  unicellular  organisms,  but  they  will  not 
less  readily  perceive  that  the  evolution  of 
species  without  the  concomitance  and  direc- 
tion of  mind  and  effort  is  as  inconceivable  as 
is  the  independent  creation  of  every  individual 
species.  The  two  facts,  evolution  and  design, 
are  equally  patent  to  plain  people.  There  is 
no  escaping  from  either.  According  to  Messrs. 
Darwin  and  Wallace,  we  may  have  evolution, 
but  are  on  no  account  to  have  it  as  mainly 
due  to  intelligent  effort,  guided  by  ever  higher 
and  higher  range  of  sensations,  perceptions, 
and  ideas.  We  are  to  set  it  down  to  the 
shuffling  of  cards,  or  the  throwing  of  dice 
without  the  play,  and  this  will  never  stand. 

According  to  the  older  men,  cards  did  in- 
deed count  for  much,  but  play  counted  for 

more.     They  denied  the  teleology  of  the  time 

247 


Essays  on  Life 


— that  is  to  say,  the  teleology  that  saw  all 
adaptation  to  surroundings  as  part  of  a  plan 
devised  long  ages  since  by  a  quasi-anthropo- 
morphic being  who  schemed  everything  out 
much  as  a  man  would  do,  but  on  an  infinitely 
vaster  scale.  This  conception  they  found  re- 
pugnant alike  to  intelligence  and  conscience, 
but,  though  they  do  not  seem  to  have  per- 
ceived it,  they  left  the  door  open  for  a  design 
more  true  and  more  demonstrable  than  that 
which  they  excluded.  By  making  their  varia- 
tions mainly  due  to  effort  and  intelligence, 
they  made  organic  development  run  on  all- 
fours  with  human  progress,  and  with  inven- 
tions which  we  have  watched  growing  up  from 
small  beginnings.  They  made  the  develop- 
ment of  man  from  the  amoeba  part  and  parcel 
of  the  story  that  may  be  read,  though  on  an 
infinitely  smaller  scale,  in  the  development  of 
our  most  powerful  marine  engines  from  the 
common  kettle,  or  of  our  finest  microscopes 
from  the  dew-drop. 

The  development  of  the  steam-engine  and 
the    microscope   is    due    to    intelligence   and 

design,  which  did  indeed  utilise  chance  sug- 

248 


Art  and  Science 

gestions,  but  which  improved  on  these,  and 
directed  each  step  of  their  accumulation, 
though  never  foreseeing  more  than  a  step  or 
two  ahead,  and  often  not  so  much  as  this. 
The  fact,  as  I  have  elsewhere  urged,  that  the 
man  who  made  the  first  kettle  did  not  foresee 
the  engines  of  the  Great  Eastern,  or  that  he 
who  first  noted  the  magnifying  power  of  the 
dew-drop  had  no  conception  of  our  pre- 
sent microscopes — the  very  limited  amount, 
in  fact,  of  design  and  intelligence  that  was 
called  into  play  at  any  one  point — ^this  does 
not  make  us  deny  that  the  steam-engine  and 
microscope  owe  their  development  to  design. 
If  each  step  of  the  road  was  designed,  the 
whole  journey  was  designed,  though  the  par- 
ticular end  was  not  designed  when  the  journey 
was  begun.  And  so  is  it,  according  to  the 
older  view  of  evolution,  with  the  development 
of  those  living  organs,  or  machines,  that  are 
born  with  us,  as  part  of  the  perambulating 
carpenter's  chest  we  call  our  bodies.  The 
older  view  gives  us  our  design,  and  gives  us 
our  evolution  too.  If  it  refuses  to  see  a  quasi- 
anthropomorphic  God  modelling  each  species 

249 


Essays  on  Life 

from  without  as  a  potter  models  clay,  it  gives 
us  God  as  vivifying  and  indwelling  in  all  His 
creatures — He  in  them,  and  they  in  Him.  If 
it  refuses  to  see  God  outside  the  universe,  it 
equally  refuses  to  see  any  part  of  the  universe 
as  outside  God.  If  it  makes  the  universe  the 
body  of  God,  it  also  makes  God  the  soul  of 
the  universe.  The  question  at  issue,  then, 
between  the  Darwinism  of  Erasmus  Darwin 
and  the  neo-Darwinism  of  his  grandson,  is  not 
a  personal  one,  nor  anything  like  a  personal 
one.  It  not  only  involves  the  existence  of 
evolution,  but  it  affects  the  view  we  take  of 
life  and  things  in  an  endless  variety  of  most 
interesting  and  important  ways.  It  is  im- 
perative, therefore,  on  those  who  take  any 
interest  in  these  matters,  to  place  side  by  side 
in  the  clearest  contrast  the  views  of  those  who 
refer  the  evolution  of  species  mainly  to  ac- 
cumulation of  variations  that  have  no  other 
inception  than  chance,  and  of  that  older 
school  which  makes  design  perceive  and  de- 
velop still  further  the  goods  that  chance  pro- 
vides. 

But  over  and  above  this,  which  would  be  in 

250 


Art  and  Science 


itself  sufficient,  the  historical  mode  of  study- 
ing any  question  is  the  only  one  which  will 
enable  us  to  comprehend  it  effectually.  The 
personal  element  cannot  be  eliminated  from 
the  consideration  of  works  written  by  living 
persons  for  living  persons.  We  want  to  know 
who  is  who — whom  we  can  depend  upon  to 
have  no  other  end  than  the  making  things 
clear  to  himself  and  his  readers,  and  whom  we 
should  mistrust  as  having  an  ulterior  aim  on 
which  he  is  more  intent  than  on  the  further- 
ing of  our  better  understanding.  We  want  to 
know  who  is  doing  his  best  to  help  us,  and 
who  is  only  trying  to  make  us  help  him,  or  to 
bolster  up  the  system  in  which  his  interests 
are  vested.  There  is  nothing  that  will  throw 
more  light  upon  these  points  than  the  way  in 
which  a  man  behaves  towards  those  who  have 
worked  in  the  same  field  with  himself,  and, 
again,  than  his  style.  A  man's  style,  as 
Buffon  long  since  said,  is  the  man  himself. 
By  style,  I  do  not,  of  course,  mean  grammar 
or  rhetoric,  but  that  style  of  which  BufFon 
again  said  that  it  is  like  happiness,  and  vient 

de  la  douceur  de  Tame.      When  we   find   a 

251 


Essays  on  Life 


man  concealing  worse  than  nullity  of  meaning 
under  sentences  that  sound  plausibly  enough, 
we  should  distrust  him  much  as  we  should 
a  fellow-traveller  whom  we  caught  trying  to 
steal  our  watch.  We  often  cannot  judge  of 
the  truth  or  falsehood  of  facts  for  ourselves, 
but  we  most  of  us  know  enough  of  human 
nature  to  be  able  to  tell  a  good  witness  from 
a  bad  one. 

However  this  may  be,  and  whatever  we 
may  think  of  judging  systems  by  the  direct- 
ness or  indirectness  of  those  who  advance 
them,  biologists,  having  committed  themselves 
too  rashly,  would  have  been  more  than  human 
if  they  had  not  shown  some  pique  towards 
those  who  dared  to  say,  first,  that  the  theory 
of  Messrs.  Darwin  and  Wallace  was  unwork- 
able ;  and  secondly,  that  even  though  it  were 
workable  it  would  not  justify  either  of  them 
in  claiming  evolution.  When  biologists  show 
pique  at  all  they  generally  show  a  good  deal 
of  pique,  but  pique  or  no  pique,  they  shunned 
Mr.  Spencer's  objection  above  referred  to  with 
a  persistency  more  unanimous  and  obstinate 

than  I  ever  remember  to  have  seen  displayed 

252 


Art  and   Science 


even  by  professional  truth-seekers.  I  find  no 
rejoinder  to  it  from  Mr.  Darwin  himself, 
between  1865  when  it  was  first  put  forward, 
and  1882  when  Mr.  Darwin  died.  It  has 
been  similarly  "  ostrichised "  by  all  the  lead- 
ing apologists  of  Darwinism,  so  far  at  least 
as  I  have  been  able  to  observe,  and  I  have 
followed  the  matter  closely  for  many  years. 
Mr.  Spencer  has  repeated  and  amplified  it  in 
his  recent  work,  "The  Factors  of  Organic 
Evolution,"  but  it  still  remains  without  so 
much  as  an  attempt  at  serious  answer,  for 
the  perfunctory  and  illusory  remarks  of  Mr. 
Wallace  at  the  end  of  his  "  Darwinism  "  can- 
not be  counted  as  such.  The  best  proof  of  its 
irresistible  weight  is  that  Mr.  Darwin,  though 
maintaining  silence  in  respect  to  it,  retreated 
from  his  original  position  in  the  direction  that 
would  most  obviate  Mr.  Spencer's  objection. 

Yet  this  objection  has  been  repeatedly 
urged  by  the  more  prominent  anti-Charles- 
Darwinian  authorities,  and  there  is  no  sign 
that  the  British  public  is  becoming  less 
rigorous  in  requiring  people  either  to  reply 
to   objections   repeatedly    urged   by  men    of 

253 


Essays  on   Life 

even  moderate  weight,  or  to  let  judgment 
go  by  default.  As  regards  Mr.  Darwin's 
claim  to  the  theory  of  evolution  generally, 
Darwinians  are  beginning  now  to  perceive 
that  this  cannot  be  admitted,  and  either  say 
with  some  hardihood  that  Mr.  Darwin  never 
claimed  it,  or  after  a  few  saving  clauses  to 
the  effect  that  this  theory  refers  only  to  the 
particular  means  by  which  evolution  has  been 
brought  about,  imply  forthwith  thereafter 
none  the  less  that  evolution  is  Mr.  Darwin's 
theory.  Mr.  Wallace  has  done  this  repeatedly 
in  his  recent  "  Darwinism."  Indeed,  I  should 
be  by  no  means  sure  that  on  the  first  page  of 
his  preface,  in  the  passage  about  ''  Darwin's 
theory,"  which  I  have  already  somewhat 
severely  criticised,  he  was  not  intending 
evolution  by  "Darwin's  theory,"  if  in  his 
preceding  paragraph  he  had  not  so  clearly 
shown  that  he  knew  evolution  to  be  a  theory 
of  greatly  older  date  than  Mr.  Darwin's. 

The  history  of  science — well  exemplified 
by  that  of  the  development  theory — is  the 
history   of    eminent   men   who   have    fought 

against  light  and  have   been  worsted.      The 

254 


Art  and  Science 


tenacity  with  which  Darwinians  stick  to  their 
accumulation  of  fortuitous  variations  is  on 
a  par  with  the  like  tenacity  shown  by  the 
illustrious  Cuvier,  who  did  his  best  to  crush 
evolution  altogether.  It  always  has  been 
thus,  and  always  will  be ;  nor  is  it  desirable 
in  the  interests  of  Truth  herself  that  it  should 
be  otherwise.  Truth  is  like  money — lightly 
come,  lightly  go ;  and  if  she  cannot  hold  her 
own  against  even  gross  misrepresentation,  she 
is  herself  not  worth  holding.  Misrepresenta- 
tion in  the  long  run  makes  Truth  as  much  as 
it  mars  her;  hence  our  law  courts  do  not 
think  it  desirable  that  pleaders  should  speak 
their  bond  fide  opinions,  much  less  that  they 
should  profess  to  do  so.  Rather  let  each  side 
hoodwink  judge  and  jury  as  best  it  can,  and 
let  truth  flash  out  from  collision  of  defence 
and  accusation.  When  either  side  will  not 
collide,  it  is  an  axiom  of  controversy  that 
it  desires  to  prevent  the  truth  from  being 
elicited. 

Let  us  now  note  the  courses  forced  upon 
biologists  by  the  difficulties  of  Mr.  Darwin's 
distinctive   feature.      Mr.    Darwin    and    Mr. 

255 


Essays  on   Life 


Wallace,  as  is  well  known,  brought  the  feature 
forward  simultaneously  and  independently  of 
one  another,  but  Mr.  Wallace  always  believed 
in  it  more  firmly  than  Mr.  Darwin  did.  Mr. 
Darwin  as  a  young  man  did  not  believe  in  it. 
He  wrote  before  1839,  "  Nature,  by  making 
habit  omnipotent  and  its  effects  hereditary, 
has  fitted  the  Fuegian  for  the  climate  and 
productions  of  his  country,"  ^  a  sentence  than 
which  nothing  can  coincide  more  fully  with 
the  older  view  that  use  and  disuse  were  the 
main  purveyors  of  variations,  or  conflict  more 
fatally  with  his  own  subsequent  distinctive 
feature.  Moreover,  as  T  showed  in  my  last 
work  on  evolution,^  in  the  peroration  to  his 
"  Origin  of  Species,"  he  discarded  his  acci- 
dental variations  altogether,  and  fell  back  on 
the  older  theory,  so  that  the  body  of  the 
"  Origin  of  Species  "  supports  one  theory,  and 
the  peroration  another  that  differs  from  it 
toto  coelo.  Finally,  in  his  later  editions,  he 
retreated  indefinitely  from  his  original  posi- 

1  "Voyages  of  the  Adventure  and  Beagle,''  iii.  p.  237. 

2  '^  Luckj  or  Cunning,,  as  the  main  means  of  Organic  Modi- 
fication?" (Longmans)^  pp.  179_,  180. 

256 


Art  and   Science 

tion,  edging  always  more  and  more  continually 
towards  the  theory  of  his  grandfather  and 
Lamarck.  These  facts  convince  me  that  he 
was  at  no  time  a  thorough-going  Darwinian, 
but  was  throughout  an  unconscious  Lam- 
arckian,  though  ever  anxious  to  conceal 
the  fact  alike  from  himself  and  from  his 
readers. 

Not  so  with  Mr.  Wallace,  who  was  both 
more  outspoken  in  the  first  instance,  and  who 
has  persevered  along  the  path  of  Wallaceism 
just  as  Mr.  Darwin  with  greater  sagacity  was 
ever  on  the  retreat  from  Darwinism.  Mr. 
Wallace's  profounder  faith  led  him  in  the 
outset  to  place  his  theory  in  fuller  daylight 
than  Mr.  Darwin  was  inclined  to  do.  Mr. 
Darwin  just  waved  Lamarck  aside,  and  said 
as  little  about  him  as  he  could,  while  in  his 
earlier  editions  Erasmus  Darwin  and  Buffon 
were  not  so  much  as  named.  Mr.  Wallace, 
on  the  contrary,  at  once  raised  the  Lamarckian 
spectre,  and  declared  it  exorcised.  He  said 
the  Lamarckian  hypothesis  was  '^  quite  un- 
necessary." The  giraffe  did  not  "acquire  its 
long  neck  by  desiring  to  reach  the  foliage  of 

257  K 


Essays  on  Life 


the  more  lofty  shrubs,  and  constantly  stretch- 
ing its  neck  for  this  purpose,  but  because  any 
varieties  which  occurred  among  its  antitypes 
with  a  longer  neck  than  usual  at  once  secured 
a  fresh  range  of  pasture  over  the  same  ground 
as  their  shorter-necked  companions,  and  on 
the  first  scarcity  of  food  were  thus  enabled 
to  outlive  them."  ^ 

"  Which  occurred "  is  evidently  "  which 
happened  to  occur "  by  some  chance  or  acci- 
dent unconnected  with  use  and  disuse.  The 
word  "  accident "  is  never  used,  but  Mr. 
Wallace  must  be  credited  with  this  instance 
of  a  desire  to  give  his  readers  a  chance  of 
perceiving  that  according  to  his  distinctive 
feature  evolution  is  an  affair  of  luck,  rather 
than  of  cunning.  Whether  his  readers  actu- 
ally did  understand  this  as  clearly  as  Mr. 
Wallace  doubtless  desired  that  they  should, 
and  whether  greater  development  at  this  point 
would  not  have  helped  them  to  fuller  appre- 
hension, we  need  not  now  inquire.  What 
was  gained  in  distinctness  might  have  been 

^  Journals  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Linnean  Society  (Zoology^ 
vol.  iii.),  1859,  p.  61. 

258 


Art  and  Science 


lost  in  distinctiveness,  and  after  all  he  did 
technically  put  us  upon  our  guard. 

Nevertheless  he  too  at  a  pinch  takes  refuge 
in  Lamarckism.  In  relation  to  the  manner  in 
which  the  eyes  of  soles,  turbots,  and  other 
flat-fish  travel  round  the  head  so  as  to  become 
in  the  end  unsymmetrically  placed,  he  says : — 

"The  eyes  of  these  fish  are  curiously  dis- 
torted in  order  that  both  eyes  may  be  upon 
the  upper  side,  where  alone  they  would  be  of 
any  use.  .  .  .  Now  if  we  suppose  this  process, 
which  in  the  young  is  completed  in  a  few  days 
or  weeks,  to  have  been  spread  over  thousands 
of  generations  during  the  development  of  these 
fish,  those  usually  surviving  whose  eyes  retained 
more  and  more  of  the  position  into  which  the 
young  fish  tried  to  twist  them  [italics  mine], 
the  change  becomes  intelligible."^  When  it 
was  said  by  Professor  Ray  Lankester — who 
knows  as  well  as  most  people  what  Lamarck 
taught  —  that  this  was  "flat  Lamarckism," 
Mr.  Wallace  rejoined  that  it  was  the  survival 
of  the  modified  individuals  that  did  it  all,  not 
the  efforts  of  the  young  fish  to  twist   their 

1  '^ Darwinism"  (Macmillan^  1889),  p.  129. 
259 


Essays  on  Life 

eyes,  and  the  transmission  to  descendants  of 
the  effects  of  those  efforts.  But  this,  as  I 
said  in  my  book,  "  Evolution,  Old  and  New,"  ^ 
is  like  saying  that  horses  are  swift  runners,  not 
by  reason  of  the  causes,  whatever  they  were, 
that  occasioned  the  direct  line  of  their  pro- 
genitors to  vary  towards  ever  greater  and 
greater  swiftness,  but  because  their  more 
slow-going  uncles  and  aunts  go  away.  Plain 
people  will  prefer  to  say  that  the  main  cause 
of  any  accumulation  of  favourable  modifica- 
tions consists  rather  in  that  which  brings  about 
the  initial  variations,  and  in  the  fact  that  these 
can  be  inherited  at  all,  than  in  the  fact  that 
the  unmodified  individuals  were  not  successful. 
People  do  not  become  rich  because  the  poor 
in  large  numbers  go  away,  but  because  they 
have  been  lucky,  or  provident,  or  more 
commonly  both.  If  they  would  keep  their 
wealth  when  they  have  made  it  they  must 
exclude  luck  thenceforth  to  the  utmost  of 
their  power,  and  their  children  must  follow 
their  example,  or  they  will  soon  lose  their 
money.     The  fact  that  the  weaker  go  to  the 


1  Longmans,  1890,  p.  376. 
260 


Art  and   Science 

wall  does  not  bring  about  the  greater  strength 
of  the  stronger ;  it  is  the  consequence  of  this 
last  and  not  the  cause — unless,  indeed,  it  be 
contended  that  a  knowledge  that  the  weak  go 
to  the  wall  stimulates  the  strong  to  exertions 
which  they  would  not  otherwise  so  make,  and 
that  these  exertions  produce  inheritable  modi- 
fications. Even  in  this  case,  however,  it  would 
be  the  exertions,  or  use  and  disuse,  that  would 
be  the  main  agents  in  the  modification.  But  it 
is  not  often  that  Mr.  Wallace  thus  backslides. 
His  present  position  is  that  acquired  (as  dis- 
tinguished from  congenital)  modifications  are 
not  inherited  at  all.  He  does  not  indeed  put 
his  faith  prominently  forward  and  pin  himself 
to  it  as  plainly  as  could  be  wished,  but  under 
the  heading,  "  The  Non-Heredity  of  Acquired 
Characters,"  he  writes  a,s  follows  on  p.  440  of 
his  recent  work  in  reference  to  Professor 
Weismann's  Theory  of  Heredity : — 

"  Certain  observations  on  the  embryology  of 
the  lower  animals  are  held  to  afford  direct 
proof  of  this  theory  of  heredity,  but  they  are 
too  technical   to  be   made  clear  to  ordinary 

readers.     A  logical  result  of  the  theory  is  the 

261 


Essays  on  Life 


impossibility  of  the  transmission  of  acquired 
characters,  since  the  molecular  structure  of  the 
germ-plasm  is  already  determined  within  the 
embryo ;  and  Weismann  holds  that  there  are 
no  facts  which  really  prove  that  acquired 
characters  can  be  inherited,  although  their 
inheritance  has,  by  most  writers,  been  con- 
sidered so  probable  as  hardly  to  stand  in  need 
of  direct  proof. 

"  We  have  already  seen  in  the  earlier  part 
of  this  chapter  that  many  instances  of  change, 
imputed  to  the  inheritance  of  acquired  varia- 
tions, are  really  cases  of  selection." 

And  the  rest  of  the  remarks  tend  to  convey 
the  impression  that  Mr.  Wallace  adopts  Pro- 
fessor Weismann's  view,  but,  curiously  enough, 
though  I  have  gone  through  Mr.  Wallace's 
book  with  a  special  view  to  this  particular 
point,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  him 
definitely  committing  himself  either  to  the 
assertion  that  acquired  modifications  never 
are  inherited,  or  that  they  sometimes  are  so. 
It  is  abundantly  laid  down  that  Mr.  Darwin 
laid  too  much  stress  on  use  and  disuse,  and  a 

residuary  impression  is  left  that  Mr.  Wallace 

262 


Art  and  Science 

is  endorsing  Professor  Weismann's  view,  but 
I  have  found  it  impossible  to  collect  any- 
thing that  enables  me  to  define  his  position 
confidently  in  this  respect. 

This  is  natural  enough,  for  Mr.  Wallace  has 
entitled  his  book  "  Darwinism,"  and  a  work 
denying  that  use  and  disuse  produced  any 
effect  could  not  conceivably  be  called  Dar- 
winism. Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  has  recently 
collected  many  passages  from  ''  The  Origin  of 
Species  "  and  from  "  Animals  and  Plants  under 
Domestication,"  ^  which  show  how  largely,  after 
all,  use  and  disuse  entered  into  Mr.  Darwin's 
system,  and  we  know  that  in  his  later  years  he 
attached  still  more  importance  to  them.  It 
was  out  of  the  question,  therefore,  that  Mr. 
Wallace  should  categorically  deny  that  their 
effects  were  inheritable.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  temptation  to  adopt  Professor  Weismann's 
view  must  have  been  overwhelming  to  one 
who  had  been  already  inclined  to  minimise 
the  effects  of  use  and  disuse.  On  the  whole, 
one  does  not  see  what  Mr.  Wallace  could  do, 
other  than  what  he  has  done — unless,  of  course, 

1  See  Nature,  March  6,  1890. 
263 


Essays  on   Life 


he  changed  his  title,  or  had  been  no  longer 
Mr.  Wallace. 

Besides,  thanks  to  the  works  of  Mr.  Spencer, 
Professor  Mivart,  Professor  Semper,  and  very 
many  others,  there  has  for  some  time  been  a 
growing  perception  that  the  Darwinism  of 
Charles  Darwin  was  doomed.  Use  and  dis- 
use must  either  do  even  more  than  is  officially 
recognised  in  Mr.  Darwin's  later  concessions, 
or  they  must  do  a  great  deal  less.  If  they 
can  do  as  much  as  Mr.  Darwin  himself  said 
they  did,  why  should  they  not  do  more  ?  Why 
stop  where  Mr.  Darwin  did  ?  And  again, 
where  in  the  name  of  all  that  is  reasonable  did 
he  really  stop  ?  He  drew  no  line,  and  on  what 
principle  can  we  say  that  so  much  is  possible 
as  effect  of  use  and  disuse,  but  so  much  more 
impossible?  If,  as  Mr.  Darwin  contended, 
disuse  can  so  far  reduce  an  organ  as  to  render 
it  rudimentary,  and  in  many  cases  get  rid  of  it 
altogether,  why  cannot  use  create  as  much  as 
disuse  can  destroy,  provided  it  has  anything, 
no  matter  how  low  in  structure,  to  begin 
with  ?     Let  us  know  where  we  stand.     If  it  is 

admitted  that  use  and  disuse  can  do  a  good 

264 


Art  and  Science 

deal,  what  does  a  good  deal  mean  ?  And  what 
is  the  proportion  between  the  shares  attribut- 
able to  use  and  disuse  and  to  natural  selec- 
tion respectively  ?  If  we  cannot  be  told  with 
absolute  precision,  let  us  at  any  rate  have 
something  more  definite  than  the  statement 
that  natural  selection  is  "  the  most  important 
means  of  modification." 

Mr.  Darwin  gave  us  no  help  in  this  respect ; 
and  worse  than  this,  he  contradicted  himself 
so  flatly  as  to  show  that  he  had  very  little 
definite  idea  upon  the  subject  at  all.  Thus 
in  respect  to  the  winglessness  of  the  Madeira 
beetles  he  wrote : — 

"  In  some  cases  we  might  easily  put  down 
to  disuse  modifications  of  structure,  which 
are  wholly  or  mainly  due  to  natural  selection. 
Mr.  WoUaston  has  discovered  the  remarkable 
fact  that  200  beetles,  out  of  the  550  species 
(but  more  are  now  known)  inhabiting  Madeira, 
are  so  far  deficient  in  wings  that  they  cannot 
fly ;  and  that  of  the  29  endemic  genera  no  less 
than  23  have  all  their  species  in  this  condition  ! 
Several  facts, — namely,  that  beetles  in  many 

parts  of  the  world  are  frequently  blown  out  to 

265 


Essays  on  Life 


sea  and  perish  ;  that  the  beetles  in  Madeira,  as 
observed  by  Mr.  Wollaston,  lie  much  concealed 
until  the  wind  lulls  and  the  sun  shines ;  that 
the  proportion  of  wingless  beetles  is  larger  on 
the  exposed  Desertas  than  in  Madeira  itself; 
and  especially  the  extraordinary  fact,  so  strongly 
insisted  on  by  Mr.  WoUaston,  that  certain  large 
groups  of  beetles,  elsewhere  excessively  nume- 
rous, which  absolutely  require  the  use  of  their 
wings  are  here  almost  entirely  absent ; — these 
several  considerations  make  me  believe  that 
the  wingless  condition  of  so  many  Madeira 
beetles  is  mainly  due  to  the  action  of  natural 
selection,  combined  probably  with  disuse  [italics 
mine].  For  during  many  successive  genera- 
tions each  individual  beetle  which  flew  least, 
either  from  its  wings  having  been  ever  so 
little  less  perfectly  developed  or  from  indo- 
lent habit,  will  have  had  the  best  chance  of 
surviving,  from  not  being  blown  out  to  sea ; 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  those  beetles  which 
most  readily  took  to  flight  would  oftenest 
have  been  blown  to  sea,  and  thus  de- 
stroyed." ^ 

^  ^^  Origin  of  Species,"  sixth  edition,  1888^  vol.  i.  p.  168. 

266 


Art  and  Science 


We  should  like  to  know,  first,  somewhere 
about  how  much  disuse  was  able  to  do  after 
all,  and  moreover  why,  if  it  can  do  anything 
at  all,  it  should  not  be  able  to  do  all.  Mr. 
Darwin  says :  "  Any  change  in  structure  and 
function  which  can  be  effected  by  small  stages 
is  within  the  power  of  natural  selection." 
"And  why  not,"  we  ask,  "within  the  power 
of  use  and  disuse?"  Moreover,  on  a  later 
page  we  find  Mr.  Darwin  saying : — 

"  It  appears  probable  that  disuse  has  been  the 
main  agent  in  rendering  organs  rudimentary 
[italics  mine].  It  would  at  first  lead  by  slow 
steps  to  the  more  and  more  complete  reduction 
of  a  part,  until  at  last  it  has  become  rudimentary 
— as  in  the  case  of  the  eyes  of  animals  inhabit- 
ing dark  caverns,  and  of  the  wings  of  birds 
inhabiting  oceanic  islands,  which  have  seldom 
been  forced  by  beasts  of  prey  to  take  flight, 
and  have  ultimately  lost  the  power  of  flying. 
Again,  an  organ,  useful  under  certain  condi- 
tions, might  become  injurious  under  others,  as 
with  the  wings  of  beetles  living  on  small  and 
exposed  islands  ;  and  in  this  case  natural  selec- 
tion will  have  aided  in  reducing  the  organ, 

267 


Essays  on  Life 


until  it  was  rendered  harmless  and  rudimen- 
tary [italics  mine]."  ^ 

So  that  just  as  an  undefined  amount  of  use 
and  disuse  was  introduced  on  the  earlier  page 
to  supplement  the  effects  of  natural  selection 
in  respect  of  the  wings  of  beetles  on  small  and 
exposed  islands,  we  have  here  an  undefined 
amount  of  natural  selection  introduced  to 
supplement  the  effects  of  use  and  disuse  in 
respect  of  the  identical  phenomena.  In  the 
one  passage  we  find  that  natural  selection  has 
been  the  main  agent  in  reducing  the  wings, 
though  use  and  disuse  have  had  an  appreciable 
share  in  the  result ;  in  the  other,  it  is  use  and 
disuse  that  have  been  the  main  agents,  though 
an  appreciable  share  in  the  result  must  be 
ascribed  to  natural  selection. 

Besides,  who  has  seen  the  uncles  and  aunts 
going  away  with  the  uniformity  that  is  neces- 
sary for  Mr.  Darwin's  contention  ?  We  know 
that  birds  and  insects  do  often  get  blown  out 
to  sea  and  perish,  but  in  order  to  establish 
Mr.  Darwin's  position  we  want  the  evidence 
of  those  who  watched  the  reduction  of  the 

1  ^^  Origin  of  Species/*  sixth  edition^  1888^  vol.  ii.  p.  261. 
268 


Art  and  Science 


wings  during  the  many  generations  in  the 
course  of  which  it  was  being  effected,  and 
who  can  testify  that  all,  or  the  overwhelming 
majority,  of  the  beetles  born  with  fairly  well- 
developed  wings  got  blown  out  to  sea,  while 
those  alone  survived  whose  wings  were  con- 
genitally  degenerate.  Who  saw  them  go,  or 
can  point  to  analogous  cases  so  conclusive  as 
to  compel  assent  from  any  equitable  thinker  ? 
Darwinians  of  the  stamp  of  Mr.  Thiselton 
Dyer,  Professor  Ray  Lankester,  or  Mr.  Ro- 
manes, insist  on  their  pound  of  flesh  in  the 
matter  of  irrefragable  demonstration.  They 
complain  of  us  for  not  bringing  forward  some 
one  who  has  been  able  to  detect  the  move- 
ment of  the  hour-hand  of  a  watch  during  a 
second  of  time,  and  when  we  fail  to  do  so, 
declare  triumphantly  that  we  have  no  evidence 
that  there  is  any  connection  between  the  beat- 
ing of  a  second  and  the  movement  of  the 
hour-hand.  When  we  say  that  rain  comes 
from  the  condensation  of  moisture  in  the 
atmosphere,  they  demand  of  us  a  rain-drop 
from  moisture  not   yet   condensed.      If  they 

stickle  for  proof  and  cavil  on  the  ninth  part 

269 


Essays  on  Life 

of  a  hair,  as  they  do  when  we  bring  forward 
what  we  deem  excellent  instances  of  the 
transmission  of  an  acquired  characteristic, 
why  may  not  we,  too,  demand  at  any  rate 
some  evidence  that  the  unmodified  beetles 
actually  did  always,  or  nearly  always,  get 
blown  out  to  sea,  during  the  reduction  above 
referred  to,  and  that  it  is  to  this  fact,  and  not 
to  the  masterly  inactivity  of  their  fathers  and 
mothers,  that  the  Madeira  beetles  owe  their 
winglessness  ?  If  we  began  stickling  for  proof 
in  this  way,  our  opponents  would  not  be  long 
in  letting  us  know  that  absolute  proof  is  un- 
attainable on  any  subject,  that  reasonable 
presumption  is  our  highest  certainty,  and  that 
crying  out  for  too  much  evidence  is  as  bad  as 
accepting  too  little.  Truth  is  like  a  photo- 
graphic sensitised  plate,  which  is  equally  ruined 
by  over  and  by  under  exposure,  and  the  just 
exposure  for  which  can  never  be  absolutely 
determined. 

Surely  if  disuse  can  be  credited  with  the 
vast  powers  involved  in  Mr.  Darwin's  state- 
ment that  it  has  probably  "been  the   main 

agent  in  rendering   organs   rudimentary,"  no 

270 


Art  and  Science 


limits  are  assignable  to  the  accumulated  effects 
of  habit,  provided  the  effects  of  habit,  or 
use  and  disuse,  are  supposed,  as  Mr.  Darwin 
supposed  them,  to  be  inheritable  at  all.  Dar- 
winians have  at  length  woke  up  to  the 
dilemma  in  which  they  are  placed  by  the 
manner  in  which  Mr.  Darwin  tried  to  sit  on 
the  two  stools  of  use  and  disuse,  and  natural 
selection  of  accidental  variations,  at  the  same 
time.  The  knell  of  Charles  -  Darwinism  is 
rung  in  Mr.  Wallace's  present  book,  and  in 
the  general  perception  on  the  part  of  biologists 
that  we  must  either  assign  to  use  and  disuse 
such  a  predominant  share  in  modification  as 
to  make  it  the  feature  most  proper  to  be  in- 
sisted on,  or  deny  that  the  modifications, 
whether  of  mind  or  body,  acquired  during  a 
single  lifetime,  are  ever  transmitted  at  all. 
If  they  can  be  inherited  at  all,  they  can  be 
accumulated.  If  they  can  be  accumulated  at 
all,  they  can  be  so,  for  anything  that  appears 
to  the  contrary,  to  the  extent  of  the  specific 
and  generic  differences  with  which  we  are  sur- 
rounded.    The  only  thing  to  do  is  to  pluck 

them   out   root   and   branch :   they   are   as   a 

271 


Essays  on  Life 


cancer  which,  if  the  smallest  fibre  be  left  un- 
excised,  will  grow  again,  and  kill  any  system 
on  to  which  it  is  allowed  to  fasten.  Mr. 
Wallace,  therefore,  may  well  be  excused  if  he 
casts  longing  eyes  towards  Weismannism. 

And  what  was  Mr.  Darwin's  system  ?  Who 
can  make  head  or  tail  of  the  inextricable 
muddle  in  which  he  left  it  ?  The  "  Origin 
of  Species  "  in  its  latest  shape  is  the  reduction 
of  hedging  to  an  absurdity.  How  did  Mr. 
Darwin  himself  leave  it  in  the  last  chapter  of 
the  last  edition  of  the  ''  Origin  of  Species  "  ? 
He  wrote : — 

"  I  have  now  recapitulated  the  facts  and  con- 
siderations which  have  thoroughly  convinced 
me  that  species  have  been  modified  during  a 
long  course  of  descent.  This  has  been  effected 
chiefly  through  the  natural  selection  of  numer- 
ous, successive,  slight,  favourable  variations ; 
aided  in  an  important  manner  by  the  inherited 
effects  of  the  use  and  disuse  of  parts,  and  in 
an  unimportant  manner — ^that  is,  in  relation 
to  adaptive  structures  whether  past  or  present 
— by  the  direct  action  of  external  conditions, 

and  by  variations  which  seem  to  us   in   our 

272 


Art  and   Science 

ignorance  to  arise  spontaneously.  It  appears 
that  I  formerly  underrated  the  frequency  and 
value  of  these  latter  forms  of  variation,  as  lead- 
ing to  permanent  modifications  of  structure 
independently  of  natural  selection." 

The  "numerous,  successive,  slight,  favour- 
able variations  "  above  referred  to  are  intended 
to  be  fortuitous,  accidental,  spontaneous.  It 
is  the  essence  of  Mr.  Darwin's  theory  that 
this  should  be  so.  Mr.  Darwin's  solemn  state- 
ment, therefore,  of  his  theory,  after  he  had 
done  his  best  or  his  worst  with  it,  is,  when 
stripped  of  surplusage,  as  follows  : — 

"The  modification  of  species  has  been 
mainly  effected  by  accumulation  of  spon- 
taneous variations;  it  has  been  aided  in  an 
important  manner  by  accumulation  of  varia- 
tions due  to  use  and  disuse,  and  in  an  unim- 
portant manner  by  spontaneous  variations;  I 
do  not  even  now  think  that  spontaneous  varia- 
tions have  been  very  important,  but  I  used  once 
to  think  them  less  important  than  I  do  now." 

It  is  a  discouraging  symptom  of  the  age 
that  such  a  system  should  have  been  so  long 
belauded,  and  it  is  a  sign  of  returning  intelli- 

273  s 


Essays  on  Life 

gence  that  even  he  who  has  been  more  espe- 
cially the  alter  ego  of  Mr.  Darwin  should  have 
felt  constrained  to  close  the  chapter  of  Charles- 
Darwinism  as  a  living  theory,  and  relegate  it 
to  the  important  but  not  very  creditable  place 
in  history  which  it  must  henceforth  occupy. 
It  is  astonishing,  however,  that  Mr.  Wallace 
should  have  quoted  the  extract  from  the 
"  Origin  of  Species  "  just  given,  as  he  has  done 
on  p.  412  of  his  "  Darwinism,"  without  betray- 
ing any  sign  that  he  has  caught  its  driftlessness 
— for  drift,  other  than  a  desire  to  hedge,  it 
assuredly  has  not  got.  The  battle  now  turns 
on  the  question  whether  modifications  of  either 
structure  or  instinct  due  to  use  or  disuse  are 
ever  inherited,  or  whether  they  are  not.  Can 
the  effects  of  habit  be  transmitted  to  progeny 
at  all  ?  We  know  that  more  usually  they  are 
not  transmitted  to  any  perceptible  extent,  but 
we  believe  also  that  occasionally,  and  indeed 
not  infrequently,  they  are  inherited  and  even 
intensified.  What  are  our  grounds  for  this 
opinion  ?  It  will  be  my  object  to  put  these 
forward  in  the  following  number  of  the  Uni- 
versal Review. 

274 


THE  DEADLOCK  IN  DARWINISM^ 

PART   II 

At  the  close  of  my  article  in  last  month's 
number  of  the  Universal  Review,  I  said  I 
would  in  this  month's  issue  show  why  the 
opponents  of  Charles-Darwinism  believe  the 
effects  of  habits  acquired  during  the  lifetime 
of  a  parent  to  produce  an  eifect  on  their  sub- 

^  Mr.  J.  T.  Cunningham,  of  the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory, 
Plymouth^  has  called  my  attention  to  the  fact  that  I  have  as- 
cribed to  Professor  Ray  Lankester  a  criticism  on  Mr.  Wallace's 
remarks  upon  the  eyes  of  certain  flat-fish,  which  Professor  Ray 
Lankester  was_,  in  reality,  only  adopting — with  full  acknow- 
ledgment— from  Mr.  Cunningham.  Mr.  Cunningham  has  left 
it  to  me  whether  to  correct  my  omission  publicly  or  not,  but  he 
would  so  plainly  prefer  my  doing  so  that  I  consider  myself 
bound  to  insert  this  note.  Curiously  enough  I  find  that  in  my 
book  ^^  Evolution  Old  and  New,"  I  gave  what  Lamarck  actually 
said  upon  the  eyes  of  flat-fish,  and  having  been  led  to  return  to 
the  subject,  I  may  as  well  quote  his  words.     He  wrote  : — 

''  Need — always  occasioned  by  the  circumstances  in  which  an 
animal  is  placed,  and  followed  by  sustained  efi*orts  at  gratification 
— can  not  only  modify  an  organ — that  is  to  say,  augment  or 
reduce  it — but  can  change  its  position  when  the  case  requires 
its  removal. 

^^  Ocean  fishes  have  occasion  to  see  what  is  on  either  side  of 
275 


Essays  on  Life 


sequent  offspring,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  we 
can  rarely  find  the  effect  in  any  one  genera- 
tion, or  even  in  several,  sufficiently  marked  to 
arrest  our  attention. 

I  will  now  show  that  offspring  can  be,  and 
not  very  infrequently  is,  affected  by  occur- 
rences that  have  produced  a  deep  impression 
on  the  parent  organism — the  effect  produced 
on  the  offspring  being  such  as  leaves  no  doubt 
that  it  is  to  be  connected  with  the  impression 
produced  on  the  parent.  Having  thus  estab- 
lished the  general  proposition,  I  will  proceed 
to  the  more  particular  one — that  habits,  in- 
volving use  and  disuse  of  special  organs,  with 

them,  and  have  their  eyes  accordingly  placed  on  either  side  of 
their  head.  Some  fishes^  however,  have  their  abode  near  coasts 
on  submarine  banks  and  inclinations,  and  are  thus  forced  to 
flatten  themselves  as  much  as  possible  in  order  to  get  as  near 
as  they  can  to  the  shore.  In  this  situation  they  receive  more 
light  from  above  than  from  below,  and  find  it  necessary  to  pay 
attention  to  whatever  happens  to  be  above  them  ;  this  need  has 
involved  the  displacement  of  their  eyes^  which  now  take  the 
remarkable  position  which  we  observe  in  the  case  of  soles^  tur- 
bots,  plaice,  &c.  The  transfer  of  position  is  not  even  yet  com- 
plete in  the  case  of  these  fishes,  and  the  eyes  are  not,  therefore, 
symmetrically  placed  ;  but  they  are  so  with  the  skate,  whose 
head  and  whole  body  are  equally  disposed  on  either  side  a  longi- 
tudinal section.  Hence  the  eyes  of  this  fish  are  placed  sym- 
metrically upon  the  uppermost  side." — Philosophie  Zoologique, 
torn,  i.,  pp.  250,  251.     Edition  C.  Martins.     Paris,  1873. 

276 


Art  and   Science 

the  modifications  of  structure  thereby  en- 
gendered, produce  also  an  effect  upon  offspring, 
which,  though  seldom  perceptible  as  regards 
structure  in  a  single,  or  even  in  several  genera- 
tions, is  nevertheless  capable  of  being  accumu- 
lated in  successive  generations  till  it  amounts 
to  specific  and  generic  difference.  I  have 
found  the  first  point  as  much  as  I  can  treat 
within  the  limits  of  this  present  article,  and 
will  avail  myself  of  the  hospitality  of  the 
Universal  Review  next  month  to  deal  with 
the  second. 

The  proposition  which  I  have  to  defend  is 
one  which  no  one  till  recently  would  have 
questioned,  and  even  now,  those  who  look 
most  askance  at  it  do  not  venture  to  dispute 
it  unreservedly;  they  every  now  and  then 
admit  it  as  conceivable,  and  even  in  some  cases 
probable ;  nevertheless  they  seek  to  minimise 
it,  and  to  make  out  that  there  is  little  or  no 
connection  between  the  great  mass  of  the  cells 
of  which  the  body  is  composed,  and  those 
cells  that  are  alone  capable  of  reproducing 
the    entire    organism.     The    tendency   is   to 

assign  to  these  last  a  life  of  their  own,  apart 

277 


Essays  on  Life 


from,  and  unconnected  with  that  of  the  other 
cells  of  the  body,  and  to  cheapen  all  evidence 
that  tends  to  prove  any  response  on  their  part 
to  the  past  history  of  the  individual,  and  hence 
ultimately  of  the  race. 

Professor  Weismann  is  the  foremost  ex- 
ponent of  those  who  take  this  line.  He  has 
naturally  been  welcomed  by  English  Charles- 
Darwinians  ;  for  if  his  view  can  be  sustained, 
then  it  can  be  contended  that  use  and  disuse 
produce  no  transmissible  effect,  and  the  ground 
is  cut  from  under  Lamarck's  feet ;  if,  on  the 
other  hand,  his  view  is  unfounded,  the  La- 
marckian  reaction,  already  strong,  will  gain 
still  further  strength.  The  issue,  therefore, 
is  important,  and  is  being  fiercely  contested 
by  those  who  have  invested  their  all  of  repu- 
tation for  discernment  in  Charles-Darwinian 
securities. 

Professor  Weismann's  theory  is,  that  at 
every  new  birth  a  part  of  the  substance  which 
proceeds  from  parents  and  which  goes  to  form 
the  new  embryo  is  not  used  up  in  forming  the 
new  animal,  but  remains  apart  to  generate  the 

germ-cells — or  perhaps  I  should  say  ''germ- 

278 


Art  and  Science 


plasm  " — which  the  new  animal  itself  will  in 
due  course  issue. 

Contrasting  the  generally  received  view 
with  his  own,  Professor  Weismann  says  that 
according  to  the  first  of  these  "  the  organism 
produces  germ-cells  afresh  again  and  again, 
and  that  it  produces  them  entirely  from  its 
own  substance."  While  by  the  second  ''the 
germ-cells  are  no  longer  looked  upon  as  the 
product  of  the  parent's  body,  at  least  as  far  as 
their  essential  part — the  specific  germ-plasm — 
is  concerned ;  they  are  rather  considered  as 
something  which  is  to  be  placed  in  contrast 
with  the  tout  ensemble  of  the  cells  which  make 
up  the  parent's  body,  and  the  germ-cells  of 
succeeding  generations  stand  in  a  similar  re- 
lation to  one  another  as  a  series  of  generations 
of  unicellular  organisms  arising  by  a  continued 
process  of  cell-division."  ^ 

On  another  page  he  writes  : — 

"  I  believe  that  heredity  depends  upon  the 
fact  that  a  small  portion  of  the  effective  sub- 
stance of  the  germ,  the  germ-plasm,  remains 
unchanged   during  the   development   of    the 

1  **  Essays  on  Heredity/'  &c.,  Oxford,  1889,  p.  171. 
279 


Essays  on  Life 


ovum  into  an  organism,  and  that  this  part  of 
the  germ-plasm  serves  as  a  foundation  from 
which  the  germ-cells  of  the  new  organism  are 
produced.  There  is,  therefore,  continuity  of 
the  germ-plasm  from  one  generation  to  an- 
other. One  might  represent  the  germ-plasm 
by  the  metaphor  of  a  long  creeping  root-stock 
from  which  plants  arise  at  intervals,  these 
latter  representing  the  individuals  of  suc- 
cessive generations."^ 

Mr.  Wallace,  who  does  not  appear  to  have 
read  Professor  Weismann's  essays  themselves, 
but  whose  remarks  are,  no  doubt,  ultimately 
derived  from  the  sequel  to  the  passage  just 
quoted  from  page  266  of  Professor  Weis- 
mann's book,  contends  that  the  impossibility 
of  the  transmission  of  acquired  characters 
follows  as  a  logical  result  from  Professor 
Weismann's  theory,  inasmuch  as  the  mole- 
cular structure  of  the  germ-plasm  that  will 
go  to  form  any  succeeding  generation  is 
already  predetermined  within  the  still  un- 
formed embryo  of  its  predecessor ;  "  and 
Weismann,"  continues  Mr.  Wallace,  "holds 

^  ^'^  Essays  on  Heredity/'  &c.,  Oxford,  1889,  p.  266. 
280 


Art  and   Science 

that  there  are  no  facts  which  really  prove 
that  acquired  characters  can  be  inherited, 
although  their  inheritance  has,  by  most 
writers,  been  considered  so  probable  as  hardly 
to  stand  in  need  of  direct  proof."  ^ 

Professor  Weismann,  in  passages  too  nu- 
merous to  quote,  shows  that  he  recognises 
this  necessity,  and  acknowledges  that  the  non- 
transmission  of  acquired  characters  "  forms  the 
foundation  of  the  views  "  set  forth  in  his  book, 
p.  291. 

Professor  Ray  Lankester  does  not  commit 
himself  absolutely  to  this  view,  but  lends  it 
support  by  saying  {Nature,  December  12, 
1889):  "It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  it 
has  never  yet  been  shown  experimentally  that 
anything  acquired  by  one  generation  is  trans- 
mitted to  the  next  (putting  aside  diseases)." 

Mr.  Romanes,  writing  in  Nature,  March  13, 
1890,  and  opposing  certain  details  of  Professor 
Weismann's  theory,  so  far  supports  it  as  to 
say  that  "  there  is  the  gravest  possible  doubt 
lying  against  the  supposition  that  any  really 
inherited    decrease    is    due   to   the   inherited 

1  ''  Darwinism/'  1889,  p.  440. 
281 


Essays  on   Life 


effects  of  disuse."  The  ''gravest  possible 
doubt"  should  mean  that  Mr.  Romanes  re- 
gards it  as  a  moral  certainty  that  disuse  has 
no  transmitted  effect  in  reducing  an  organ, 
and  it  should  follow  that  he  holds  use  to  have 
no  transmitted  effect  in  its  development.  The 
sequel,  however,  makes  me  uncertain  how 
far  Mr.  Romanes  intends  this,  and  I  would 
refer  the  reader  to  the  article  which  Mr. 
Romanes  has  just  published  on  Weismann 
in  the  Conteirvporary  Review  for  this  current 
month. 

The  burden  of  Mr.  Thiselton  Dyer's  con- 
troversy with  the  Duke  of  Argyll  (see  Nature, 
January  16,  1890,  et  seq.)  was  that  there  was 
no  evidence  in  support  of  the  transmission  of 
any  acquired  modification.  The  orthodoxy  of 
science,  therefore,  must  be  held  as  giving  at 
any  rate  a  provisional  support  to  Professor 
Weismann,  but  all  of  them,  including  even 
Professor  Weismann  himself,  shrink  from 
committing  themselves  to  the  opinion  that 
the  germ-cells  of  any  organisms  remain  in  all 
cases  unaffected  by  the  events  that  occur  to 

the  other  cells  of  the  same  organism,  and  until 

282 


Art  and  Science 

they  do  this  they  have  knocked  the  bottom 
out  of  their  case. 

From  among  the  passages  in  which  Pro- 
fessor Weismann  himself  shows  a  desire  to 
hedge  I  may  take  the  following  from  page  170 
of  his  book  : — 

"  I  am  also  far  from  asserting  that  the 
germ-plasm  which,  as  I  hold,  is  transmitted 
as  the  basis  of  heredity  from  one  generation 
to  another,  is  absolutely  unchangeable  or 
totally  uninfluenced  by  forces  residing  in  the 
organism  within  which  it  is  transformed  into 
germ-cells.  I  am  also  compelled  to  admit  it 
as  conceivable  that  organisms  may  exert  a 
modifying  influence  upon  their  germ -cells, 
and  even  that  such  a  process  is  to  a  certain 
extent  inevitable.  The  nutrition  and  growth 
of  the  individual  must  exercise  some  influence 
upon  its  germ-cells  ..." 

Professor  Weismann  does  indeed  go  on  to 
say  that  this  influence  must  be  extremely 
slight,  but  we  do  not  care  how  slight  the 
changes  produced  may  be  provided  they  exist 
and  can  be  transmitted.     On  an  earlier  page 

(p.  101)  he  said  in  regard  to  variations  gener- 

283 


Essays  on  Life 

ally  that  we  should  not  expect  to  find  them 
conspicuous  ;  their  frequency  would  be  enough, 
if  they  could  be  accumulated.  The  same 
applies  here,  if  stirring  events  that  occur  to 
the  somatic  cells  can  produce  any  effect  at 
all  on  offspring.  A  very  small  effect,  provided 
it  can  be  repeated  and  accumulated  in  suc- 
cessive generations,  is  all  that  even  the  most 
exacting  Lamarckian  will  ask  for. 

Having  now  made  the  reader  acquainted 
with  the  position  taken  by  the  leading  Charles- 
Darwinian  authorities,  I  will  return  to  Pro- 
fessor Weismann  himself,  who  declares  that 
the  transmission  of  acquired  characters  "at 
first  sight  certainly  seems  necessary,"  and  that 
"  it  appears  rash  to  attempt  to  dispense  with 
its  aid."     He  continues  : — 

"  Many  phenomena  only  appear  to  be  in- 
telligible if  we  assume  the  hereditary  trans- 
mission of  such  acquired  characters  as  the 
changes  which  we  ascribe  to  the  use  or 
disuse  of  particular  organs,  or  to  the  direct 
influence  of  climate.  Furthermore,  how  can 
we  explain  instinct  as  hereditary  habit,  unless 

it  has  gradually  arisen  by  the  accumulation, 

284 


Art  and   Science 

through  heredity,  of  habits  which  were  prac- 
tised in  succeeding  generations  ? "  ^ 

I  may  say  in  passing  that  Professor  Weis- 
mann  appears  to  suppose  that  the  view  of 
instinct  just  given  is  part  of  the  Charles- 
Darwinian  system,  for  on  page  389  of  his 
book  he  says  "that  many  observers  had 
followed  Darwin  in  explaining  them  [in- 
stincts] as  inherited  habits."  This  was  not 
Mr.  Darwin's  own  view  of  the  matter.  He 
wrote : — 

"  If  we  suppose  any  habitual  action  to 
become  inherited  —  and  I  think  it  can  be 
shown  that  this  does  sometimes  happen — 
then  the  resemblance  between  what  originally 
was  a  habit  and  an  instinct  becomes  so  close 
as  not  to  be  distinguished.  .  .  .  But  it  would 
be  the  most  serious  error  to  suppose  that 
the  greater  number  of  instincts  have  been 
acquired  by  habit  in  one  generation,  and 
then  transmitted  by  inheritance  to  succeed- 
ing generations.  It  can  be  clearly  shown 
that  the  most  wonderful  instincts  with  which 
we  are  acquainted,  namely,  those  of  the  hive- 

1  Page  83. 
285 


Essays  on   Life 


bee  and  of  many  ants,  could  not  possibly  have 
been  thus  acquired." — ["  Origin  of  Species," 
ed.,  1859,  p.  209.] 

Again  we  read:  "Domestic  instincts  are 
sometimes  spoken  of  as  actions  which  have 
become  inherited  solely  from  long-continued 
and  compulsory  habit,  but  this,  I  think,  is 
not  true." — Ihid.,  p.  214. 

Again :  "  I  am  surprised  that  no  one  has 
advanced  this  demonstrative  case  of  neuter 
insects,  against  the  well-known  doctrine  of 
inherited  habit,  as  advanced  by  Lamarck." — 
I"  Origin  of  Species,"  ed.  1872,  p.  233.] 

I  am  not  aware  that  Lamarck  advanced 
the  doctrine  that  instinct  is  inherited  habit, 
but  he  may  have  done  so  in  some  work  that 
I  have  not  seen. 

It  is  true,  as  I  have  more  than  once  pointed 
out,  that  in  the  later  editions  of  the  "  Origin 
of  Species  "  it  is  no  longer  "  the  viost  serious  " 
error  to  refer  instincts  generally  to  inherited 
habit,  but  it  still  remains  "a  serious  error," 
and  this  slight  relaxation  of  severity  does  not 
warrant  Professor  Weismann  in  ascribing  to 
Mr.  Darwin  an  opinion  which  he  emphatically 

286 


Art  and   Science 

condemned.  His  tone,  however,  is  so  off- 
hand, that  those  who  have  little  acquaintance 
with  the  literature  of  evolution  would  hardly 
guess  that  he  is  not  much  better  informed  on 
this  subject  than  themselves. 

Returning  to  the  inheritance  of  acquired 
characters,  Professor  Weismann  says  that 
this  has  never  been  proved  either  by  means 
of  direct  observation  or  by  experiment.  ''  It 
must  be  admitted,"  he  writes,  "  that  there  are 
in  existence  numerous  descriptions  of  cases 
which  tend  to  prove  that  such  mutilations  as 
the  loss  of  fingers,  the  scars  of  wounds,  &c., 
are  inherited  by  the  offspring,  but  in  these 
descriptions  the  previous  history  is  invariably 
obscure,  and  hence  the  evidence  loses  all 
scientific  value." 

The  experiments  of  M.  Brown- Sequard 
throw  so  much  light  upon  the  question  at 
issue  that  I  will  quote  at  some  length  from 
the  summary  given  by  Mr.  Darwin  in  his 
"Variation  of  Animals  and  Plants  under 
Domestication."  ^     Mr.  Darwin  writes  : — 

"  With  respect  to  the  inheritance  of  struc- 

1  Vol.  i.  p.  466,  &c.     Ed.  1885. 
287 


Essays  on  Life 


tures  mutilated  by  injuries  or  altered  by 
disease,  it  was  until  lately  difficult  to  come 
to  any  definite  conclusion."  [Then  follow 
several  cases  in  which  mutilations  practised 
for  many  generations  are  not  found  to  be 
transmitted.]  "  Notwithstanding,"  continues 
Mr.  Darwin,  "the  above  several  negative 
cases,  we  now  possess  conclusive  evidence 
that  the  effects  of  operations  are  sometimes 
inherited.  Dr.  Brown- Sequard  gives  the  fol- 
lowing summary  of  his  observations  on  guinea- 
pigs,  and  this  summary  is  so  important  that 
I  will  quote  the  whole : — 

" '  1st.  Appearance  of  epilepsy  in  animals 
born  of  parents  having  been  rendered  epileptic 
by  an  injury  to  the  spinal  cord. 

" '  2nd.  Appearance  of  epilepsy  also  in  ani- 
mals born  of  parents  having  been  rendered 
epileptic  by  the  section  of  the  sciatic  nerve. 

" '  3rd.  A  change  in  the  shape  of  the  ear  in 
animals  born  of  parents  in  which  such  a 
change  was  the  effect  of  a  division  of  the 
cervical  sympathetic  nerve. 

" '  4th.  Partial   closure    of    the   eyelids    in 

animals  born  of  parents  in  which  that  state 

288 


Art  and  Science 


of  the  eyelids  had  been  caused  either  by  the 
section  of  the  cervical  sympathetic  nerve  or 
the  removal  of  the  superior  cervical  ganglion. 

" '  5th.  Exophthalmia  in  animals  born  of 
parents  in  which  an  injury  to  the  restiform 
body  had  produced  that  protrusion  of  the  eye- 
ball. This  interesting  fact  I  have  witnessed  a 
good  many  times,  and  I  have  seen  the  trans- 
mission of  the  morbid  state  of  the  eye  continue 
through  four  generations.  In  these  animals 
modified  by  heredity,  the  two  eyes  generally 
protruded,  although  in  the  parents  usually 
only  one  showed  exophthalmia,  the  lesion 
having  been  made  in  most  cases  only  on  one 
of  the  corpora  restiformia. 

"  '  6th.  Hgematoma  and  dry  gangrene  of  the 
ears  in  animals  born  of  parents  in  which 
these  ear-alterations  had  been  caused  by  an 
injury  to  the  restiform  body  near  the  nib  of 
the  calamus. 

"  '  7th.  Absence  of  two  toes  out  of  the  three 
of  the  hind  leg,  and  sometimes  of  the  three, 
in  animals  whose  parents  had  eaten  up  their 
hind-leg  toes  which  had  become  anaesthetic 
from  a  section  of  the  sciatic  nerve  alone,  or 

289  X 


Essays  on  Life 

of  that  nerve  and  also  of  the  crural.  Some- 
times, instead  of  complete  absence  of  the  toes, 
only  a  part  of  one  or  two  or  three  was 
missing  in  the  young,  although  in  the  parent 
not  only  the  toes  but  the  whole  foot  was 
absent  (partly  eaten  off,  partly  destroyed  by 
inflammation,  ulceration,  or  gangrene). 

"  '  8th.  Appearance  of  various  morbid  states 
of  the  skin  and  hair  of  the  neck  and  face  in 
animals  born  of  parents  having  had  similar 
alterations  in  the  same  parts,  as  effects  of  an 
injury  to  the  sciatic  nerve.' 

"  It  should  be  especially  observed  that 
Brown- Sequard  has  bred  during  thirty  years 
many  thousand  guinea-pigs  from  animals 
which  had  not  been  operated  upon,  and  not 
one  of  these  manifested  the  epileptic  tendency. 
Nor  has  he  ever  seen  a  guinea-pig  born  with- 
out toes,  which  was  not  the  offspring  of 
parents  which  had  gnawed  off  their  own  toes 
owing  to  the  sciatic  nerve  having  been  divided. 
Of  this  latter  fact  thirteen  instances  were 
carefully  recorded,  and  a  greater  number  were 
seen ;  yet  Brown-Sequard  speaks  of  such  cases 

as  one  of  the  rarer  forms  of  inheritance.     It  is 

290 


Art  and  Science 

a  still  more  interesting  fact,  '  that  the  sciatic 
nerve  in  the  congenitally  toeless  animal  has 
inherited  the  power  of  passing  through  all  the 
different  morbid  states  which  have  occurred 
in  one  of  its  parents  from  the  time  of  the 
division  till  after  its  reunion  with  the  peripheric 
end.  It  is  not,  therefore,  simply  the  power 
of  performing  an  action  which  is  inherited,  but 
the  power  of  performing  a  whole  series  of 
actions,  in  a  certain  order.' 

"  In  most  of  the  cases  of  inheritance  re- 
corded by  Brown- Sequard  only  one  of  the 
two  parents  had  been  operated  upon  and  was 
affected.  He  concludes  by  expressing  his 
belief  that  '  what  is  transmitted  is  the  morbid 
state  of  the  nervous  system,'  due  to  the 
operation  performed  on  the  parents." 

Mr.  Darwin  proceeds  to  give  other  instances 
of  inherited  effects  of  mutilations  : — 

"  With  the  horse  there  seems  hardly  a 
doubt  that  exostoses  on  the  legs,  caused 
by  too  much  travelling  on  hard  roads,  are 
inherited.  Blumenbach  records  the  case  of  a 
man  who  had  his  little  finger  on  the   right 

hand  almost  cut  off,  and  which  in  consequence 

291 


Essays  on  Life 


grew  crooked,  and  his  sons  had  the  same 
finger  on  the  same  hand  similarly  crooked. 
A  soldier,  fifteen  years  before  his  marriage,  lost 
his  left  eye  from  purulent  ophthalmia,  and 
his  two  sons  were  microphthalmic  on  the 
same  side." 

The  late  Professor  RoUeston,  whose  com- 
petence as  an  observer  no  one  is  likely  to 
dispute,  gave  Mr.  Darwin  two  cases  as  having 
fallen  under  his  own  notice,  one  of  a  man 
whose  knee  had  been  severely  wounded,  and 
whose  child  was  born  with  the  same  spot 
marked  or  scarred,  and  the  other  of  one  who 
was  severely  cut  upon  the  cheek,  and  whose 
child  was  born  scarred  in  the  same  place. 
Mr.  Darwin's  conclusion  was  that  "  the  effects 
of  injuries,  especially  when  followed  by  disease, 
or  perhaps  exclusively  when  thus  followed,  are 
occasionally  inherited." 

Let  us  now  see  what  Professor  Weismann 
has  to  say  against  this.     He  writes  : — 

''  The  only  cases  worthy  of  discussion  are 
the  well-known  experiments  upon  guinea-pigs 
conducted  by  the  French  physiologist,  Brown- 

Sequard.     But  the  explanation  of  his  results 

292 


Art  and  Science 


is,  in  my  opinion,  open  to  discussion.  In 
these  cases  we  have  to  do  with  the  apparent 
transmission  of  artificially  produced  malforma- 
tions. .  .  .  All  these  effects  were  said  to  be 
transmitted  to  descendants  as  far  as  the  fifth 
or  sixth  generation. 

''  But  we  must  inquire  whether  these  cases 
are  really  due  to  heredity,  and  not  to  simple 
infection.  In  the  case  of  epilepsy,  at  any  rate, 
it  is  easy  to  imagine  that  the  passage  of  some 
specific  organism  through  the  reproductive 
cells  may  take  place,  as  in  the  case  of  syphilis. 
We  are,  however,  entirely  ignorant  of  the 
nature  of  the  former  disease.  This  suggested 
explanation  may  not  perhaps  apply  to  the  other 
cases ;  but  we  must  remember  that  animals 
which  have  been  subjected  to  such  severe 
operations  upon  the  nervous  system  have 
sustained  a  great  shock,  and  if  they  are 
capable  of  breeding,  it  is  only  probable  that 
they  will  produce  weak  descendants,  and  such 
as  are  easily  affected  by  disease.  Such  a 
result  does  not,  however,  explain  why  the 
offspring  should  suffer  from  the  same  disease 

as  that  which  was  artificially  induced  in  the 

293 


Essays  on  Life 


parents.  But  this  does  not  appear  to  have 
been  by  any  means  invariably  the  case. 
Brown-Sequard  himself  says  :  '  The  changes 
in  the  eye  of  the  offspring  were  of  a  very 
variable  nature,  and  were  only  occasionally  ex- 
actly similar  to  those  observed  in  the  parents.' 

"  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  these 
experiments  demand  careful  consideration, 
but  before  they  can  claim  scientific  recogni- 
tion, they  must  be  subjected  to  rigid  criticism 
as  to  the  precautions  taken,  the  nature  and 
number  of  the  control  experiments,  &c. 

"Up  to  the  present  time  such  necessary 
conditions  have  not  been  sufficiently  observed. 
The  recent  experiments  themselves  are  only 
described  in  short  preliminary  notices,  which, 
as  regards  their  accuracy,  the  possibility  of 
mistake,  the  precautions  taken,  and  the  exact 
succession  of  individuals  affected,  afford  no 
data  on  which  a  scientific  opinion  can  be 
founded  "  (pp.  81,  82). 

The  line  Professor  Weismann  takes,  there- 
fore, is  to  discredit  the  facts ;  yet  on  a  later 
page  we  fmd  that  the  experiments  have  since 

been    repeated    by    Obersteiner,    "who    has 

294 


Art  and  Science 

described  them  in  a  very  exact  and  unpre- 
judiced manner,"  and  that  "the  fact" — (I 
imagine  that  Professor  Weismann  intends 
"  the  facts  ") — "  cannot  be  doubted." 

On  a  still  later  page,  however,  we  read  : — 
"  If,  for  instance,  it  could  be  shown  that 
artificial  mutilation  spontaneously  reappears 
in  the  offspring  with  sufficient  frequency  to 
exclude  all  possibilities  of  chance,  then  such 
proof  [i.e.,  that  acquired  characters  can  be 
transmitted]  would  be  forthcoming.  The 
transmission  of  mutilations  has  been  fre- 
quently asserted,  and  has  been  even  recently 
again  brought  forward,  but  all  the  supposed 
instances  have  broken  down  when  carefully 
examined  "  (p.  390). 

Here,  then,  we  are  told  that  proof  of  the 
occasional  transmission  of  mutilations  would 
be  sufficient  to  establish  the  fact,  but  on  p.  267 
we  find  that  no  single  fact  is  known  which 
really  proves  that  acquired  characters  can  be 
transmitted,  "for  the  ascertained  facts  which 
seem  to  point  to  the  transmission  of  artificially 
pj^oduced    diseases    cannot    be    considered    as 

proof     [Italics  mine.]     Perhaps  ;  but  it  was 

295 


Essays  on  Life 


mutilation  in  many  cases  that  Professor 
Weismann  practically  admitted  to  have  been 
transmitted  when  he  declared  that  Obersteiner 
had  verified  Brown-Sequard's  experiments. 

That  Professor  Weismann  recognises  the 
vital  importance  to  his  own  theory  of  the 
question  whether  or  no  mutilations  can  be 
transmitted  under  any  circumstances,  is  evi- 
dent from  a  passage  on  p.  425  of  his  work,  on 
which  he  says :  "  It  can  hardly  be  doubted 
that  mutilations  are  acquired  characters ;  they 
do  not  arise  from  any  tendency  contained  in 
the  germ,  but  are  merely  the  reac^tion  of  the 
body  under  certain  external  influences.  They 
are,  as  I  have  recently  expressed  it,  purely 
somatogenic  characters — viz.,  characters  which 
emanate  from  the  body  {soma)  only,  as  op- 
posed to  the  germ-cells ;  they  are,  therefore, 
characters  that  do  not  arise  from  the  germ 
itself. 

"  If  mutilations  must  necessarily  be  trans- 
mitted" [which  no  one  that  I  know  of  has 
maintained],  "or  even  if  they  might  occa- 
sionally be  transmitted  "  [which  cannot,  I  ima- 
gine, be  reasonably  questioned],  "  a  powerful 


Art  and   Science 


support  would  be  given  to  the  Lamarckian 
principle,  and  the  transmission  of  functional 
hypertrophy  or  atrophy  would  thus  become 
highly  probable." 

I  have  not  found  any  further  attempt  in 
Professor  Weismann's  book  to  deal  with  the 
evidence  adduced  by  Mr.  Darwin  to  show 
that  mutilations,  if  followed  by  diseases,  are 
sometimes  inherited ;  and  I  must  leave  it  to 
the  reader  to  determine  how  far  Professor 
Weismann  has  shown  reason  for  rejecting 
Mr.  Darwin's  conclusion.  I  do  not,  however, 
dwell  upon  these  facts  now  as  evidence  of  a 
transmitted  change  of  bodily  form,  or  of 
instinct  due  to  use  and  disuse  or  habit ; 
what  they  prove  is  that  the  germ-cells  within 
the  parent's  body  do  not  stand  apart  from  the 
other  cells  of  the  body  so  completely  as  Pro- 
fessor Weismann  would  have  us  believe,  but 
that,  as  Professor  Hering,  of  Prague,  has 
aptly  said,  they  echo  with  more  or  less  fre- 
quency and  force  to  the  profounder  impressions 
made  upon  other  cells. 

I  may  say  that  Professor  Weismann  does 

not  more  cavalierly  wave  aside  the  mass  of 

297 


Essays  on  Life 


evidence  collected  by  Mr.  Darwin  and  a  host  \ 

of  other  writers,  to  the  effect  that  mutilations  i 

are  sometimes  inherited,  than  does  Mr.  Wal-  I 

lace,  who  says  that,  "as  regards  mutilations,  j 

it  is  generally  admitted  that  they  are  not  in- 
herited, and  there  is  ample  evidence  on  this 
point."  It  is  indeed  generally  admitted  that 
mutilations,  when  not  followed  by  disease,  are 
very  rarely,  if  ever,  inherited ;  and  Mr.  Wal- 
lace's appeal  to  the  "ample  evidence"  which 
he  alleges  to  exist  on  this  head,  is  much  as 
though  he  should  say  that  there  is  ample 
evidence  to  show  that  the  days  are  longer  in 
summer  than  in  winter.  "Nevertheless,"  he 
continues,  "a  few  cases  of  apparent  inheritance 
of  mutilations  have  been  recorded,  and  these, 
if  trustworthy,  are  difficulties  in  the  way  of 
the  theory."  ..."  The  often-quoted  case  of  a 
disease  induced  by  mutilation  being  inherited 
(Brown -Sequard's  epileptic  guinea-pigs)  has 
been  discussed  by  Professor  Weismann  and 
shown  to  be  not  conclusive.  The  mutilation 
itself — a  section  of  certain  nerves — was  never 
inherited,    but   the   resulting    epilepsy,    or    a 

general  state  of  weakness,  deformity,  or  sores, 

298 


Art  and  Science 


was  sometimes  inherited.  It  is,  however,  pos- 
sible that  the  mere  injury  introduced  and 
encouraged  the  growth  of  certain  microbes, 
which,  spreading  through  the  organism,  some- 
times reached  the  germ-cells,  and  thus  trans- 
mitted a  diseased  condition  to  the  offspring."  ^ 

I  suppose  a  microbe  which  made  guinea- 
pigs  eat  their  toes  off  was  communicated  to 
the  germ-cells  of  an  unfortunate  guinea-pig 
which  had  been  already  microbed  by  it,  and 
made  the  offspring  bite  its  toes  off  too.  The 
microbe  has  a  good  deal  to  answer  for. 

On  the  case  of  the  deterioration  of  horses  in 
the  Falkland  Islands  after  a  few  generations, 
Professor  Weismann  says  : — 

"  In  such  a  case  we  have  only  to  assume 
that  the  climate  which  is  unfavourable,  and 
the  nutriment  which  is  insufficient  for  horses, 
affect  not  only  the  animal  as  a  whole  but  also 
its  germ-cells.  This  would  result  in  the  dimi- 
nution in  size  of  the  germ-cells,  the  effects 
upon  the  offspring  being  still  further  intensi- 
fied by  the  insufficient  nourishment  supplied 
during  growth.     But  such  results  would  not 

^  ^^  Darwinism/' p.  440. 
299 


Essays  on   Life 


depend  upon  the  transmission  by  the  germ- 
cells  of  certain  peculiarities  due  to  the  un- 
favourable climate,  which  only  appear  in  the 
full-grown  horse." 

But  Professor  Weismann  does  not  like  such 
cases,  and  admits  that  he  cannot  explain  the 
facts  in  connection  with  the  climatic  varieties 
of  certain  butterflies,  except  "by  supposing 
the  passive  acquisition  of  characters  produced 
by  the  direct  influence  of  climate." 

Nevertheless  in  his  next  paragraph  but  one 
he  calls  such  cases  "  doubtful,"  and  proposes 
that  for  the  moment  they  should  be  left  aside. 
He  accordingly  leaves  them,  but  I  have  not 
yet  found  what  other  moment  he  considered 
auspicious  for  returning  to  them.  He  tells  us 
that  "  new  experiments  will  be  necessary,  and 
that  he  has  himself  already  begun  to  undertake 
them."  Perhaps  he  will  give  us  the  results  of 
these  experiments  in  some  future  book — for 
that  they  will  prove  satisfactory  to  him  can 
hardly,  1  think,  be  doubted.     He  writes  : — 

"Leaving  on  one  side,  for  the  moment,  these 
doubtful  and  insufficiently  investigated  cases, 

we   may  still   maintain  that  the  assumption 

300 


Art  and  Science 


that  changes  induced  by  external  conditions 
in  the  organism  as  a  whole  are  communicated 
to  the  germ-cells  after  the  manner  indicated  in 
Darwin's  hypothesis  of  pangenesis,  is  wholly 
unnecessary  for  the  explanation  of  these  pheno- 
mena. Still  we  cannot  exclude  the  possibility 
of  such  a  transmission  occasionally  occurring, 
for  even  if  the  greater  part  of  the  effects  must 
be  attributable  to  natural  selection,  there  might 
be  a  smaller  part  in  certain  cases  which  depends 
on  this  exceptional  factor." 

I  repeatedly  tried  to  understand  Mr.  Dar- 
win's theory  of  pangenesis,  and  so  often  failed 
that  I  long  since  gave  the  matter  up  in  despair. 
I  did  so  with  the  less  unwillingness  because  I 
saw  that  no  one  else  appeared  to  understand 
the  theory,  and  that  even  Mr.  Darwin's 
warmest  adherents  regarded  it  with  disfavour. 
If  Mr.  Darwin  means  that  every  cell  of  the 
body  throws  off  minute  particles  that  find 
their  way  to  the  germ-cells,  and  hence  into 
the  new  embryo,  this  is  indeed  difficult  of 
comprehension  and  belief.  If  he  means  that 
the  rhythms  or  vibrations  that  go  on  cease- 
lessly in  every  cell  of  the  body  communicate 

301 


Essays  on   Life 

themselves  with  greater  or  less  accuracy  or 
perturbation,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  the  cells 
that  go  to  form  offspring,  and  that  since  the 
characteristics  of  matter  are  determined  by 
vibrations,  in  communicating  vibrations  they 
in  effect  communicate  matter,  according  to 
the  view  put  forward  in  the  last  chapter  of 
my  book  ''Luck  or  Cunning,"^  then  we  can 
better  understand  it.  I  have  nothing,  how- 
ever, to  do  with  Mr.  Darwin's  theory  of 
pangenesis  beyond  avoiding  the  pretence  that 
I  understand  either  the  theory  itself  or  what 
Professor  Weismann  says  about  it ;  all  I  am 
concerned  with  is  Professor  Weismann's  ad- 
mission, made  immediately  afterwards,  that 
the  somatic  cells  may,  and  perhaps  sometimes 
do,  impart  characteristics  to  the  germ-cells. 

"  A  complete  and  satisfactory  refutation  of 
such  an  opinion,"  he  continues,  "  cannot  be 
brought  forward  at  present "  ;  so  I  suppose  we 
must  wait  a  little  longer,  but  in  the  mean- 
time we  may  again  remark  that,  if  we  admit 
even  occasional  communication  of  changes  in 
the  somatic  cells  to  the  germ-cells,  we  have 

^  Longmans^  1890. 
302 


Art  and   Science 


let  in  the  thin  end  of  the  wedge,  as  Mr. 
Darwin  did  when  he  said  that  use  and  disuse 
did  a  good  deal  towards  modification.  BufFon, 
in  his  first  volume  on  the  lower  animals/ 
dwells  on  the  impossibility  of  stopping  the 
breach  once  made  by  admission  of  variation 
at  all.  "  If  the  point,"  he  writes,  "  were  once 
gained,  that  among  animals  and  vegetables 
there  had  been,  I  do  not  say  several  species, 
but  even  a  single  one,  which  had  been  pro- 
duced in  the  course  of  direct  descent  from 
another  species ;  if,  for  example,  it  could  be 
once  shown  that  the  ass  was  but  a  degenera- 
tion from  the  horse — then  there  is  no  farther 
limit  to  be  set  to  the  power  of  Nature,  and 
we  should  not  be  wrong  in  supposing  that 
with  sufficient  time  she  could  have  evolved 
all  other  organised  forms  from  one  primordial 
type."  So  with  use  and  disuse  and  trans- 
mission of  acquired  characteristics  generally — 
once  show  that  a  single  structure  or  instinct 
is  due  to  habit  in  preceding  generations,  and 
we  can  impose  no  limit  on  the  results  achiev- 
able   by   accumulation    in   this   respect,    nor 

1  Tom.  iv.  p.  383.     Ed.  1753. 
303 


Essays  on  Life 


shall  we  be  wrong  in  conceiving  it  as  possible 
that  all  specialisation,'  whether  of  structure 
or  instinct,  may  be  due  ultimately  to  habit. 

How  far  this  can  be  shown  to  be  probable 
is,  of  course,  another  matter,  but  I  am  not 
immediately  concerned  with  this ;  all  I  am 
concerned  with  now  is  to  show  that  the  germ- 
cells  not  unfrequently  become  permanently 
affected  by  events  that  have  made  a  profound 
impression  upon  the  somatic  cells,  in  so  far 
that  they  transmit  an  obvious  reminiscence 
of  the  impression  to  the  embryos  which  they 
go  subsequently  towards  forming.  This  is  all 
that  is  necessary  for  my  case,  and  I  do  not 
find  that  Professor  Weismann,  after  all,  dis- 
putes it. 

But  here,  again,  comes  the  difficulty  of 
saying  what  Professor  Weismann  does,  and 
what  he  does  not,  dispute.  One  moment  he 
gives  all  that  is  wanted  for  the  Lamarckian 
contention,  the  next  he  denies  common-sense 
the  bare  necessaries  of  life.  For  a  more  ex- 
haustive and  detailed  criticism  of  Professor 
Weismann's  position,  I  would  refer  the  reader 

to  an  admirably  clear  article  by  Mr.  Sidney 

304 


Art  and  Science 


H.  Vines,  which  appeared  in  Nature^  Octo- 
ber 24,  1889.  I  can  only  say  that  while  read- 
ing Professor  Weismann's  book,  I  feel  as  I  do 
when  I  read  those  of  Mr.  Darwin,  and  of  a 
good  many  other  writers  on  biology  whom  I 
need  not  name.  I  become  like  a  fly  in  a 
window-pane.  I  see  the  sunshine  and  free- 
dom beyond,  and  buzz  up  and  down  their 
pages,  ever  hopeful  to  get  through  them  to 
the  fresh  air  without,  but  ever  kept  back  by 
a  mysterious  something,  which  I  feel  but 
cannot  either  grasp  or  see.  It  was  not  thus 
when  I  read  Buffon,  Erasmus  Darwin,  and 
Lamarck ;  it  is  not  thus  when  I  read  such 
articles  as  Mr.  Vines's  just  referred  to.  Love 
of  self-display,  and  the  want  of  singleness  of 
mind  that  it  inevitably  engenders — these,  I 
suppose,  are  the  sins  that  glaze  the  casements 
of  most  men's  minds ;  and  from  these,  no 
matter  how  hard  he  tries  to  free  himself,  nor 
how  much  he  despises  them,  who  is  altogether 
exempt  ? 

Finally,  then,  when  we   consider  the  im- 
mense mass  of  evidence  referred  to   briefly, 

but  sufficiently,  by  Mr.  Charles  Darwin,  and 

305  u 


Essays  on  Life 


referred  to  without  other,  for  the  most  part, 
than  off-hand  dismissal  by  Professor  Weis- 
mann  in  the  last  of  the  essays  that  have  been 
recently  translated,  I  do  not  see  how  any  one 
who  brings  an  unbiased  mind  to  the  ques- 
tion can  hesitate  as  to  the  side  on  which 
the  weight  of  testimony  inclines.  Professor 
Weismann  declares  that  "  the  transmission  of 
mutilations  may  be  dismissed  into  the  domain 
of  fable."  ^  If  so,  then,  whom  can  we  trust  ? 
What  is  the  use  of  science  at  all  if  the  con- 
clusions of  a  man  as  competent  as  I  readily 
admit  Mr.  Darwin  to  have  been,  on  the 
evidence  laid  before  him  from  countless 
sources,  is  to  be  set  aside  lightly  and  without 
giving  the  clearest  and  most  cogent  explana- 
tion of  the  why  and  wherefore?  When  we 
see  a  person  "  ostrichising  "  the  evidence  which 
he  has  to  meet,  as  clearly  as  I  believe  Pro- 
fessor Weismann  to  be  doing,  we  shall  in 
nine  cases  out  of  ten  be  right  in  supposing 
that  he  knows  the  evidence  to  be  too  strong 
for  him. 

^  Essays^  &c.,  p.  447. 


306 


THE   DEADLOCK   IN   DARWINISM 

PART    III 

Now  let  me  return  to  the  recent  division  of 
biological  opinion  into  two  main  streams — 
Lamarckism  and  Weismannism.  Both  Lam- 
arckians  and  Weismannists,  not  to  mention 
mankind  in  general,  admit  that  the  better 
adapted  to  its  surroundings  a  living  form  may 
be,  the  more  likely  it  is  to  outbreed  its  com- 
peers. The  world  at  large,  again,  needs  not 
to  be  told  that  the  normal  course  is  not  un- 
frequently  deflected  through  the  fortunes  of 
war ;  nevertheless,  according  to  Lamarckians 
and  Erasmus  -  Darwinians,  habitual  effort, 
guided  by  ever-growing  intelligence — that  is 
to  say,  by  continued  increase  of  power  in  the 
matter  of  knowing  our  likes  and  dislikes- 
has  been  so  much  the  main  factor  throughout 
the  course  of  organic  development,  that  the 
rest,  though  not  lost  sight  of,  may  be  allowed 

to   go   without   saying.      According,   on   the 

307 


Essays  on  Life 

other  hand,  to  extreme  Charles-Darwinians 
and  Weismannists,  habit,  effort  and  intel- 
ligence acquired  during  the  experience  of  any 
one  life  goes  for  nothing.  Not  even  a  little 
fraction  of  it  endures  to  the  benefit  of  offspring. 
It  dies  with  him  in  whom  it  is  acquired,  and 
the  heirs  of  a  man's  body  take  no  interest 
therein.  To  state  this  doctrine  is  to  arouse 
instinctive  loathing;  it  is  my  fortunate  task 
to  maintain  that  such  a  nightmare  of  waste 
and  death  is  as  baseless  as  it  is  repulsive. 

The  split  in  biological  opinion  occasioned 
by  the  deadlock  to  which  Charles-Darwinism 
has  been  reduced,  though  comparatively  recent, 
widens  rapidly.  Ten  years  ago  Lamarck's 
name  was  mentioned  only  as  a  byword  for 
extravagance ;  now,  we  cannot  take  up  a 
number  of  Nature  without  seeing  how  hot 
the  contention  is  between  his  followers  and 
those  of  Weismann.  This  must  be  referred, 
as  I  implied  earlier,  to  growing  perception 
that  Mr.  Darwin  should  either  have  gone 
farther  towards  Lamarckism  or  not  so  far. 
In  admitting  use  and  disuse  as  freely  as  he 

did,    he   gave  liamarckians  leverage   for   the 

308 


Art  and  Science 

— — ii^— ^  I    I  9 

overthrow  of  a  system  based  ostensibly  on 
the  accumulation  of  fortunate  accidents.  In 
assigning  the  lion's  share  of  development  to 
the  accumulation  of  fortunate  accidents,  he 
tempted  fortuitists  to  try  to  cut  the  ground 
from  under  Lamarck's  feet  by  denying  that 
the  effects  of  use  and  disuse  can  be  inherited 
at  all.  When  the  public  had  once  got  to 
understand  what  Lamarck  had  intended,  and 
wherein  Mr.  Charles  Darwin  had  differed 
from  him,  it  became  impossible  for  Charles- 
Darwinians  to  remain  where  they  were,  nor 
is  it  easy  to  see  what  course  was  open  to  them 
except  to  cast  about  for  a  theory  by  which 
they  could  get  rid  of  use  and  disuse  altogether. 
Weismannism,  therefore,  is  the  inevitable  out- 
come of  the  straits  to  which  Charles-Dar- 
winians were  reduced  through  the  way  in 
which  their  leader  had  halted  between  two 
opinions. 

This  is  why  Charles-Darwinians,  from  Pro- 
fessor Huxley  downwards,  have  kept  the 
difference  between  Lamarck's  opinions  and 
those  of  Mr.  Darwin  so  much  in  the  back- 
ground.    Unwillingness  to  make  this  under- 

309 


Essays  on  Life 


stood  is  nowhere  manifested  more  clearly  than 
in  Dr.  Francis  Darwin's  life  of  his  father.  In 
this  work  Lamarck  is  sneered  at  once  or 
twice,  and  told  to  go  away,  but  there  is  no 
attempt  to  state  the  two  cases  side  by  side ; 
from  which,  as  from  not  a  little  else,  I  con- 
clude that  Dr.  Francis  Darwin  has  de- 
scended from  his  father  with  singularly  little 
modification. 

Proceeding  to  the  evidence  for  the  trans- 
misions  of  acquired  habits,  I  will  quote  two 
recently  adduced  examples  from  among  the 
many  that  have  been  credibly  attested.  The 
first  was  contributed  to  Nature  (March  14, 
1889)  by  Professor  Marcus  M.  Hartog,  who 
wrote : — 

''  A.  B.  is  moderately  myopic  and  very 
astigmatic  in  the  left  eye ;  extremely  myopic 
in  the  right.  As  the  left  eye  gave  such  bad 
images  for  near  objects,  he  was  compelled  in 
childhood  to  mask  it,  and  acquired  the  habit 
of  leaning  his  head  on  his  left  arm  for  writing, 
so  as  to  blind  that  eye,  or  of  resting  the  left 
temple  and  eye  on  the  hand,  with  the  elbow 

on  the  table.     At  the  age  of  fifteen  the  eyes 

310 


Art  and   Science 

were  equalised  by  the  use  of  suitable  spectacles, 
and  he  soon  lost  the  habit  completely  and  per- 
manently. He  is  now  the  father  of  two  chil- 
dren, a  boy  and  a  girl,  whose  vision  (tested 
repeatedly  and  fully)  is  emmetropic  in  both 
eyes,  so  that  they  have  not  inherited  the  con- 
genital optical  defect  of  their  father.  All  the 
same,  they  have  both  of  them  inherited  his 
early  acquired  habit,  and  need  constant  watch- 
fulness to  prevent  their  hiding  the  left  eye 
when  writing,  by  resting  the  head  on  the  left 
forearm  or  hand.  Imitation  is  here  quite  out 
of  the  question. 

"  Considering  that  every  habit  involves 
changes  in  the  proportional  development  of 
the  muscular  and  osseous  systems,  and  hence 
probably  of  the  nervous  system  also,  the 
importance  of  inherited  habits,  natural  or 
acquired,  cannot  be  overlooked  in  the  general 
theory  of  inheritance.  I  am  fully  aware  that 
I  shall  be  accused  of  flat  Lamarckism,  but  a 
nickname  is  not  an  argument." 

To  this  Professor  Ray  Lankester  rejoined 
{Nature,  March  21,  1889)  :— 

'^  It  is  not  unusual  for  children  to  rest  the 

3" 


Essays  on  Life 


head  on  the  left  forearm  or  hand  when  writing, 
and  I  doubt  whether  much  value  can  be 
attached  to  the  case  described  by  Professor 
Hartog.  The  kind  of  observation  which  his 
letter  suggests  is,  however,  likely  to  lead  to 
results  either  for  or  against  the  transmission 
of  acquired  characters.  An  old  friend  of 
mine  lost  his  right  arm  when  a  schoolboy, 
and  has  ever  since  written  with  his  left.  He 
has  a  large  family  and  grandchildren,  but  I 
have  not  heard  of  any  of  them  showing  a 
disposition  to  left-handedness." 

From  Nature  (March  21,  1889)  I  take  the 
second  instance  communicated  by  Mr.  J. 
Jenner-Weir,  who  wrote  as  follows : — 

"  Mr.  Marcus  M.  Hartog's  letter  of  March 
6th,  inserted  in  last  week's  number  (p.  462), 
is  a  very  valuable  contribution  to  the  grow- 
ing evidence  that  acquired  characters  may  be 
inherited.  I  have  long  held  the  view  that 
such  is  often  the  case,  and  I  have  myself 
observed  several  instances  of  the,  at  least  I 
may  say,  apparent  fact. 

"Many  years  ago  there  was  a  very  fine 
male  of  the  Copra  megaceros  in  the  gardens 

312 


Art  and  Science 


of  the  Zoological  Society.     To  restrain  this 

animal  from  jumping  over  the  fence  of  the 

enclosure  in  which  he  was  confined,  a  long 

and  heavy  chain  was  attached  to  the  collar 

round  his  neck.     He  was  constantly  in  the 

habit  of  taking  this  chain  up  by  his  horns 

and  moving  it  from  one  side  to  another  over 

his  back  ;  in  doing  this  he  threw  his  head  very 

much  back,  his  horns  being  placed  in  a  line 

with  the  back.     The  habit  had  become  quite 

chronic  with  him,  and  was  very  tiresome  to 

look   at.      I   was   very   much    astonished    to 

observe  that  his  offspring  inherited  the  habit, 

and  although  it  was  not  necessary  to  attach 

a  chain  to  their  necks,  I  have  often  seen  a 

young  male  throwing  his  horns  over  his  back 

and  shifting  from  side  to  side  an  imaginary 

chain.     The  action  was  exactly  the  same  as 

that  of  his  ancestor.     The  case  of  the  kid  of 

this  goat  appears  to  me  to  be  parallel  to  that 

of  child  and  parent  given  by  Mr.  Hartog.     I 

think  at  the  time  I  made  this  observation  I 

informed  Mr.  Darwin  of  the  fact  by  letter,  and 

he  did  not  accuse  me  of  '  flat  Lamarckism.'  " 

To  this  letter  there  was  no  rejoinder.     It 
313 


Essays  on  Life 


may  be  said,  of  course,  that  the  action  of  the 
offspring  in  each  of  these  cases  was  due  to 
accidental  coincidence  only.  Anything  can 
be  said,  but  the  question  turns  not  on  what  an 
advocate  can  say,  but  on  what  a  reasonably 
intelligent  and  disinterested  jury  will  believe ; 
granted  they  might  be  mistaken  in  accepting 
the  foregoing  stories,  but  the  world  of  science, 
like  that  of  commerce,  is  based  on  the  faith 
or  confidence,  which  both  creates  and  sustains 
them.  Indeed  the  universe  itself  is  but  the 
creature  of  faith,  for  assuredly  we  know  of 
no  other  foundation.  There  is  nothing  so 
generally  and  reasonably  accepted — not  even 
our  own  continued  identity — but  questions 
may  be  raised  about  it  that  will  shortly  prove 
unanswerable.  We  cannot  so  test  every  six- 
pence given  us  in  change  as  to  be  sure  that 
we  never  take  a  bad  one,  and  had  better  some- 
times be  cheated  than  reduce  caution  to  an 
absurdity.  Moreover,  we  have  seen  from  the 
evidence  given  in  my  preceding  article  that 
the  germ-cells  issuing  from  a  parent's  body 
can,  and  do,  respond  to  profound  impressions 

made  on  the  somatic-cells.      This   being   so, 

314 


Art  and  Science 

what  impressions  are  more  profound,  what 
needs  engage  more  assiduous  attention  than 
those  connected  with  self-protection,  the  pro- 
curing of  food,  and  the  continuation  of  the 
species  ?  If  the  mere  anxiety  connected 
with  an  ill-healing  wound  inflicted  on  but 
one  generation  is  sometimes  found  to  have 
so  impressed  the  germ-cells  that  they  hand 
down  its  scars  to  offspring,  how  much  more 
shall  not  anxieties  that  have  directed  action 
of  all  kinds  from  birth  till  death,  not  in 
one  generation  only  but  in  a  longer  series  of 
generations  than  the  mind  can  realise  to  itself, 
modify,  and  indeed  control,  the  organisation 
of  every  species  ? 

1  see  Professor  S.  H.  Vines,  in  the  article 
on  Weismann's  theory  referred  to  in  my  pre- 
ceding article,  says  Mr.  Darwin  ''  held  that  it 
was  not  the  sudden  variations  due  to  altered 
external  conditions  which  become  permanent, 
but  those  slowly  produced  by  what  he  termed 
'  the  accumulative  action  of  changed  conditions 
of  life.' "  Nothing  can  be  more  soundly  La- 
marckian,and  nothing  should  more  conclusively 

show  that,  whatever  else  Mr.  Darwin  was,  he 

315 


Essays  on   Life 


was  not  a  Charles-Darwinian ;  but  what  evi- 
dence other  than  inferential  can  from  the 
nature  of  the  case  be  adduced  in  support  of 
this,  as  I  believe,  perfectly  correct  judgment  ? 
None  know  better  than  they  who  clamour  for 
direct  evidence  that  their  master  was  right  in 
taking  the  position  assigned  to  him  by  Pro- 
fessor Vines,  that  they  cannot  reasonably  look 
for  it.  With  us,  as  with  themselves,  modifica- 
tion proceeds  very  gradually,  and  it  violates 
our  principles  as  much  as  their  own  to  ex- 
pect visible  permanent  progress,  in  any  single 
generation,  or  indeed  in  any  number  of  genera- 
tions of  wild  species  which  we  have  yet  had 
time  to  observe.  Occasionally  we  can  find 
such  cases,  as  in  that  of  JBranchipus  stagnalis, 
quoted  by  Mr.  Wallace,  or  in  that  of  the  New 
Zealand  Kea  whose  skin,  I  was  assured  by 
the  late  Sir  Julius  von  Haast,  has  already 
been  modified  as  a  consequence  of  its  change 
of  food.  Here  we  can  show  that  in  even  a 
few  generations  structure  is  modified  under 
changed  conditions  of  existence,  but  as  we 
believe   these   cases    to    occur   comparatively 

rarely,  so  it  is  still  more  rarely  that  they  occur 

316 


Art  and  Science 

when  and  where  we  can  watch  them.  Nature 
is  eminently  conservative,  and  fixity  of  type, 
even  under  considerable  change  of  conditions, 
is  surely  more  important  for  the  well-being 
of  any  species  than  an  over-ready  power  of 
adaptation  to,  it  may  be,  passing  changes. 
There  could  be  no  steady  progress  if  each 
generation  were  not  mainly  bound  by  the 
traditions  of  those  that  have  gone  before  it. 
It  is  evolution  and  not  incessant  revolution 
that  both  parties  are  upholding;  and  this 
being  so,  rapid  visible  modification  must  be 
the  exception,  not  the  rule.  I  have  quoted 
direct  evidence  adduced  by  competent  ob- 
servers, which  is,  I  believe,  sufficient  to 
establish  the  fact  that  offspring  can  be 
and  is  sometimes  modified  by  the  acquired 
habits  of  a  progenitor.  I  will  now  pro- 
ceed to  the  still  more,  as  it  appears  to  me, 
cogent  proof  afforded  by  general  considera- 
tions. 

What,  let  me  ask,  are  the  principal  phe- 
nomena of  heredity  ?  There  must  be  physical 
continuity   between   parent,   or  parents,   and 

offspring,  so  that  the  offspring  is,  as  Erasmus 

317 


Essays  on  Life 


Darwin  well  said,  a  kind  of  elongation  of  the 
life  of  the  parent. 

Erasmus  Darwin  put  the  matter  so  well 
that  I  may  as  well  give  his  words  in  full ;  he 
wrote : — 

"  Owing  to  the  imperfection  of  language 
the  offspring  is  termed  a  new  animal,  but  is 
in  truth  a  branch  or  elongation  of  the  parent, 
since  a  part  of  the  embryon  animal  is,  or  was, 
a  part  of  the  parent,  and  therefore,  in  strict 
language,  cannot  be  said  to  be  entirely  new 
at  the  time  of  its  production ;  and  therefore 
it  may  retain  some  of  the  habits  of  the  parent 
system. 

"  At  the  earliest  period  of  its  existence  the 
embryon  would  seem  to  consist  of  a  living 
filament  with  certain  capabilities  of  irritation, 
sensation,  volition,  and  association,  and  also 
with  some  acquired  habits  or  propensities 
peculiar  to  the  parent ;  the  former  of  these 
are  in  common  with  other  animals ;  the  latter 
seem  to  distinguish  or  produce  the  kind  of 
animal,  whether  man  or  quadruped,  with  the 
similarity  of  feature  or  form  to  the  parent."^ 

1  "  Zoonomia/'  1794,  vol.  i.  p.  480. 
318 


Art  and  Science 


Those  who  accept  evolution  insist  on  un- 
broken physical  continuity  between  the  earliest 
known  life  and  ourselves,  so  that  we  both  are 
and  are  not  personally  identical  with  the  uni- 
cellular organism  from  which  we  have  de- 
scended in  the  course  of  many  millions  of 
years,  exactly  in  the  same  way  as  an  octogen- 
arian both  is  and  is  not  personally  identical 
wdth  the  microscopic  impregnate  ovum  from 
which  he  grew  up.  Everything  both  is  and 
is  not.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  strict 
identity  between  any  two  things  in  any  two 
consecutive  seconds.  In  strictness  they  are 
identical  and  yet  not  identical,  so  that  in 
strictness  they  violate  a  fundamental  rule  of 
strictness — namely,  that  a  thing  shall  never 
be  itself  and  not  itself  at  one  and  the  same 
time ;  we  must  choose  between  logic  and 
dealing  in  a  practical  spirit  with  time  and 
space ;  it  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that 
logic,  in  spite  of  the  show  of  respect  outwardly 
paid  to  her,  is  told  to  stand  aside  when  people 
come  to  practice.  In  practice  identity  is 
generally  held   to   exist   where   continuity  is 

only  broken  slowly  and  piecemeal,  neverthe- 

319 


Essays 


on  Life 


less,  that  occasional  periods  of  even  rapid 
change  are  not  held  to  bar  identity,  appears 
from  the  fact  that  no  one  denies  this  to  hold 
between  the  microscopically  small  impregnate 
ovum  and  the  born  child  that  springs  from  it, 
nor  yet,  therefore,  between  the  impregnate 
ovum  and  the  octogenarian  into  which  the 
child  grows ;  for  both  ovum  and  octogenarian 
are  held  personally  identical  with  the  new- 
born baby,  and  things  that  are  identical  with 
the  same  are  identical  with  one  another. 

The  first,  then,  and  most  important  element 
of  heredity  is  that  there  should  be  unbroken 
continuity,  and  hence  sameness  of  personality, 
between  parents  and  offspring,  in  neither  more 
nor  less  than  the  same  sense  as  that  in  which 
any  other  two  personalities  are  said  to  be 
the  same.  The  repetition,  therefore,  of  its 
developmental  stages  by  any  offspring  must 
be  regarded  as  something  which  the  embryo 
repeating  them  has  already  done  once,  in  the 
person  of  one  or  other  parent ;  and  if  once, 
then,  as  many  times  as  there  have  been 
generations  between  any  given  embryo  now 

repeating  it,  and  the  point  in  life  from  which 

320 


Art  and  Science 


we  started  —  say,  for  example,  the  amoeba. 
In  the  case  of  asexually  and  sexually  pro- 
duced organisms  alike,  the  offspring  must  be 
held  to  continue  the  personality  of  the  parent 
or  parents,  and  hence  on  the  occasion  of  every 
fresh  development,  to  be  repeating  something 
which  in  the  person  of  its  parent  or  parents 
it  has  done  once,  and  if  once,  then  any  num- 
ber of  times,  already. 

It  is  obvious,  therefore,  that  the  germ-plasm 
(or  whatever  the  fancy  word  for  it  may  be) 
of  any  one  generation  is  as  physically  identical 
with  the  germ-plasm  of  its  predecessor  as  any 
two  things  can  be.  The  difference  between 
Professor  Weismann  and,  we  will  say,  Herin- 
gians  consists  in  the  fact  that  the  first  main- 
tains the  new  germ-plasm  when  on  the  point 
of  repeating  its  developmental  processes  to 
take  practically  no  cognisance  of  anything 
that  has  happened  to  it  since  the  last  occasion 
on  which  it  developed  itself ;  while  the  latter 
maintain  that  offspring  takes  much  the  same 
kind  of  account  of  what  has  happened  to  it 
in  the  persons  of  its  parents  since  the  last 
occasion  on  which  it  developed  itself,  as  people 
in  ordinary  life  take  of  things  that  happen  to 

321  X 


Essays  on   Life 


them.  In  daily  life  people  let  fairly  normal 
circumstances  come  and  go  without  much 
heed  as  matters  of  course.  If  they  have  been 
lucky  they  make  a  note  of  it  and  try  to  repeat 
their  success.  If  they  have  been  unfortunate 
but  have  recovered  rapidly  they  soon  forget 
it ;  if  they  have  suffered  long  and  deeply  they 
grizzle  over  it  and  are  scared  and  scarred  by 
it  for  a  long  time.  The  question  is  one  of 
cognisance  or  non-cognisance  on  the  part  of 
the  new  germs,  of  the  more  profound  impres- 
sions made  on  them  while  they  were  one  with 
their  parents,  between  the  occasion  of  their  last 
preceding  development,  and  the  new  course  on 
which  they  are  about  to  enter.  Those  who 
accept  the  theory  put  forward  independently 
by  Professor  Hering  of  Prague  (whose  work 
on  this  subject  is  translated  in  my  book, 
''Unconscious  Memory")^  and  by  myself  in 
''  Life  and  Habit,"  ^  believe  in  cognizance,  as 
do  Lamarckians  generally.  Weismannites, 
and  with  them  the  orthodoxy  of  English 
science,  find  non-cognisance  more  acceptable. 
If  the  Heringian  view  is  accepted,  that 
heredity  is  only  a  mode  of  memory,  and  an 

1^  Longmans,  1890.        ^  Longmans,  1890. 
322 


Art  and   Science 

extension  of  memory  from  one  generation  to 
another,  then  the  repetition  of  its  development 
by  any  embryo  thus  becomes  only  the  repeti- 
tion of  a  lesson  learned  by  rote ;  and,  as  I  have 
elsewhere  said,  our  view  of  life  is  simplified 
by  finding  that  it  is  no  longer  an  equation  of, 
say,  a  hundred  unknown  quantities,  but  of 
ninety-nine  only,  inasmuch  as  two  of  the  un- 
known quantities  prove  to  be  substantially 
identical.  In  this  case  the  inheritance  of 
acquired  characteristics  cannot  be  disputed, 
for  it  is  postulated  in  the  theory  that  each 
embryo  takes  note  of,  remembers  and  is 
guided  by  the  profounder  impressions  made 
upon  it  while  in  the  persons  of  its  parents, 
between  its  present  and  last  preceding  de- 
velopment. To  maintain  this  is  to  maintain 
use  and  disuse  to  be  the  main  factors  through- 
out organic  development ;  to  deny  it  is  to 
deny  that  use  and  disuse  can  have  any  con- 
ceivable effect.  For  the  detailed  reasons 
which  led  me  to  my  own  conclusions  I  must 
refer  the  reader  to  my  books,  "Life  and 
Habit  "  ^  and  "  Unconscious  Memory,"  i  the 
conclusions  of  which  have  been  often  adopted, 

^  Longmans,  1890. 
323 


Essays  on   Life 


but  never,  that  I  have  seen,  disputed.  A  brief 
resume  of  the  leading  points  in  the  argument 
is  all  that  space  will  here  allow  me  to  give. 

We  have  seen  that  it  is  a  first  requirement 
of  heredity  that  there  shall  be  physical  con- 
tinuity between  parents  and  offspring.  This 
holds  good  with  memory.  There  must  be 
continued  identity  between  the  person  re- 
membering and  the  person  to  whom  the 
thing  that  is  remembered  happened.  We  can- 
not remember  things  that  happened  to  some 
one  else,  and  in  our  absence.  We  can  only 
remember  having  heard  of  them.  We  have 
seen,  however,  that  there  is  as  much  bond-fide 
sameness  of  personality  between  parents  and 
offspring  up  to  the  time  at  which  the  off- 
spring quits  the  parent's  body,  as  there  is 
between  the  different  states  of  the  parent 
himself  at  any  two  consecutive  moments ; 
the  offspring  therefore,  being  one  and  the 
same  person  with  its  progenitors  until  it 
quits  them,  can  be  held  to  remember  what 
happened  to  them  within,  of  course,  the 
limitations  to  which  all  memory  is  subject,  as 
much  as  the  progenitors  can  remember  what 

happened  earlier  to  themselves.     Whether  it 

324 


Art  and   Science 

does  so  remember  can  only  be  settled  by- 
observing  whether  it  acts  as  living  beings 
commonly  do  when  they  are  acting  under 
guidance  of  memory.  I  will  endeavour  to 
show  that,  though  heredity  and  habit  based 
on  memory  go  about  in  different  dresses, 
yet  if  we  catch  them  separately  —  for  they 
are  never  seen  together  —  and  strip  them 
there  is  not  a  mole  nor  strawberry-mark,  nor 
trick  nor  leer  of  the  one,  but  we  find  it  in 
the  other  also. 

What  are  the  moles  and  strawberry-marks 
of  habitual  action,  or  actions  remembered  and 
thus  repeated  ?  First,  the  more  often  we 
repeat  them  the  more  easily  and  unconsciously 
we  do  them.  Look  at  reading,  writing,  walk- 
ing, talking,  playing  the  piano,  &c. ;  the  longer 
we  have  practised  any  one  of  these  acquired 
habits,  the  more  easily,  automatically  and 
unconsciously,  we  perform  it.  Look,  on  the 
other  hand,  broadly,  at  the  three  points 
to  which  I  called  attention  in  "Life  and 
Habit":— 

I.  That  we  are  most  conscious  of  and 
have  most  control  over  such  habits  as  speech, 

the  upright  position,  the  arts  and  sciences — 

325 


Essays  on  Life 


which  are  acquisitions  peculiar  to  the  human 
race,  always  acquired  after  birth,  and  not 
common  to  ourselves  and  any  ancestor  who 
had  not  become  entirely  human. 

II.  That  we  are  less  conscious  of  and  have 
less  control  over  eating  and  drinking  [pro- 
vided the  food  be  normal],  swallowing,  breath- 
ing, seeing,  and  hearing — which  were  acquisi- 
tions of  our  prehuman  ancestry,  and  for  which 
we  had  provided  ourselves  with  all  the  neces- 
sary apparatus  before  we  saw  light,  but  which 
are  still,  geologically  speaking,  recent. 

III.  That  we  are  most  unconscious  of 
and  have  least  control  over  our  digestion  and 
circulation — powers  possessed  even  by  our  in- 
vertebrate ancestry,  and,  geologically  speaking, 
of  extreme  antiquity. 

I  have  put  the  foregoing  very  broadly,  but 
enough  is  given  to  show  the  reader  the  gist 
of  the  argument.  Let  it  be  noted  that  dis- 
turbance and  departure,  to  any  serious  extent, 
from  normal  practice  tends  to  induce  resump- 
tion of  consciousness  even  in  the  case  of  such 
old  habits  as  breathing,  seeing,  and  hearing, 
digestion  and  the  circulation  of  the  blood.    So 

it  is  with  habitual  actions  in  general.     Let  a 

326 


Art  and   Science 


player  be  never  so  proficient  on  any  instru- 
ment, he  will  be  put  out  if  the  normal  con- 
ditions under  which  he  plays  are  too  widely 
departed  from,  and  will  then  do  consciously,  if 
indeed  he  can  do  it  at  all,  what  he  had  hitherto 
been  doing  unconsciously.  It  is  an  axiom  as 
regards  actions  acquired  after  birth,  that  we 
never  do  them  automatically  save  as  the  result 
of  long  practice  ;  the  stages  in  the  case  of  any 
acquired  facility,  the  inception  of  which  we 
have  been  able  to  watch,  have  invariably  been 
from  a  nothingness  of  ignorant  impotence  to  a 
little  somethingness  of  highly  self-conscious, 
arduous  performance,  and  thence  to  the  un- 
self-consciousness  of  easy  mastery.  I  saw  one 
year  a  poor  blind  lad  of  about  eighteen  sit- 
ting on  a  wall  by  the  wayside  at  Varese,  play- 
ing the  concertina  with  his  whole  body,  and 
snorting  like  a  child.  The  next  year  the 
boy  no  longer  snorted,  and  he  played  with 
his  fingers  only ;  the  year  after  that  he  seemed 
hardly  to  know  whether  he  was  playing  or 
not,  it  came  so  easily  to  him.  I  know  no 
exception  to  this  rule.  Where  is  the  intricate 
and  at  one  time  difficult  art  in  which  perfect 

automatic  ease  has  been  reached  except  as  the 

327 


Essays  on  Life 


result  of  long  practice  ?  If,  then,  wherever  we 
can  trace  the  development  of  automatism  we 
find  it  to  have  taken  this  course,  is  it  not 
most  reasonable  to  infer  that  it  has  taken  the 
same  even  when  it  has  risen  in  regions  that 
are  beyond  our  ken  ?  Ought  we  not,  when- 
ever we  see  a  difficult  action  performed, 
automatically  to  suspect  antecedent  practice  ? 
Granted  that  without  the  considerations  in 
regard  to  identity  presented  above  it  would 
not  have  been  easy  to  see  where  a  baby  of  a 
day  old  could  have  had  the  practice  which 
enables  it  to  do  as  much  as  it  does  uncon- 
sciously, but  even  without  these  considerations 
it  would  have  been  more  easy  to  suppose  that 
the  necessary  opportunities  had  not  been  want- 
ing, than  that  the  easy  performance  could  have 
been  gained  without  practice  and  memory. 

When  I  wrote  "  Life  and  Habit "  (originally 
published  in  1877)  I  said  in  slightly  different 
words: — 

"  Shall  we  say  that  a  baby  of  a  day  old 
sucks  (which  involves  the  whole  principle  of 
the  pump  and  hence  a  profound  practical 
knowledge   of   the  laws   of  pneumatics   and 

hydrostatics),  digests,  oxygenises  its  blood — 

328 


Art  and  Science 

millions  of  years  before  any  one  had  dis- 
covered oxygen  —  sees  and  hears,  operations 
that  involve  an  unconscious  knowledge  of  the 
facts  concerning  optics  and  acoustics  com- 
pared with  which  the  conscious  discoveries 
of  Newton  are  insignificant  —  shall  we  say 
that  a  baby  can  do  all  these  things  at  once, 
doing  them  so  well  and  so  regularly  without 
being  even  able  to  give  them  attention,  and  yet 
without  mistake,  and  shall  we  also  say  at  the 
same  time  that  it  has  not  learnt  to  do  them, 
and  never  did  them  before  ? 

''  Such  an  assertion  would  contradict  the 
whole  experience  of  mankind." 

I  have  met  with  nothing  during  the  thirteen 
years  since  the  foregoing  was  published  that 
has  given  me  any  qualms  about  its  soundness. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  the  law  courts  and 
everyday  life  it  is,  of  course,  nonsense ;  but 
in  the  kingdom  of  thought,  as  in  that  of 
heaven,  there  are  many  mansions,  and  what 
would  be  extravagance  in  the  cottage  or  farm- 
house, as  it  were,  of  daily  practice,  is  but 
common  decency  in  the  palace  of  high  philo- 
sophy, wherein  dwells  evolution.     If  we  leave 

evolution   alone,  we   may   stick  to   common 

329 


Essays  on  Life 


practice  and  the  law  courts ;  touch  evolution 
and  we  are  in  another  world ;  not  higher,  not 
lower,  but  different  as  harmony  from  counter- 
point. As,  however,  in  the  most  absolute 
counterpoint  there  is  still  harmony,  and  in  the 
most  absolute  harmony  still  counterpoint,  so 
high  philosophy  should  be  still  in  touch  with 
common  sense,  and  common  sense  with  high 
philosophy. 

The  common-sense  view  of  the  matter  to 
people  who  are  not  over-curious  and  to  whom 
time  is  money,  will  be  that  a  baby  is  not  a 
baby  until  it  is  born,  and  that  when  born  it 
should  be  born  in  wedlock.  Nevertheless,  as 
a  sop  to  high  philosophy,  every  baby  is  allowed 
to  be  the  offspring  of  its  father  and  mother. 

The  high-philosophy  view  of  the  matter  is 

that  every  human  being  is  still   but  a  fresh 

edition  of  the  primordial  cell  with  the  latest 

additions  and  corrections;  there  has  been  no 

leap  nor  break  in  continuity  anywhere ;  the 

man  of  to-day  is  the  primordial  cell  of  millions 

of  years  ago  as  truly  as  he  is  the  himself  of 

yesterday;  he  can  only  be   denied  to  be  the 

one  on  grounds  that  will  prove  him  not  to  be 

the  other.     Every  one  is  both  himself  and  all 

330 


Art  and   Science 


his  direct  ancestors  and  descendants  as  well ; 
therefore,  if  we  would  be  logical,  he  is  one 
also  with  all  his  cousins,  no  matter  how  dis- 
tant, for  he  and  they  are  alike  identical  with 
the  primordial  cell,  and  we  have  already  noted 
it  as  an  axiom  that  things  which  are  identical 
with  the  same  are  identical  with  one  another. 
This  is  practically  making  him  one  with  all 
living  things,  whether  animal  or  vegetable, 
that  ever  have  existed  or  ever  will — something 
of  all  which  may  have  been  in  the  mind  of 
Sophocles  when  he  wrote  : — 

"  Nor  seest  thou  yet  the  gathering  hosts  of  ill 
That  shall  en-one  thee  both  with  thine  own  self 
And  with  thine  offspring." 

And  all  this  has  come  of  admitting  that  a 
man  may  be  the  same  person  for  two  days 
running !  As  for  sopping  common  sense  it 
will  be  enough  to  say  that  these  remarks  are 
to  be  taken  in  a  strictly  scientific  sense,  and 
have  no  appreciable  importance  as  regards  life 
and  conduct.  True  they  deal  with  the  founda- 
tions on  which  all  life  and  conduct  are  based, 
but  like  other  foundations  they  are  hidden 
out  of  sight,  and  the  sounder  they  are,  the 
less  we  trouble  ourselves  about  them. 

331 


Essays  on  Life 


What  other  main  common  features  between 
heredity  and  memory  may  we  note  besides 
the  fact  that  neither  can  exist  without  that 
kind  of  physical  continuity  which  we  call 
personal  identity  ?  First,  the  development  of 
the  embryo  proceeds  in  an  established  order ; 
so  must  all  habitual  actions  based  on  memory. 
Disturb  the  normal  order  and  the  performance 
is  arrested.  The  better  we  know  "  God  save 
the  Queen/'  the  less  easily  can  we  play  or 
sing  it  backwards.  The  return  of  memory 
again  depends  on  the  return  of  ideas  associated 
with  the  particular  thing  that  is  remembered 
— we  remember  nothing  but  for  the  presence 
of  these,  and  when  enough  of  these  are  pre- 
sented to  us  we  remember  everything.  So,  if 
the  development  of  an  embryo  is  due  to 
memory,  we  should  suppose  the  memory  of 
the  impregnate  ovum  to  revert  not  to  yester- 
day, when  it  was  in  the  persons  of  its  parents, 
but  to  the  last  occasion  on  which  it  was  an 
impregnate  ovum.  The  return  of  the  old 
environment  and  the  presence  of  old  associa- 
tions would  at  once  involve  recollection  of 
the  course  that  should  be  next  taken,  and  the 

same   should   happen   throughout    the  whole 

332 


Art  and  Science 

course  of  development.  The  actual  course 
of  development  presents  precisely  the  pheno- 
mena agreeable  with  this.  For  fuller  treat- 
ment of  this  point  I  must  refer  the  reader  to 
the  chapter  on  the  abeyance  of  memory  in 
my  book  "  Life  and  Habit,"  already  re- 
ferred to. 

Secondly,  we  remember  best  our  last  few 
performances  of  any  given  kind,  so  our  present 
performance  will  probably  resemble  some  one 
or  other  of  these ;  we  remember  our  earlier 
performances  by  way  of  residuum  only,  but 
every  now  and  then  we  revert  to  an  earlier 
habit.  This  feature  of  memory  is  manifested 
in  heredity  by  the  way  in  which  offspring 
commonly  resembles  most  its  nearer  ancestors, 
but  sometimes  reverts  to  earlier  ones.  Brothers 
and  sisters,  each  as  it  were  giving  their  own 
version  of  the  same  story,  but  in  different 
words,  should  generally  resemble  each  other 
more  closely  than  more  distant  relations.  And 
this  is  what  actually  we  find. 

Thirdly,  the  introduction  of  slightly  new 
elements  into  a  method  already  established 
varies  it  beneficially;  the  new  is  soon  fused 
with  the  old,  and  the  monotony  ceases  to  be 

333 


Essays  on  Life 


oppressive.  But  if  the  new  be  too  foreign, 
we  cannot  fuse  the  old  and  the  new — nature 
seeming  to  hate  equally  too  wide  a  deviation 
from  ordinary  practice  and  none  at  all.  This 
fact  reappears  in  heredity  as  the  beneficial 
effects  of  occasional  crossing  on  the  one  hand, 
and  on  the  other,  in  the  generally  observed 
sterility  of  hybrids.  If  heredity  be  an  affair 
of  memory,  how  can  an  embryo,  say  of  a  mule, 
be  expected  to  build  up  a  mule  on  the  strength 
of  but  two  mule-memories  ?  Hybridism  causes 
a  fault  in  the  chain  of  memory,  and  it  is  to 
this  cause  that  the  usual  sterility  of  hybrids 
must  be  referred. 

Fourthly,  it  requires  many  repeated  impres- 
sions to  fix  a  method  firmly,  but  when  it  has 
been  engrained  into  us  we  cease  to  have  much 
recollection  of  the  manner  in  which  it  came 
to  be  so,  or  indeed  of  any  individual  repetition, 
but  sometimes  a  single  impression,  if  prolonged 
as  well  as  profound,  produces  a  lasting  impres- 
sion and  is  liable  to  return  with  sudden  force, 
and  then  to  go  on  returning  to  us  at  intervals. 
As  a  general  rule,  however,  abnormal  impres- 
sions cannot  long  hold  their  own  against  the 
overwhelming  preponderance  of  normal  autho- 

334 


Art  and  Science 


rity.  This  appears  in  heredity  as  the  normal 
non-inheritance  of  mutilations  on  the  one  hand, 
and  on  the  other  as  their  occasional  inheritance 
in  the  case  of  injuries  followed  by  disease. 

Fifthly,  if  heredity  and  memory  are  essen- 
tially the  same,  we  should  expect  that  no 
animal  would  develop  new  structures  of  im- 
portance after  the  age  at  which  its  species 
begins  ordinarily  to  continue  its  race ;  for  we 
cannot  suppose  offspring  to  remember  any- 
thing that  happens  to  the  parent  subsequently 
to  the  parent's  ceasing  to  contain  the  offspring 
within  itself.  From  the  average  age,  there- 
fore, of  reproduction,  offspring  should  cease 
to  have  any  farther  steady,  continuous  memory 
to  fall  back  upon ;  what  memory  there  is 
should  be  full  of  faults,  and  as  such  unreliable. 
An  organism  ought  to  develop  as  long  as  it 
is  backed  by  memory — that  is  to  say,  until 
the  average  age  at  which  reproduction  begins ; 
it  should  then  continue  to  go  for  a  time  on 
the  impetus  already  received,  and  should  even- 
tually decay  through  failure  of  any  memory 
to  support  it,  and  tell  it  what  to  do.  This 
corresponds  absolutely  with  what  we  observe 
in  organisms  generally,  and  explains,  on  the 

335 


Essays  on   Life 


one  hand,  why  the  age  of  puberty  marks  the 
beginning  of  completed  development — a  riddle 
hitherto  not  only  unexplained  but,  so  far  as 
I  have  seen,  unasked ;  it  explains,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  phenomena  of  old  age — hitherto 
without  even  attempt  at  explanation. 

Sixthly,  those  organisms  that  are  the  longest 
in  reaching  maturity  should  on  the  average 
be  the  longest-lived,  for  they  will  have  re- 
ceived the  most  momentous  impulse  from  the 
weight  of  memory  behind  them.  This  har- 
monises with  the  latest  opinion  as  to  the  facts. 
In  his  article  on  Weismann  in  the  Contempo- 
rary Review  for  May  1890,  Mr.  Romanes 
writes  :  "  Professor  Weismann  has  shown  that 
there  is  throughout  the  metazoa  a  general  corre- 
lation between  the  natural  lifetime  of  indi- 
viduals composing  any  given  species,  and  the 
age  at  which  they  reach  maturity  or  first  be- 
come capable  of  procreation."  This,  I  believe, 
has  been  the  conclusion  generally  arrived  at 
by  biologists  for  some  years  past. 

Lateness,  then,  in  the  average  age  of  repro- 
duction appears  to  be  the  principle  underlying 
longevity.      There   does   not   appear   at   first 

sight  to   be   much   connection  between  such 

336 


Art  and  Science 

distinct  and  apparently  disconnected  pheno- 
mena as  1,  the  orderly  normal  progress  of 
development ;  2,  atavism  and  the  resumption 
of  feral  characteristics ;  3,  the  more  ordinary 
resemblance  inter  se  of  nearer  relatives  ;  4,  the 
benefit  of  an  occasional  cross,  and  the  usual 
sterility  of  hybrids ;  5,  the  unconsciousness 
with  which  alike  bodily  development  and 
ordinary  physiological  functions  proceed,  so 
long  as  they  are  normal ;  6,  the  ordinary  non- 
inheritance,  but  occasional  inheritance  of  muti- 
lations ;  7,  the  fact  that  puberty  indicates  the 
approach  of  maturity;  8,  the  phenomena  of 
middle  life  and  old  age  ;  9,  the  principle  under- 
lying longevity.  These  phenomena  have  no 
conceivable  bearing  on  one  another  until 
heredity  and  memory  are  regarded  as  part  of 
the  same  story.  Identify  these  two  things, 
and  I  know  no  phenomenon  of  heredity  that 
does  not  immediately  become  infinitely  more 
intelligible.  Is  it  conceivable  that  a  theory 
which  harmonises  so  many  facts  hitherto  re- 
garded as  without  either  connection  or  ex- 
planation should  not  deserve  at  any  rate 
consideration  from  those  who  profess  to  take 
an  interest  in  biology  ? 

337  Y 


Essays  on   Life 


It  is  not  as  though  the  theory  were  un- 
known, or  had  been  condemned  by  our  leading 
men  of  science.  Professor  Ray  Lankester  in- 
troduced it  to  English  readers  in  an  appreciative 
notice  of  Professor  Hering's  address,  which  ap- 
peared in  Nature,  July  13, 1876.  He  wrote  to 
the  Athenoeum,  March  24,  1884,  and  claimed 
credit  for  having  done  so,  but  I  do  not  believe 
he  has  ever  said  more  in  public  about  it  than 
what  I  have  here  referred  to.  Mr.  Romanes  did 
indeed  try  to  crush  it  in  Nature,  January  27, 
1881,  but  in  1883,  in  his  "Mental  Evolution 
in  Animals,"  he  adopted  its  main  conclusion 
without  acknowledgment.  The  Athenceum, 
to  my  unbounded  surprise,  called  him  to  task 
for  this  (March  1,  1884),  and  since  that  time 
he  has  given  the  Heringian  theory  a  sufficiently 
wide  berth.  Mr.  Wallace  showed  himself 
favourably  enough  disposed  towards  the  view 
that  heredity  and  memory  are  part  of  the 
same  story  when  he  reviewed  my  book  '^  Life 
and  Habit"  in  Nature,  March  27,  1879,  but 
he  has  never  since  betrayed  any  sign  of  being 
aware  that  such  a  theory  existed.  Mr.  Her- 
bert Spencer  wrote  to  the  Athenceum  (April 
5,  1884),  and  claimed  the  theory  for  himself. 


Art  and  Science 


but,  in  spite  of  his  doing  this,  he  has  never, 
that  I  have  seen,  referred  to  the  matter  again. 
I  have  dealt  sufficiently  w^ith  his  claim  in  my 
book, "  Luck  or  Cunning."  ^  Lastly,  Professor 
Hering  himself  has  never  that  I  know  of 
touched  his  own  theory  since  the  single  short 
address  read  in  1870,  and  translated  by  me  in 
1881.  Every  one,  even  its  originator,  except 
myself,  seems  afraid  to  open  his  mouth  about 
it.  Of  course  the  inference  suggests  itself 
that  other  people  have  more  sense  than  I 
have.  I  readily  admit  it ;  but  why  have  so 
many  of  our  leaders  shown  such  a  strong 
hankering  after  the  theory,  if  there  is  nothing 
in  it? 

The  deadlock  that  I  have  pointed  out  as 
existing  in  Darwinism  will,  I  doubt  not,  lead 
ere  long  to  a  consideration  of  Professor 
Bering's  theory.  English  biologists  are  little 
likely  to  find  Weismann  satisfactory  for  long, 
and  if  he  breaks  down  there  is  nothing  left  for 
them  but  Lamarck,  supplemented  by  the  im- 
portant and  elucidatory  corollary  on  his  theory 
proposed  by  Professor  Hering.  When  the 
time  arrives  for  this  to  obtain  a  hearing  it  will 

^  Longmans,  1890. 
339 


Essays  on  Life 


be  confirmed,  doubtless,  by  arguments  clearer 
and  more  forcible  than  any  I  have  been  able 
to  adduce ;  I  shall  then  be  delighted  to  resign 
the  championship  which  till  then  I  shall  con- 
tinue, as  for  some  years  past,  to  have  much 
pleasure  in  sustaining.  Heretofore  my  satis- 
faction has  mainly  lain  in  the  fact  that  more 
of  our  prominent  men  of  science  have  seemed 
anxious  to  claim  the  theory  than  to  refute  it ; 
in  the  confidence  thus  engendered  I  leave  it 
to  any  fuller  consideration  which  the  outline 
I  have  above  given  may  incline  the  reader  to 
bestow  upon  it. 


THE    END 


Printed  by  Ballantyne,  Hanson  &^  Co. 
Edinburgh  <5r»  London 


'M 


GENERAL  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA— BERKELEY 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or  on  the 

date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


a6^*^^^-' 


i'"  '--  i->    ' 


57^^ 


REC'D  LD 


REC'D  LD 

I  DEC  2    ^ol 


23Jul'59HJ 
RECrOLD 

AUGl8t959FEBl    '65 -ii  am  ^ 
FEB    8  rso'  8  i 

fDec'SgCF    f?ECE!vrrn 
FEB  11 '67 -10  AM 
REC'D  fclJ^'^  ^^^^^• 

DEC  10 195^1  Va^^^ 


oc: 


,^v«^ 


LD  21-100m-l/54(1887sl6)476 


^-^^9113